Dive deep into the key strategies and insights to master the Microsoft Azure Fundamentals exam (AZ900). Hear from successful candidates, discover invaluable tips, and explore the best resources to guarantee your success.
Welcome to the “Djamgatech Education” podcast – your ultimate educational hub where we dive deep into an ocean of knowledge, covering a wide range of topics from cutting-edge Artificial Intelligence to fundamental subjects like Mathematics, History, and Science. But that’s not all – our platform is tailored for learners of all ages and stages, from child education to continuing education across a multitude of subjects. So join us on this enlightening journey as we break down complex topics into digestible, engaging conversations. Stay curious, stay informed, and stay tuned with Djamgatech Education! In today’s episode, we’ll cover the Azure Fundamentals certification and its validation of basic knowledge of cloud services, architecture, security, network, and cost management, as well as how various individuals used different resources to pass the Azure Fundamentals AZ900 exam, and the top 10 tips to ace the exam in 2023 including using Microsoft Learn, taking practice exams, diversifying resources, staying updated, doing hands-on labs, focusing on core topics, joining study groups, managing time, reviewing Azure Architecture Center, and staying calm and trusting your preparation.
The Azure Fundamentals AZ900 Exam is a great way for technology professionals to showcase their foundational knowledge of cloud concepts and Microsoft Azure. This certification validates your understanding of cloud services and how they are provided with Azure. So, let’s dive into the different areas that this certification covers.
First off, you need to have a good grasp of Cloud Concepts, which make up about 25-30% of the exam. This includes understanding the benefits of cloud computing, the different types of cloud services, and the deployment models for cloud computing.
Next, Core Azure Services make up 15-20% of the exam. This section focuses on essential services such as compute, networking, and storage. You should be able to describe these services and understand their functionality within the Azure ecosystem.
Moving on, Core Solutions and Management Tools on Azure constitute 10-15% of the exam. Here, you need to familiarize yourself with the various tools and solutions available on Azure to manage and monitor your resources effectively.
General Security and Network Security Features account for 10-15% of the exam. This section examines your understanding of Azure’s security features and how to protect your resources from potential threats.
Identity, governance, privacy, and compliance features make up 15-20% of the exam. You should have a good understanding of Azure Active Directory, role-based access control, and data protection mechanisms to ensure privacy and compliance with regulations.
Azure cost management and Service Level Agreements (SLAs) constitute 10-15% of the exam. You need to be familiar with Azure’s cost management tools, budgeting, and monitoring features. Additionally, understanding SLAs and their importance in providing service guarantees is also crucial.
Candidates for this exam are technology professionals with expertise in areas such as infrastructure management, database management, or software development. It’s important to have hands-on experience with Azure services to better understand the concepts and apply them effectively.
In conclusion, the Azure Fundamentals AZ900 Exam validates your essential knowledge of cloud services and how Microsoft Azure works. By demonstrating your understanding of cloud concepts, core services, security features, governance, and cost management, you can showcase your proficiency in this fundamental aspect of modern technology. Good luck with your exam preparation!
Testimonial 1: Hey, guess what? I wanted to share some great news with you. I came across this testimonial from someone who just passed the AZ-900 exam last Friday. It wasn’t easy for them, I tell you. They faced some tough questions that they weren’t familiar with, and the exam was pretty comprehensive. But you know what? They still managed to clear it! Pretty impressive, right? They shared their preparation strategy with us. They used resources from Microsoft Learn, Scott Duffy’s Udemy course, and John Savill’s crash course on YouTube. It seems like they got a good mix of study materials to help them succeed.
Testimonial 2: So, there’s another testimonial that caught my attention. This person found the exam to be more challenging than they expected. But you know what they say, tough times don’t last, tough people do. They passed! They studied for six days straight, covering a lot of material. But they felt like only 20% of what they studied appeared on the exam. Isn’t that crazy? The questions on the exam were designed to be particularly challenging, blending familiar and unfamiliar content. It seems like the exam really tests your knowledge in a comprehensive way. They used various resources during their preparation, like Whizlabs, Tutorialsdojo, Udemy courses, and Microsoft’s free learning path. It’s great to see that they tried different sources to get a well-rounded understanding of the material.
Testimonial 3: Here’s another success story for you. This person recently passed the AZ-900, and they’re attributing their success to a variety of resources. They mentioned using the ‘green book’, which I assume is some sort of study guide. They also found Reza Salehi’s instructional videos on Safari Online to be helpful. And of course, they didn’t forget to mention a Pearson practice test. It’s always a good idea to take practice tests to get a feel for the real thing. I’m glad they found these resources valuable in their preparation.
Testimonial 4: Last but definitely not least, we have an individual who successfully passed the Microsoft AZ-900 Fundamentals Certification. They give a lot of credit to Adam Marczak’s insightful videos on YouTube. Apparently, Adam’s videos are clear, precise, and full of passion for Azure. Sounds like a great combination, right? No wonder they found it to be an invaluable resource. But they didn’t stop there. They also took the “Microsoft Azure AZ-900 Exam Ready Practice Tests 2023” course on Udemy. These practice tests really helped them gauge their understanding and refine their knowledge. The tests offered detailed breakdowns for each query, which I’m sure made a big difference in their preparation.
By combining Adam Marczak’s YouTube videos with the Udemy practice tests, they were able to get a comprehensive grasp of Azure fundamentals. This approach really boosted their confidence going into the exam. What’s even better is that they want to share their experience and resources with others. They emphasize the importance of meticulous preparation and highlight the wealth of exceptional resources available for prospective candidates. So if anyone has any questions about their experience or the tools they used, they’re more than happy to help. Isn’t that amazing? They just want to pay it forward and help others succeed.
Isn’t it inspiring to hear these success stories? It just goes to show that with the right resources and a lot of dedication, anyone can pass the AZ-900 exam. So if you’re getting ready to take the exam, make sure to check out these resources and prepare thoroughly. Good luck!
So you’re looking to ace the Microsoft Azure Fundamentals AZ900 certification exam in 2023? Well, you’ve come to the right place! I’ve got some great tips and tricks to help you prepare and increase your chances of success. Let’s dive right in!
First things first, start off by checking out the official Microsoft Learn’s learning path for AZ900. This is a fantastic resource that’s not only free but also frequently updated. It offers interactive modules that take a hands-on approach to help you grasp the fundamentals of Azure. It’s a great starting point for your preparation.
Now, taking practice exams is essential to gauge your readiness. Before you sit for the actual exam, make sure to try out several practice exams. Platforms like Whizlabs and Tutorialsdojo come highly recommended for their quality mock tests. These practice exams will not only help you get familiar with the exam format but also identify any areas where you may need to focus your studies.
While Microsoft Learn is a great resource, it’s always helpful to diversify your study materials. Consider utilizing courses from established instructors like Scott Duffy on Udemy or John Savill’s crash course on YouTube. Different perspectives can offer additional insights and help solidify your understanding of the Azure fundamentals.
Now, Azure services are constantly evolving, which means it’s crucial to stay updated with the latest information. Make sure you’re studying the most recent material and keep an eye on Azure’s official blog or updates page for any changes or announcements. Being aware of the latest updates will ensure you’re well-prepared for the exam.
Theory is essential, but don’t forget to get hands-on experience too! Make use of the Azure free tier or sandbox environments to practice and understand the core services. Hands-on labs are a great way to put your knowledge to the test and gain a deeper understanding of how Azure works in real-world scenarios.
While it’s important to have a broad understanding of all areas, make sure you focus heavily on the core topics that the exam emphasizes. These topics typically include Azure pricing, support plans, core services, and Azure’s global infrastructure. By dedicating more time and effort to these areas, you’ll be well-prepared for the exam.
Joining study groups can be extremely beneficial in your preparation. Platforms like Reddit, TechCommunity, and other online forums have dedicated groups for Azure certifications. Engaging in discussions, asking questions, and sharing resources with fellow learners can enhance your understanding and provide valuable insights.
Time management is key during the exam. The AZ900 exam is timed, so when you’re practicing, make sure you’re not only answering questions correctly but also doing so within a reasonable time frame. Practicing under timed conditions will help you manage your time effectively during the actual exam.
To gain a deeper understanding of Azure services and how they fit together in real-world scenarios, take the time to review the Azure Architecture Center. This resource provides best practices, architectural templates, and more. It’s a goldmine of information that will enhance your knowledge and help you succeed in the exam.
Last but not least, stay calm and trust your preparation. It’s common to come across a few unfamiliar questions in the exam, but don’t panic. Trust in the knowledge and skills you’ve built during your preparation. Use the process of elimination to narrow down your options and remember that you don’t need a perfect score to pass the exam. Stay confident and focused throughout the exam.
Preparing for the AZ900 exam is not just about passing a test. It’s about building a solid foundation in Azure. With the right resources and a strategic approach to studying, you’ll be well on your way to certification success! Best of luck on your journey to becoming an Azure expert!
In this episode, we explored Azure Fundamentals certification, heard success stories from those who passed the AZ900 exam, and discovered the top 10 tips to ace the exam in 2023. Thank you for joining us on the “Djamgatech Education” podcast, where we strive to ignite curiosity, foster lifelong learning, and keep you at the forefront of educational trends – so stay curious, stay informed, and stay tuned with Djamgatech Education!
250+ Azure Fundamentals Quizzes & Practice Exams: Experience rigorous tests that mirror the actual exam. Detailed Answers & References: Dive deep into concepts with expert insights. Illustrations & Flashcards: Enhance retention with visual cues and handy memory aids. Real Testimonials: Let the success stories of others boost your confidence. Exclusive Tips & Tricks: Benefit from Etienne’s vast experience to navigate the intricacies of the exam.
🛍️ Choose Your Preferred Format:
Available in both print and digital on platforms like Amazon, Google, Apple, Shopify, and Barnes & Noble.Harness the power of Etienne Noumen’s expertise and equip yourself with an unparalleled AZ-900 exam preparation tool. Secure your copy today and embark on a triumphant Azure journey! 🚀 Get it at amazon at https://amzn.to/3RbK12X
Welcome to the “Djamgatech Education” podcast and blog – your ultimate educational hub. Get ready to dive deep into an ocean of knowledge as we explore a wide range of topics, from cutting-edge Artificial Intelligence and expansive Cloud technologies, to fundamental subjects like Mathematics, History, Geography, Economics, and Science. But that’s not all – our platform is designed for learners of all ages and stages, making us your go-to resource for child education, extracurricular activities, and continuing education across a multitude of subjects. Our mission is to ignite your curiosity, foster lifelong learning, and keep you up to date with the latest trends in education. So, stay curious, stay informed, and tune in to Djamgatech Education for enlightening conversations that break down complex topics into easily digestible discussions. In today’s episode, we’ll cover the foundational AWS Certified Cloud Practitioner certification, testimonials from recent exam passers, tips for studying and passing the exam, changes in the exam structure and content, and a comprehensive guide for preparing for the 2023 AWS CCP exam.
The AWS Certified Cloud Practitioner is a great starting point for individuals with no prior IT or cloud experience who are looking to switch to a career in the cloud or for those line-of-business employees who want to gain foundational cloud literacy. It validates your foundational, high-level understanding of AWS Cloud, services, and terminology. The exam is 90 minutes long and consists of 65 questions that are either multiple choice or multiple response.
The exam fee is $100, and it is offered in multiple languages including English, Japanese, Korean, Simplified Chinese, Traditional Chinese, Bahasa (Indonesian), Spanish (Spain), Spanish (Latin America), French (France), German, Italian, and Portuguese (Brazil).
There are no prerequisites to prepare for and take the AWS Certified Cloud Practitioner exam. The content outline is designed for candidates new to Cloud who may not have an IT background. While having up to 6 months of exposure to AWS Cloud can be helpful, it is not required.
Earning this certification can greatly benefit your career. It serves as an entry point to a cloud career for candidates from non-IT backgrounds, and job listings requiring AWS Certified Cloud Practitioner have increased by 84%.
After obtaining the AWS Certified Cloud Practitioner certification, you can consider taking the AWS Certified Solutions Architect – Associate, AWS Certified Developer – Associate, or AWS Certified SysOps Administrator – Associate certifications to further advance your career in roles such as cloud architect, cloud engineer, developer, and systems administrator.
The AWS Certified Cloud Practitioner certification is valid for 3 years. Before it expires, you can recertify by retaking the latest version of the exam or by upgrading to any of the Associate or Professional-level certifications.
I recently came across some testimonials, tips, and key resources from individuals who have recently passed the AWS Certified Cloud Practitioner (CCP) exam. It seems like a lot of people found success in their preparation and were able to pass with varying levels of prior experience.
One person mentioned that they prepared hard for the exam, despite never having any AWS Cloud experience. He dedicatedly studied for 15 days, with intermittent preparation over the course of 3-6 months, then he found resources like Stephen Mark’s Udemy course, Tutorial Dojo’s Udemy practice sets, Tutorial Dojo cheatsheets, and their own notes to be helpful. He advised focusing on storage classes, VPC, and CAF practical applications. The exam covered topics like Kendra, carbon footprint, and instance types.
Another individual passed the CCP exam without any prior AWS or cloud experience. Their preparation involved repeatedly reading the relevant product information on the AWS website and matching keywords in the exam questions to the closest available product. They emphasized the importance of memorizing the exam objectives to pass.
Another testimonial shared an interesting experience where they accidentally rescheduled their exam and ended up with only 2 days to cram. Despite this, they managed to pass. They had about a month of previous experience with AWS in a non-professional setting. They purchased Nea Davis’ CCP course and worked through 6 practice exams from Stephane Maarek. Although they initially scored lower on the practice exams, they were able to answer a few questions from the practice exams on the real exam. They also noted that the exam covered some questions on the Cloud Adoption Framework.
Another successful exam taker mentioned resources like Tutorial Dojo’s CCP practice exams, Digital Cloud’s CCP practice exams, and Stephane Maarek’s videos. They mentioned that due to time constraints (working full-time and having kids), they were unable to finish all of the videos but found them helpful. They wrote hand notes on services, mainly focusing on areas where they struggled, and combined it with cheat sheets and slides.
In summary, it seems that a combination of studying resources like Udemy courses, practice exams, reading AWS documentation, and taking notes on important concepts helped these individuals pass the CCP exam. Despite varying levels of experience, they all highlighted the importance of understanding the baseline knowledge required for this exam.
Now, let me tell you something. I work in tech, but I had absolutely zero experience with AWS or IT in general, so everything was completely new to me. I decided to start off by taking the “AWS for non-engineers” course on LinkedIn Learning. It was an alright introduction, but honestly, it didn’t cover everything I needed to know. There was a lot of filler content that didn’t hit the mark.
After that, I tried out Stephane Maarek’s first practice exam, and let’s just say I scored a whopping 46%. Yeah, not so great. But I didn’t give up. I scheduled the actual exam for two weeks later and signed up for Stephane’s full Udemy CCP course. After that, I managed to get through the first 11 sections, doing about one to two sections per day after work. After each section, I made sure to do all the section summary quizzes multiple times and reviewed all the wrong answers.
I also took all six of Stephane’s practice tests, consistently scoring anywhere from the low 60s to mid 70s. I was prepared to fail and reschedule the exam for a later date, but guess what? The actual exam questions were way easier than I expected. I might have even gotten a little lucky, but Stephane’s practice tests were definitely harder. There were some questions about the well-architected framework that I found quite easy, but I did stumble a bit on a few AWS Outposts questions.
Overall, the exam was foundational, with a mix of tricky and easy questions. But here’s the interesting part – I actually had some time left over. That’s pretty cool, right?
Now, let me share with you the resources that really helped me out. First, I made use of the AWS training and AWS Skill Builder, as well as watching some helpful videos on AWS Twitch. I also purchased Adrian Cantrill’s SAA and Developer Associate courses, since I already had some of his other courses. I revisited some sections that I needed to brush up on.
To further enhance my knowledge, I dived into the AWS white papers on the six pillars of the Well-Architected Framework and Billing and Pricing. And let’s not forget about ACloudGuru. My work actually had a business plan subscription, so I had access to their CCP and practice exams. Talk about winning, right?
So there you have it. I passed my AWS CCP exam and I couldn’t be happier. It was definitely a journey, but with the right resources and a bit of perseverance, it’s definitely doable.
Hey there! Have you heard the news? AWS has just announced a new version of the AWS Certified Cloud Practitioner exam, called CLF-C02. In this podcast, we’ll dive into the changes and discuss what topics are covered in the updated exam, along with tips on how to prepare for success.
Let’s start with some quick facts. The CLF-C02 exam is replacing the previous CLF-C01 exam, and the last day to take the old exam is September 18th, 2023. The new exam will be available from September 19th, 2023, and registration opens on August 22nd.
So, what’s different about the new exam? Well, it now includes new AWS services and features, keeping you up to date with the latest advancements in cloud computing.
Now, let’s talk about the exam structure. The AWS Certified Cloud Practitioner exam consists of 65 multiple-choice and multiple-response questions. Out of these, only 50 will be graded, while the remaining 15 will be used for data collection purposes. Unfortunately, you won’t know which questions are graded or ungraded.
You’ll have 90 minutes to complete the exam, and a passing score of 700 out of 1000 is required. The exam fee is $100 USD.
CLF-C01 vs CLF-C02: Exam Changes
Moving on to the exam changes, the new CLF-C02 exam focuses on various areas, including threat detection and incident response, security logging and monitoring, identity and access management, and data protection.
There have been some adjustments in domain percentages as well. The Cloud Concepts domain has decreased from 26% to 24%, while Security and Compliance have increased from 25% to 30%. Cloud Technology and Services have gone up from 33% to 34%, and Billing, Pricing, and Support have decreased from 16% to 12%.
CLF-C01 vs CLF-C02: Exam Topics
Keep in mind that “Migration” and “Business applications” are no longer out-of-scope in this version of the exam. Also, the new exam places greater emphasis on understanding Cloud Design principles within the context of the AWS Well-Architected Framework.
There have been several additions to the exam, such as migration strategies, AWS IAM Identity Center, AWS Wavelength Zones, database migration, edge services like CloudFront and Global Accelerator, storage classes, AI/ML services, and more. However, it’s important to note that this exam focuses on general concept knowledge of AWS services and their functionalities, rather than the design and implementation aspects.
So, if you’re planning to take the AWS Certified Cloud Practitioner exam, make sure to understand these changes, study the updated topics, and utilize the suggested resources for preparation. Good luck on your cloud journey!
Before we move forward, I want to take a minute to give a shout-out to our amazing sponsor for today’s episode. If you’re on the path to becoming an AWS Cloud Practitioner and need a solid study resource, you’ve come to the right place. Introducing Etienne Noumen’s comprehensive guide, ‘AWS Cloud Practitioner Certification Practice Exam Prep‘.
Now, what makes this resource truly special is that it’s tailor-made for the 2023 AWS CCP exam. You won’t find any outdated information here! This guide is jam-packed with practice tests that closely resemble the current format and content of the exam. So, when test day arrives, you’ll be ready for anything that comes your way.
Etienne Noumen, our expert in all things cloud computing, has poured his heart and soul into creating this book. He understands the ins and outs of the AWS ecosystem like nobody else. And his dedication to making complex concepts easy to grasp truly shines through in his explanations and walkthroughs.
Each chapter of this guide delves deep into the key concepts and principles that are essential for the AWS Cloud Practitioner exam. It’s more than just memorization, though. Etienne emphasizes understanding the ‘why’ behind each concept, which will set you apart from the rest of the pack.
Whether you’re a beginner just dipping your toes into the world of cloud computing, or a professional looking to expand your knowledge, this practice exam prep has got you covered. No more scrambling to gather resources from different places – everything you need is right here within this comprehensive guide.
And the best part? You can find it conveniently on platforms like Amazon, Apple, Google, Barnes and noble, and Shopify. So, no matter which platform you prefer, you can easily access this valuable resource.
Ready to take your AWS Cloud Practitioner journey to the next level? Simply click the link in our show notes and make your preparation more effective and less stressful.
In this episode, we covered the foundational AWS Certified Cloud Practitioner certification, heard testimonials from recent exam passers, shared tips for studying, discussed upcoming changes to the exam, and recommended a comprehensive exam prep guide – thanks for listening to today’s episode, I’ll see you guys at the next one and don’t forget to subscribe!
AWS Azure Google Cloud Certifications Testimonials and Dumps
Do you want to become a Professional DevOps Engineer, a cloud Solutions Architect, a Cloud Engineer or a modern Developer or IT Professional, a versatile Product Manager, a hip Project Manager? Therefore Cloud skills and certifications can be just the thing you need to make the move into cloud or to level up and advance your career.
85% of hiring managers say cloud certifications make a candidate more attractive.
Build the skills that’ll drive your career into six figures.
In this blog, we are going to feed you with AWS Azure and GCP Cloud Certification testimonials and Frequently Asked Questions and Answers Dumps.
Went through the entire CloudAcademy course. Most of the info went out the other ear. Got a 67% on their final exam. Took the ExamPro free exam, got 69%.
Was going to take it last Saturday, but I bought TutorialDojo’s exams on Udemy. Did one Friday night, got a 50% and rescheduled it a week later to today Sunday.
Took 4 total TD exams. Got a 50%, 54%, 67%, and 64%. Even up until last night I hated the TD exams with a passion, I thought they were covering way too much stuff that didn’t even pop up in study guides I read. Their wording for some problems were also atrocious. But looking back, the bulk of my “studying” was going through their pretty well written explanations, and their links to the white papers allowed me to know what and where to read.
Not sure what score I got yet on the exam. As someone who always hated testing, I’m pretty proud of myself. I also had to take a dump really bad starting at around question 25. Thanks to TutorialsDojo Jon Bonso for completely destroying my confidence before the exam, forcing me to up my game. It’s better to walk in way over prepared than underprepared.
Just Passed My CCP exam today (within 2 weeks)
I would like to thank this community for recommendations about exam preparation. It was wayyyy easier than I expected (also way easier than TD practice exams scenario-based questions-a lot less wordy on real exam). I felt so unready before the exam that I rescheduled the exam twice. Quick tip: if you have limited time to prepare for this exam, I would recommend scheduling the exam beforehand so that you don’t procrastinate fully.
-Stephane’s course on Udemy (I have seen people saying to skip hands-on videos but I found them extremely helpful to understand most of the concepts-so try to not skip those hands-on)
-Tutorials Dojo practice exams (I did only 3.5 practice tests out of 5 and already got 8-10 EXACTLY worded questions on my real exam)
Previous Aws knowledge:
-Very little to no experience (deployed my group’s app to cloud via Elastic beanstalk in college-had 0 clue at the time about what I was doing-had clear guidelines)
I used Stephane Maarek on Udemy. Purchased his course and the 6 Practice Exams. Also got Neal Davis’ 500 practice questions on Udemy. I took Stephane’s class over 2 days, then spent the next 2 weeks going over the tests (3~4 per day) till I was constantly getting over 80% – passed my exam with a 882.
What an adventure, I’ve never really gieven though to getting a cert until one day it just dawned on me that it’s one of the few resources that are globally accepted. So you can approach any company and basically prove you know what’s up on AWS 😀
Passed with two weeks of prep (after work and weekends)
This was just a nice structured presentation that also gives you the powerpoint slides plus cheatsheets and a nice overview of what is said in each video lecture.
Udemy – AWS Certified Cloud Practitioner Practice Exams, created by Jon Bonso**, Tutorials Dojo**
These are some good prep exams, they ask the questions in a way that actually make you think about the related AWS Service. With only a few “Bullshit! That was asked in a confusing way” questions that popped up.
Pass AWS CCP. The score is beyond expected
I took CCP 2 days ago and got the pass notification right after submitting the answers. In about the next 3 hours I got an email from Credly for the badge. This morning I got an official email from AWS congratulating me on passing, the score is much higher than I expected. I took Stephane Maarek’s CCP course and his 6 demo exams, then Neal Davis’ 500 questions also. On all the demo exams, I took 1 fail and all passes with about 700-800. But in the real exam, I got 860. The questions in the real exam are kind of less verbose IMO, but I don’t truly agree with some people I see on this sub saying that they are easier. Just a little bit of sharing, now I’ll find something to continue ^^
Passed the exam! Spent 25 minutes answering all the questions. Another 10 to review. I might come back and update this post with my actual score.
Background
– A year of experience working with AWS (e.g., EC2, Elastic Beanstalk, Route 53, and Amplify).
– Cloud development on AWS is not my strong suit. I just Google everything, so my knowledge is very spotty. Less so now since I studied for this exam.
Study stats
– Spent three weeks studying for the exam.
– Studied an hour to two every day.
– Solved 800-1000 practice questions.
– Took 450 screenshots of practice questions and technology/service descriptions as reference notes to quickly swift through on my phone and computer for review. Screenshots were of questions that I either didn’t know, knew but was iffy on, or those I believed I’d easily forget.
– Made 15-20 pages of notes. Chill. Nothing crazy. This is on A4 paper. Free-form note taking. With big diagrams. Around 60-80 words per page.
– I was getting low-to-mid 70%s on Neal Davis’s and Stephane Maarek’s practice exams. Highest score I got was an 80%.
– I got a 67(?)% on one of Stephane Maarek’s exams. The only sub-70% I ever got on any practice test. I got slightly anxious. But given how much harder Maarek’s exams are compared to the actual exam, the anxiety was undue.
– Finishing the practice exams on time was never a problem for me. I would finish all of them comfortably within 35 minutes.
Resources used
– AWS Cloud Practitioner Essentials on the AWS Training and Certification Portal
– AWS Certified Cloud Practitioner Practice Tests (Book) by Neal Davis
– 6 Practice Exams | AWS Certified Cloud Practitioner CLF-C01 by Stephane Maarek*
– Certified Cloud Practitioner Course by Exam Pro (Paid Version)**
– One or two free practice exams found by a quick Google search
*Regarding Exam Pro: I went through about 40% of the video lectures. I went through all the videos in the first few sections but felt that watching the lectures was too slow and laborious even at 1.5-2x speed. (The creator, for the most part, reads off of the slides, adding brief comments here and there.) So, I decided to only watch the video lectures for sections I didn’t have a good grasp on. (I believe the video lectures provided in the course are just split versions of the full length course available for free on YouTube under the freeCodeCamp channel, here.) The online course provides five practice exams. I did not take any of them.
**Regarding Stephane Maarek: I only took his practice exams. I did not take his study guide course.
– My study regimen (i.e., an hour to two every day for three weeks) was overkill.
– The questions on the practice exams created by Neal Davis and Stephane Maarek were significantly harder than those on the actual exam. I believe I could’ve passed without touching any of these resources.
– I retook one or two practice exams out of the 10+ I’ve taken. I don’t think there’s a need to retake the exams as long as you are diligent about studying the questions and underlying concepts you got wrong. I reviewed all the questions I missed on every practice exam the day before.
What would I do differently?
– Focus on practice tests only. No video lectures.
– Focus on the technologies domain. You can intuit your way through questions in the other domains.
Lots of the comments here about networking / VPC questions being prevalent are true. Also so many damn Aurora questions, it was like a presales chat.
The questions are actually quite detailed; as some had already mentioned. So pay close attention to the minute details Some questions you definitely have to flag for re-review.
It is by far harder than the Developer Associate exam, despite it having a broader scope. The DVA-C02 exam was like doing a speedrun but this felt like finishing off Sigrun on GoW. Ya gotta take your time.
I took the TJ practice exams. It somewhat helped, but having intimate knowledge of VPC and DB concepts would help more.
Passed SAA-C03 – Feedback
Just passed the SAA-C03 exam (864) and wanted to provide some feedback since that was helpful for me when I was browsing here before the exam.
I come from an IT background and have a strong knowledge in the VPC portion so that section was a breeze for me in the preparation process (I had never used AWS before this so everything else was new, but the concepts were somewhat familiar considering my background). I started my preparation about a month ago, and used the Mareek class on Udemy. Once I finished the class and reviewed my notes I moved to Mareek’s 6 practice exams (on Udemy). I wasn’t doing extremely well on the PEs (I passed on 4/6 of the exams with 70s grades) I reviewed the exam questions after each exam and moved on to the next. I also purchased Tutorial Dojo’s 6 exams set but only ended up taking one out of 6 (which I passed).
Overall the practice exams ended up being a lot harder than the real exam which had mostly the regular/base topics: a LOT of S3 stuff and storage in general, a decent amount of migration questions, only a couple questions on VPCs and no ML/AI stuff.
Sharing the study guide that I followed when I prepared for the AWS Certified Solutions Architect Associate SAA-C03 exam. I passed this test and thought of sharing a real exam experience in taking this challenging test.
First off: my background – I have 8 years of development.experience and been doing AWS for several project, both personally and at work. Studied for a total of 2 months. Focused on the official Exam Guide, and carefully studied the Task Statements and related AWS services.
SAA-C03 Exam Prep
For my exam prep, I bought the adrian cantrill video course, tutorialsdojo (TD) video course and practice exams. Adrian’s course is just right and highly educational but like others has said, the content is long and cover more than just the exam. Did all of the hands-on labs too and played around some machine learning services in my AWS account.
TD video course is short and a good overall summary of the topics items you’ve just learned. One TD lesson covers multiple topics so the content is highly concise. After I completed doing Adrian’s video course, I used TD’s video course as a refresher, did a couple of their hands-on labs then head on to their practice exams.
For the TD practice exams, I took the exam in chronologically and didn’t jumped back and forth until I completed all tests. I first tried all of the 7 timed-mode tests, and review every wrong ones I got on every attempt., then the 6 review-mode tests and the section/topic-based tests. I took the final-test mode roughly 3 times and this is by far one of the helpful feature of the website IMO. The final-test mode generates a unique set from all TD question bank, so every attempt is challenging for me. I also noticed that the course progress doesn’t move if I failed a specific test, so I used to retake the test that I failed.
The Actual SAA-C03 Exam
The actual AWS exam is almost the same with the ones in the TD tests where:
All of the questions are scenario-based
There are two (or more) valid solutions in the question, e.g:
Need SSL: options are ACM and self-signed URL
Need to store DB credentials: options are SSM Parameter Store and Secrets Manager
The scenarios are long-winded and asks for:
MOST Operationally efficient solution
MOST cost-effective
LEAST amount overhead
Overall, I enjoyed the exam and felt fully prepared while taking the test, thanks to Adrian and TD, but it doesn’t mean the whole darn thing is easy. You really need to put some elbow grease and keep your head lights on when preparing for this exam. Good luck to all and I hope my study guide helped out anyone who is struggling.
Another Passed SAA-C03?
Just another thread about passing the general exam? I passed SAA-C03 yesterday, would like to share my experience on how I earned the examination.
Background:
– graduate with networking background
– working experience on on-premise infrastructure automation, mainly using ansible, python, zabbix and etc.
– cloud experience, short period like 3-6 months with practice
– provisioned cloud application using terraform in azure and aws
cantrill course is depth and lot of practical knowledge, like email alias and etc.. check in to know more
tutorialdojo practice exam help me filter the answer and guide me on correct answer. If I am wrong in specific topic, I rewatch cantrill video. However, there is some topics that not covered by cantrill but the guideline/review in practice exam will provide pretty much detail. I did all the other mode before the timed-based, after that get average 850 in timed-based exam, while scoring the final practice exam with 63/65. However, real examination is harder compared to practice exam in my opinion.
udemy course and practice exam, I go through some of them but I think the practice exam is quite hard compared to tutorialdojo.
lab – just get hand dirty and they will make your knowledge deep dive in your brain, my advice is try not only to do copy and paste lab but really read the description for each parameter in aws portal
Advice:
you need to know some general exam topics like how to:
– s3 private access
– ec2 availability
– kinesis product including firehose, data stream, blabla
– iam
My next target will be AWS SAP and CKA, still searching suitable material for AWS SAP but proposed mainly using acloudguru sandbox and homelab to learn the subject, practice with acantrill lab in github.
Good luck anyone!
Passed SAA
I wanted to give my personal experience. I have a background in IT, but I have never worked in AWS previous to 5 weeks ago. I got my Cloud Practitioner in a week and SAA after another 4 weeks of studying (2-4 hours a day). I used Cantril’s Course and Tutorials Dojo Practice Exams. I highly, highly recommend this combo. I don’t think I would have passed without the practice exams, as they are quite difficult. In my opinion, they are much more difficult than the actual exam. They really hit the mark on what kind of content you will see. I got a 777, and that’s with getting 70-80%’s on the practice exams. I probably could have done better, but I had a really rough night of sleep and I came down with a cold. I was really on the struggle bus halfway through the test.
I only had a couple of questions on ML / AI, so make sure you know the differences between them all. Lot’s of S3 and EC2. You really need to know these in and out.
My company is offering stipend’s for each certification, so I’m going straight to developer next.
Recently passed SAA-C03
Just passed my SAA-C03 yesterday with 961 points. My first time doing AWS certification. I used Cantrill’s course. Went through the course materials twice, and took around 6 months to study, but that’s mostly due to my busy schedule. I found his materials very detailed and probably go beyond what you’d need for the actual exam.
I also used Stephane’s practice exams on Udemy. I’d say it’s instrumental in my passing doing these to get used to the type of questions in the actual exams and review missing knowledge. Would not have passed otherwise.
Just a heads-up, there are a few things popped up that I did not see in the course materials or practice exams:
* Lake Formation: question about pooling data from RDS and S3, as well as controlling access.
* S3 Requester Pays: question about minimizing S3 data cost when sharing with a partner.
* Pinpoint journey: question about customer replying to SMS sent-out and then storing their feedback.
Not sure if they are graded or Amazon testing out new parts.
Cheers.
Another SAP-C01-Pass
Received my notification this morning that I passed 811.
Prep Time: 10 weeks 2hrs a day
Materials: Neil Davis videos/practice exam Jon Bonso practice exams White papers Misc YouTube videos Some hands on
Prof Experience: 4 years AWS using main services as architect
AWS Certs: CCP-SSA-DVA-SAP(now)
Thoughts: Exam was way more familiar to me than the Developer Exam. I use very little AWS developer tools but mainly use core AWS services. Neil’s videos were very straightforward, easy to digest, and on point. I was able to watch most of the videos on a plane flight to Vegas.
After video series I started to hit his section based exams, main exam, notes, and followed up with some hands on. I was getting destroyed on some of the exams early on and had to rewatch and research the topics, writing notes. There is a lot of nuance and fine details on the topics, you’ll see this when you take the practice exam. These little details matter.
Bonso’s exam were nothing less than awesome as per usual. Same difficulty and quality as Neil Davis. Followed the same routine with section based followed by final exam. I believe Neil said to aim for 80’s on his final exams to sit for the exam. I’d agree because that’s where I was hitting a week before the exam (mid 80’s). Both Neil and Jon exams were on par with exam difficulty if not a shade more difficult.
The exam itself was very straightforward. My experience is the questions were not overly verbose and were straight to the point as compared to the practice exams I took. I was able to quickly narrow down the questions and make a selection. Flagged 8 questions along the way and had 30min to review all my answers. Unlike some people, I didn’t feel like it was a brain melter and actually enjoyed the challenge. Maybe I’m a sadist who knows.
Advice: Follow Neil’s plan, bone up on weak areas and be confident. These questions have a pattern based upon the domain. Doing the practice exams enough will allow you to see the pattern and then research will confirm your suspicions. You can pass this exam!
Passed the certified developer associate this week.
Primary study was Stephane Maarek’s course on Udemy.
I also used the Practice Exams by Stephane Maarek and Abhishek Singh.
I used Stephane’s course and practice exams for the Solutions Architect Associate as well, and find his course does a good job preparing you to pass the exams.
The practice exams were more challenging than the actual exam, so they are a good gauge to see if you are ready for the exam.
Haven’t decided if I’ll do another associate level certification next or try for the solutions architect professional.
I cleared Developer associate exam yesterday. I scored 873. Actual Exam Exp: More questions were focused on mainly on Lambda, API, Dynamodb, cloudfront, cognito(must know proper difference between user pool and identity pool) 3 questions I found were just for redis vs memecached (so maybe you can focus more here also to know exact use case& difference.) other topic were cloudformation, beanstalk, sts, ec2. Exam was mix of too easy and too tough for me. some questions were one liner and somewhere too long.
Resources: The main resources I used was udemy. Course of Stéphane Maarek and practice exams of Neal Davis and Stéphane Maarek. These exams proved really good and they even helped me in focusing the area which I lacked. And they are up to the level to actual exam, I found 3-4 exact same questions in actual exam(This might be just luck ! ). so I feel, the course of stephane is more than sufficient and you can trust it. I have achieved solution architect associate previously so I knew basic things, so I took around 2 weeks for preparation and revised the Stephen’s course as much as possible. Parallelly I gave the mentioned exams as well, which guided me where to focus more.
Thanks to all of you and feel free to comment/DM me, if you think I can help you in anyway for achieving the same.
Another Passed Associate Developer Exam (DVA-C01)
Already had passed the Associate Architect Exam (SA-C03) 3 months ago, so I got much more relaxed to the exam, I did the exam with Pearson Vue at home with no problems. Used Adrian Cantrill for the course together with the TD exams.
Studied 2 weeks a 1-2 hours since there is a big overlap with the associate architect couse, even tho the exam has a different approach, more focused on the Serverless side of AWS. Lots of DynamoDB, Lambda, API Gateway, KMS, CloudFormation, SAM, SSO, Cognito (User Pool and Identity Pool), and IAM role/credentials best practices.
I do think in terms of difficulty it was a bit easier than the Associate Architect, maybe it is made up on my mind as it was my second exam so I went in a bit more relaxed.
Next step is going for the Associate Sys-Ops, I will use Adrian Cantrill and Stephane Mareek courses as it is been said that its the most difficult associate exam.
Passed the SCS-C01 Security Specialty
Mixture of Tutorial Dojo practice exams, A Cloud Guru course, Neal Davis course & exams helped a lot. Some unexpected questions caught me off guard but with educated guessing, due to the material I studied I was able to overcome them. It’s important to understand:
KMS Keys
AWS Owned Keys
AWS Managed KMS keys
Customer Managed Keys
asymmetrical
symmetrical
Imported key material
What services can use AWS Managed Keys
KMS Rotation Policies
Depending on the key matters the rotation that can be applied (if possible)
Key Policies
Grants (temporary access)
Cross-account grants
Permanent Policys
How permissions are distributed depending on the assigned principle
IAM Policy format
Principles (supported principles)
Conditions
Actions
Allow to a service (ARN or public AWS URL)
Roles
Secrets Management
Credential Rotation
Secure String types
Parameter Store
AWS Secrets Manager
Route 53
DNSSEC
DNS Logging
Network
AWS Network Firewall
AWS WAF (some questions try to trick you into thinking AWS Shield is needed instead)
AWS Shield
Security Groups (Stateful)
NACL (Stateless)
Ephemeral Ports
VPC FlowLogs
AWS Config
Rules
Remediation (custom or AWS managed)
AWS CloudTrail
AWS Organization Trails
Multi-Region Trails
Centralized S3 Bucket for multi-account log aggregation
AWS GuardDuty vs AWS Macie vs AWS Inspector vs AWS Detective vs AWS Security Hub
It gets more in depth, I’m willing to help anyone out that has questions. If you don’t mind joining my Discord to discuss amongst others to help each other out will be great. A study group community. Thanks. I had to repost because of a typo 🙁
Exam guide book by Kam Agahian and group of authors – this just got released and has all you need in a concise manual, it also included 3 practice exams, this is a must buy for future reference and covers ALL current exam topics including container networking, SD-WAN etc.
Stephane Maarek’s Udemy course – it is mostly up-to-date with the main exam topics including TGW, network firewall etc. To the point lectures with lots of hands-on demos which gives you just what you need, highly recommended as well!
Tutorial Dojos practice tests to drive it home – this helped me get an idea of the question wording, so I could train myself to read fast, pick out key words, compare similar answers and build confidence in my knowledge.
Crammed daily for 4 weeks (after work, I have a full time job + family) and went in and nailed it. I do have networking background (15+ years) and I am currently working as a cloud security engineer and I’m working with AWS daily, especially EKS, TGW, GWLB etc.
For those not from a networking background – it would definitely take longer to prep.
What an exciting journey. I think AZ-900 is the hardest probably because it is my first Microsoft certification. Afterwards, the others are fair enough. AI-900 is the easiest.
I generally used Microsoft Virtual Training Day, Cloud Ready Skills, Measureup and John Savill’s videos. Having built a fundamental knowledge of the Cloud, I am planning to do AWS CCP next. Wish me luck!
Passed Azure Fundamentals
Learning Material
Hi all,
I passed my Azure fundamentals exam a couple of days ago, with a score of 900/1000. Been meaning to take the exam for a few months but I kept putting it off for various reasons. The exam was a lot easier than I thought and easier than the official Microsoft practice exams.
Study materials;
A Cloud Guru AZ-900 fundamentals course with practice exams
I am pretty proud of this one. Databases are an area of IT where I haven’t spent a lot of time, and what time I have spent has been with SQL or MySQL with old school relational databases. NoSQL was kinda breaking my brain for a while.
Study Materials:
Microsoft Virtual Training Day, got the voucher for the free exam. I know several people on here said that was enough for them to pass the test, but that most certainly was not enough for me.
Exampro.co DP-900 course and practice test. They include virtual flashcards which I really liked.
Whizlabs.com practice tests. I also used the course to fill in gaps in my testing.
Passed AI-900! Tips & Resources Included!!
Achievement Celebration
Huge thanks to this subreddit for helping me kick start my Azure journey. I have over 2 decades of experience in IT and this is my 3rd Azure certification as I already have AZ-900 and DP-900.
Here’s the order in which I passed my AWS and Azure certifications:
SAA>DVA>SOA>DOP>SAP>CLF|AZ-900>DP-900>AI-900
I have no plans to take this certification now but had to as the free voucher is expiring in a couple of days. So I started preparing on Friday and took the exam on Sunday. But give it more time if you can.
Here’s my study plan for AZ-900 and DP-900 exams:
finish a popular video course aimed at the cert
watch John Savill’s study/exam cram
take multiple practice exams scoring in 90s
This is what I used for AI-900:
Alan Rodrigues’ video course (includes 2 practice exams) 👌
John Savill’s study cram 💪
practice exams by Scott Duffy and in 28Minutes Official 👍
knowledge checks in AI modules from MS learn docs 🙌
I also found the below notes to be extremely useful as a refresher. It can be played multiple times throughout your preparation as the exam cram part is just around 20 minutes.
Just be clear on the topics explained by the above video and you’ll pass AI-900. I advise you to watch this video at the start, middle and end of your preparation. All the best in your exam
Just passed AZ-104
Achievement Celebration
I recommend to study networking as almost all of the questions are related to this topic. Also, AAD is a big one. Lots of load balancers, VNET, NSGs.
Received very little of this:
Containers
Storage
Monitoring
I passed with a 710 but a pass is a pass haha.
Used tutorial dojos but the closest questions I found where in the Udemy testing exams.
Regards,
Passed GCP Professional Cloud Architect
First of all, I would like to start with the fact that I already have around 1 year of experience with GCP in depth, where I was working on GKE, IAM, storage and so on. I also obtained GCP Associate Cloud Engineer certification back in June as well, which helps with the preparation.
I started with Dan Sullivan’s Udemy course for Professional Cloud Architect and did some refresher on the topics I was not familiar with such as BigTable, BigQuery, DataFlow and all that. His videos on the case studies helps a lot to understand what each case study scenario requires for designing the best cost-effective architecture.
In order to understand the services in depth, I also went through the GCP documentation for each service at least once. It’s quite useful for knowing the syntax of the GCP commands and some miscellaneous information.
As for practice exam, I definitely recommend Whizlabs. It helped me prepare for the areas I was weak at and helped me grasp the topics a lot faster than reading through the documentation. It will also help you understand what kind of questions will appear for the exam.
I used TutorialsDojo (Jon Bonso) for preparation for Associate Cloud Engineer before and I can attest that Whizlabs is not that good. However, Whizlabs still helps a lot in tackling the tough questions that you will come across during the examination.
One thing to note is that, there wasn’t even a single question that was similar to the ones from Whizlabs practice tests. I am saying this from the perspective of the content of the questions. I got totally different scenarios for both case study and non case study questions. Many questions focused on App Engine, Data analytics and networking. There were some Kubernetes questions based on Anthos, and cluster networking. I got a tough question regarding storage as well.
I initially thought I would fail, but I pushed on and started tackling the multiple-choices based on process of elimination using the keywords in the questions. 50 questions in 2 hours is a tough one, especially due to the lengthy questions and multiple choices. I do not know how this compares to AWS Solutions Architect Professional exam in toughness. But some people do say GCP professional is tougher than AWS.
All in all, I still recommend this certification to people who are working with GCP. It’s a tough one to crack and could be useful for future prospects. It’s a bummer that it’s only valid for 2 years.
Passed GCP: Cloud Digital Leader
Hi everyone,
First, thanks for all the posts people share. It helps me prep for my own exam. I passed the GCP: Cloud Digital Leader exam today and wanted to share a few things about my experience.
Preparation
I have access to ACloudGuru (AGU)and Udemy through work. I started one of the Udemy courses first, but it was clear the course was going beyond the scope of the Cloud Digital Leader certification. I switched over AGU and enjoyed the content a lot more. The videos were short and the instructor hit all the topics on the Google exam requirements sheet.
AGU also has three – 50 question practices test. The practice tests are harder than the actual exam (and the practice tests aren’t that hard).
I don’t know if someone could pass the test if they just watched the videos on Google Cloud’s certification site, especially if you had no experience with GCP.
Overall, I would say I spent 20 hrs preparing for the exam. I have my CISSP and I’m working on my CCSP. After taking the test, I realized I way over prepared.
Exam Center
It was my first time at this testing center and I wasn’t happy with the experience. A few of the issues I had are:
– My personal items (phone, keys) were placed in an unlocked filing cabinet
– My desk are was dirty. There were eraser shreds (or something similar) and I had to move the keyboard and mouse and brush all the debris out of my work space
– The laminated sheet they gave me looked like someone had spilled Kool-Aid on it
– They only offered earplugs, instead of noise cancelling headphones
Exam
My recommendation for the exam is to know the Digital Transformation piece as well as you know all the GCP services and what they do.
I wish you all luck on your future exams. Onto GCP: Associate Cloud Engineer.
Passed the Google Cloud: Associate Cloud Engineer
Hey all, I was able to pass the Google Cloud: Associate Cloud Engineer exam in 27 days.
I studied about 3-5 hours every single day.
I created this note to share with the resources I used to pass the exam.
Happy studying!
GCP ACE Exam Aced
Hi folks,
I am glad to share with you that I have cleared by GCP ACE exam today and would like to share my preparation with you:
1)I completed these courses from Coursera:
1.1 Google Cloud Platform Fundamentals – Core Infrastructure
1.2 Essential Cloud Infrastructure: Foundation
1.3 Essential Cloud Infrastructure: Core Services
1.4 Elastic Google Cloud Infrastructure: Scaling and Automation
Post these courses, I did couple of QwikLab courses as listed in orderly manner:
2 Getting Started: Create and Manage Cloud Resources (Qwiklabs Quest)
2.1 A Tour of Qwiklabs and Google Cloud
2.2 Creating a Virtual Machine
2.2 Compute Engine: Qwik Start – Windows
2.3 Getting Started with Cloud Shell and gcloud
2.4 Kubernetes Engine: Qwik Start
2.5 Set Up Network and HTTP Load Balancers
2.6 Create and Manage Cloud Resources: Challenge Lab
3 Set up and Configure a Cloud Environment in Google Cloud (Qwiklabs Quest)
3.1 Cloud IAM: Qwik Start
3.2 Introduction to SQL for BigQuery and Cloud SQL
3.3 Multiple VPC Networks
3.4 Cloud Monitoring: Qwik Start
3.5 Deployment Manager – Full Production [ACE]
3.6 Managing Deployments Using Kubernetes Engine
3.7 Set Up and Configure a Cloud Environment in Google Cloud: Challenge Lab
4 Kubernetes in Google Cloud (Qwiklabs Quest)
4.1 Introduction to Docker
4.2 Kubernetes Engine: Qwik Start
4.3 Orchestrating the Cloud with Kubernetes
4.4 Managing Deployments Using Kubernetes Engine
4.5 Continuous Delivery with Jenkins in Kubernetes Engine
Post these courses I did the following for mock exam preparation:
Cloud computing has revolutionized the way companies develop applications. Most of the modern applications are now cloud native. Undoubtedly, the cloud offers immense benefits like reduced infrastructure maintenance, increased availability, cost reduction, and many others.
However, which cloud vendor to choose, is a challenge in itself. If we look at the horizon of cloud computing, the three main providers that come to mind are AWS, Azure, and Google cloud. Today, we will compare the top three cloud giants and see how they differ. We will compare their services, specialty, and pros and cons. After reading this article, you will be able to decide which cloud vendor is best suited to your needs and why.
History and establishment
AWS
AWS is the oldest player in the market, operating since 2006. Here’s a brief history of AWS and how computing has changed. Being the first in the cloud industry, it has gained a particular advantage over its competitors. It offers more than 200+ services to its users. Some of its notable clients include:
Netflix
Expedia
Airbnb
Coursera
FDA
Coca Cola
Azure
Azure by Microsoft started in 2010. Although it started four years later than AWS, it is catching up quite fast. Azure is Microsoft’s public cloud platform which is why many companies prefer to use Azure for their Microsoft-based applications. It also offers more than 200 services and products. Some of its prominent clients include:
HP
Asus
Mitsubishi
3M
Starbucks
CDC (Center of Disease Control) USA
National health service (NHS) UK
Google
Google Cloud also started in 2010. Its arsenal of cloud services is relatively smaller compared to AWS or Azure. It offers around 100+ services. However, its services are robust, and many companies embrace Google cloud for its specialty services. Some of its noteworthy clients include:
PayPal
UPS
Toyota
Twitter
Spotify
Unilever
Market share & growth rate
If you look at the market share and growth chart below, you will notice that AWS has been leading for more than four years. Azure is also expanding fast, but it is still has a long way to go to catch up with AWS.
However, in terms of revenue, Azure is ahead of AWS. In Q1 2022, AWS revenue was $18.44 billion; Azure earned $23.4 billion, while Google cloud earned $5.8 billion.
Availability Zones (Data Centers)
When comparing cloud vendors, it is essential to see how many regions and availability zones are offered. Here is a quick comparison between all three cloud vendors in terms of regions and data centers:
AWS
AWS operates in 25 regions and 81 availability zones. It offers 218+ edge locations and 12 regional edge caches as well. You can utilize the edge location and edge caches in services like AWS Cloudfront and global accelerator, etc.
Azure
Azure has 66 regions worldwide and a minimum of three availability zones in each region. It also offers more than 116 edge locations.
Google
Google has a presence in 27 regions and 82 availability zones. It also offers 146 edge locations.
Although all three cloud giants are continuously expanding. Both AWS and Azure offer data centers in China to specifically cater for Chinese consumers. At the same time, Azure seems to have broader coverage than its competitors.
Comparison of common cloud services
Let’s look at the standard cloud services offered by these vendors.
Compute
Amazon’s primary compute offering is EC2 instances, which are very easy to operate. Amazon also provides a low-cost option called “Amazon lightsail” which is a perfect fit for those who are new to computing and have a limited budget. AWS charges for EC2 instances only when you are using them. Azure’s compute offering is also based on virtual machines. Google is no different and offers virtual machines in Google’s data centers. Here’s a brief comparison of compute offerings of all three vendors:
Storage
All three vendors offer various forms of storage, including object-based storage, cold storage, file-based storage, and block-based storage. Here’s a brief comparison of all three:
Database
All three vendors support managed services for databases. They also offer NoSQL as well as document-based databases. AWS also provides a proprietary RDBMS named “Aurora”, a highly scalable and fast database offering for both MySQL and PostGreSQL. Here’s a brief comparison of all three vendors:
Comparison of Specialized services
All three major cloud providers are competing with each other in the latest technologies. Some notable areas of competition include ML/AI, robotics, DevOps, IoT, VR/Gaming, etc. Here are some of the key specialties of all three vendors.
AWS
Being the first and only one in the cloud market has many benefits, and Amazon has certainly taken advantage of that. Amazon has advanced specifically in AI and machine learning related tools. AWS DeepLens is an AI-powered camera that you can use to develop and deploy machine learning algorithms. It helps you with OCR and image recognition. Similarly, Amazon has launched an open source library called “Gluon” which helps with deep learning and neural networks. You can use this library to learn how neural networks work, even if you lack any technical background. Another service that Amazon offers is SageMaker. You can use SageMaker to train and deploy your machine learning models. It contains the Lex conversational interface, which is the backbone of Alexa, Lambda, and Greengrass IoT messaging services.
Another unique (and recent) offering from AWS is IoT twinmaker. This service can create digital twins of real-world systems like factories, buildings, production lines, etc.
AWS is even providing a service for Quantum computing called AWS Braket.
Azure
Azure excels where you are already using some Microsoft products, especially on-premises Microsoft products. Organizations already using Microsoft products prefer to use Azure instead of other cloud vendors because Azure offers a better and more robust integration with Microsoft products.
Azure has excellent services related to ML/AI and cognitive services. Some notable services include Bing web search API, Face API, Computer vision API, text analytics API, etc.
Google
Google is the current leader of all cloud providers regarding AI. This is because of their open-source Google library TensorFlow, the most popular library for developing machine learning applications. Vertex AI and BigQueryOmni are also beneficial services offered lately. Similarly, Google offers rich services for NLP, translation, speech, etc.
Pros and Cons
Let’s summarize the pros and cons for all three cloud vendors:
AWS
Pros:
An extensive list of services
Huge market share
Support for large businesses
Global reach
Cons:
Pricing model. Many companies struggle to understand the cost structure. Although AWS has improved the UX of its cost-related reporting in the AWS console, many companies still hesitate to use AWS because of a perceived lack of cost transparency
Azure
Pros:
Excellent integration with Microsoft tools and software
Broader feature set
Support for open source
Cons:
Geared towards enterprise customers
Google
Pros:
Strong integration with open source tools
Flexible contracts
Good DevOps services
The most cost-efficient
The preferred choice for startups
Good ML/AI-based services
Cons:
A limited number of services as compared to AWS and Azure
As mentioned earlier, AWS has the largest market share compared to other cloud vendors. That means more companies are using AWS, and there are more vacancies in the market for AWS-certified professionals. Here are main reasons why you would choose to learn AWS:
Azure is the second largest cloud service provider. It is ideal for companies that are already using Microsoft products. Here are the top reasons why you would choose to learn Azure:
Ideal for experienced user of Microsoft services
Azure certifications rank among the top paying IT certifications
If you’re applying for a company that primarily uses Microsoft Services
Google
Although Google is considered an underdog in the cloud market, it is slowly catching up. Here’s why you may choose to learn GCP.
While there are fewer job postings, there is also less competition in the market
GCP certifications rank among the top paying IT certifications
Most valuable IT Certifications
Keen to learn about the top paying cloud certifications and jobs? If you look at the annual salary figures below, you can see the average salary for different cloud vendors and IT companies, no wonder AWS is on top. A GCP cloud architect is also one of the top five. The Azure architect comes at #9.
Which cloud certification to choose depends mainly on your career goals and what type of organization you want to work for. No cloud certification path is better than the other. What matters most is getting started and making progress towards your career goals. Even if you decide at a later point in time to switch to a different cloud provider, you’ll still benefit from what you previously learned.
Over time, you may decide to get certified in all three – so you can provide solutions that vary from one cloud service provider to the next.
Don’t get stuck in analysis-paralysis! If in doubt, simply get started with AWS certifications that are the most sought-after in the market – especially if you are at the very beginning of your cloud journey. The good news is that you can become an AWS expert when enrolling in our value-packed training.
Further Reading
You may also be interested in the following articles:
Google Cloud Champion Innovators is a global network of roughly 600 external professionals who are technical experts in Google Cloud products and services. Each Champion specializes in one of nine different technical categories including Coud AI/ML, Data Analytics, Databases, Hybrid Multi-Cloud, Modern Architecture, Security and Networking, Serverless App Development, Storage, or Google Workspace. In this ongoing interview series we sit down with Champion Innovators across the world to learn more about their journeys, technology focus, and what excites them.
Today we're talking to Rohan Singh, a Senior Cloud Infrastructure Engineer at SADA - An Insight Company, and a Google Cloud Champion Innovator specializing in Modern Architecture. He focuses on infrastructure modernization and migration, applying his expertise to help organizations embrace the transformative power of cloud technologies.
Natalie Tack: What technology area are you most fascinated with, and why?
Rohan Singh: Quite simply, I'm passionate about the cloud and DevOps: every day brings fresh developments, and there's always something new to learn. As a Senior Cloud Infrastructure Engineer, my work involves helping clients with their application infrastructure, focusing on strategy planning and choosing the best approach to their specific modernization and migration needs. A lot of companies are still working with legacy infrastructure, and finding the right strategy for them is a challenge that I really enjoy. Containerization is really big at the moment, so I’m doing a lot of work with Google Kubernetes Engine (GKE) and Anthos and using Migrate for Compute Engine to transition VMs from on-premise to the Cloud.
NT: What are some upcoming trends you’re enthusiastic about?
RS: I’m seeing more and more interest in Infrastructure as a Code (IaC). IaC enables you to increase your level of control over infrastructure implementation and design and improves resource management and code versioning. Google recently launched Infrastructure Manager, which uses Terraform and allows you to manage your Google Cloud infrastructure through IaC. As a Champion Innovator, I attended an internal session with the Google team where they presented the product and answered any queries we had. This was really useful, as I believe IaC is set to be a significant shift for the industry.
I’m also really excited about the potential of generative AI. As a Champion Innovator, I was granted early access to Duet AI in Google Cloud, which I see as a sort of personal assistant who’s on call 24/7 to answer my queries and help me solve any code challenges. I'm looking forward to finding out more about the potential integration of generative AI with Google Cloud’s native DevOps tools for infrastructure and applications. It’s early days, but the potential to leverage generative AI to deliver improved solutions to clients, enhance our solution architecture and troubleshoot issues is thrilling.
NT: How do you like to learn new services, applications and technologies?
RS: My main resources are Google Cloud blogs, documentation, and my company's internal channels, where we continuously discuss cloud migration and modernization. Google Cloud release notes are great as the information is coming straight from the source. Google Cloud blog articles and Medium posts are also really useful. The Innovators program has gathered a wealth of technical expertise from Google Cloud itself and other Innovators around the world.
Being an Innovator also gives me the opportunity to practice extensively on Google Cloud, which is great as I’m a strong believer in learning by doing. As soon as I find out about something new, I like to put it into practice straight away. But while passion is crucial, so is paying attention to your wellbeing. I focus on my mental health because it keeps me and my family happy and enhances my productivity. When my mind is at peace, I can think more clearly and provide better solutions to our clients.
NT: How has being part of the Innovators program impacted your personal and professional development?
RS: Access to internal and Innovators-only training and certifications has really helped shape my approach to infrastructure modernization and migration. Another huge advantage is the robust community support. You’re connected with dozens of cloud enthusiasts and seasoned professionals who are there to support you.
Joining the program has also really expanded my horizons. I come from a small town where there aren’t many opportunities to interact with outsiders. Being an Innovator has boosted my confidence as well as my interpersonal and communication skills. I've also learned to articulate complex technical concepts in simple terms, which is really useful when working with non-technical colleagues and clients.
Having “Google Cloud Champion Innovator for Modern Architecture” in your bio also makes a real difference. People pay far more attention to what you’re saying! Since joining the program, my global reach on LinkedIn and Medium, and the queries I receive, have increased threefold.
NT: How important is community to you?
RS: Very important! I’m a strong advocate for community engagement. Cloud communities and programs like Innovators emphasize collaboration and knowledge sharing and connect people from diverse backgrounds. Regular interactions with others provide insights into challenges we’re all facing and are a great way to gain perspective.
I actively seek to share my stories and experiences and help people on the Google Cloud community page and via my Medium blog, where I run an interview series called “Silly Sit-Downs(SSD) with Rohan” with people from the industry irrespective of their domain. Video and podcasts are really big these days, but I truly believe in the power of reading and writing. Reading sparks the imagination, and it’s accessible to people everywhere as it doesn’t require a strong internet connection. I see myself as a mentor now, communicating globally without barriers. I’m not interested in follower numbers per se, but when I get messages from people saying my content has helped them it really makes my day.
NT: What advice would you give to budding Innovators?
RS: Pursue knowledge and skills, not titles. Don't choose a technology like cloud computing just because your friends are doing it or because you think you can make good money. Explore it first and if it interests you, start with the basics. Don't stress yourself out with unrealistic expectations, such as becoming a cloud expert in six months. Take your time to learn and grow at your own pace, stay active, travel, learn new things beyond technology, talk to people, and take breaks when necessary.
Just getting started is difficult in its own right. For even more insight into how organizations are innovating with generative AI, check out our growing Innovators community – we appreciate ideas from like-minded Google Cloud users who want to take their journey to the next level.
How does DLP and Compliance content compare between the two? What are the main differences between the purposes of the certifications? submitted by /u/lighthills [link] [comments]
I finished the Microsoft Modules and started watching john savill course on yt but i have a lot of experience with Azure on my job and wanna start taking practice exams. Where can i take practice exams that are closest to the real thing? submitted by /u/elipr787 [link] [comments]
Exams are not available in my native language and according to this web page I can request additional time as an accommodation. At the same time, I would rather not request that accommodation if someone would be able able to determine that I have used it during exam (information on the certificate or any other way). My question is: Is it possible for someone to determine if I used accommodation or not? submitted by /u/Alex_df_300 [link] [comments]
I'm new to azure and already passes AZ900, I want to get an associate cert I'm interested more in Az204, I'm a software developer and haven't done much system administration, which of AZ104 and Az204 would be the easiest to get next, I've read that as a dev it would be easier to get Az204 but a cloud guru recommends to get first the AZ104 first and then go for the Az204, is the knowledge of AZ104 needed to make the Az204 easier or viceversa, I plan to get both in the end but I would like to take them in order of difficulty submitted by /u/maujavier91 [link] [comments]
Hello! I’m currently working on creating a study plan for AZ-104 and AZ-305 for 1-2 months. For context, i don’t have a tech background and am unfamiliar with these things. To clarify, i won’t be the one taking the exam; just the one drafting up the study plans. I’ve read through some of the threads here and did my own research; as i understand, the self-paced learning paths on the Microsoft website seem to downplay the difficulty of these exams. I’ve also seen a plethora of learning resources like John Savill’s videos, etc. But hoping to ask if anyone can help me figure out how i can jumpstart the plan, or how to structure it? TIA! submitted by /u/StarryBlep [link] [comments]
I am preparing for dp100. I saw on internet that MS Learn, Coursera and Udemy are all outdated. I am really stressed and confused. Is there a clear resource that can be used to prepare for the exam? submitted by /u/dorkmotter [link] [comments]
I’ve posted in the Microsoft support forum and they just repeat the same robotic answer. Just wondered if anyone has had this issue? Verified myself as a student but doesn’t show discount at checkout. Does AZ-900 not get a discount? I’ve attached a few screenshots, maybe I’m missing something? https://imgur.com/a/gNkcFal https://imgur.com/a/gekNktb https://imgur.com/a/75LbItV https://imgur.com/a/wwaR8t5 submitted by /u/PXE590t [link] [comments]
In the end, the exam prep providers do a decent job with with the practice exams they offer, I find they are worth purchasing and the time I spend on these provider's test platforms has helped me pass every exam I wrote the first time. I however find that some of the things they add into the practice exams are not needed. Maybe they do this to pad numbers, it is impressive in advertising to offer up to 300+ prep exam questions only to discover that 10-15% of the questions are on topics the CURRENT cert exam does not cover. I suppose I provide this post for others to add their impressions and feedback on the exam prep providers they have used. Here's hoping we can all help each other be wiser to find the best materials from the best sources to help anybody, from a new IT tech to the veteran, learn and use. submitted by /u/T-cona204 [link] [comments]
Successfully passed the AZ104 Azure Administrator on my first attempt with over 3 years experience. Tutorials Dojo was by far and away the best resource I’ve used in attempting this feat. Scott Duffy’s course on Udemy is also a great resource for those who don’t know where or how to start but it’s a nice refresher for those in the field currently. submitted by /u/Mammoth_Cry_711 [link] [comments]
I recently finished John Christopher’s ms-102 course on Udemy. I understand this is only one source, but the entire time I felt like I already knew how to do everything that he was covering in the course. I’ve worked in Azure/365 for two years and do a lot of labbing on top of it. I’m not a stranger to IT certifications. I have a lot of CompTIA certs and ITIL, Sscp and another Linux cert. I have never taken a Microsoft cert so I don’t really know what to expect. Are there better sources that anyone else used to study for this exam? I plan to go through the Learn material too, I just wanted to do a third party course first. submitted by /u/ITnewb30 [link] [comments]
After doing a bit of Azure-related work following my AZ-104 last month, I decided to take the plunge and do my AZ-305 while the content was still fresh in memory. I was really not confident because there is so much more content to learn, but I am glad that I did. My score was 880, and the speed at which I could answer questions that were very similar to the ones you would expect form AZ-104 definitely helped. My test had 53 questions and started with a case study which I think was 6 or 7 questions. I finished everything with about 50 minutes to spare, and I used another 15 to review the ones I wasn't so sure about. I wasn't aiming for a perfect score and I do wonder which ones I did not get right, but I did change a few answers based on what I found in MS Learn so the extra time was useful. Resources-wise, I completed the Microsoft Challenge by doing all the modules it asked. This came with a bonus 50% discount on the exam cost. Aside from that, I also did the Microsoft Press course in LinkedIn Learning. I have free access to that through my local library so that was helpful. I also did some practice exams from TD and MS Learn, and of course viewed the study cram and DP900 videos by u/JohnSavill, which are both great. Now I might take a breather before I decide what to focus on next. submitted by /u/egbur [link] [comments]
It's VERY possible that I'm missing something, but I believe this ARM template on GitHub for this lab is wrong. Am I crazy or does it only create one vnet, while the lab requires three. Some of the resource names are incorrect too. I went back through the commits and three weeks ago a template was deleted that appeared to contain the correct vnets. Am I just missing something or is the template actually broken? TIA for any insights! submitted by /u/MARS822a [link] [comments]
Hi, I am a network engineer with 6 years experience in both project implementation and operations support. I moved to a new area and it seems that networking related jobs are not in demand here (checked on job sites). I am seeing tech support/sysadmin roles (AD, DNS, DHCP, Azure). I don't have any experience on any desktop support related jobs or sysadmin. I took MD-102 since it is an entry level microsoft certification, thinking also that it could help me land a job here in my area. I am planning to take AZ-104. My question is, is it worth it to take AZ-104? Considering that it will be a mismatch with my background and experience. And employers will question it somehow if I have an Azure cert and yet 0 experience. submitted by /u/sevenfoldnomad [link] [comments]
Has anybody else found the certification renewal assessment more difficult than the original exam? Took me three attempts to renew my Az-104 certification. submitted by /u/BA-94 [link] [comments]
Does anyone have an experience taking the exam using Pearson Vue overseas? Since it says " Price based on the country or region in which the exam is proctored. " would I be paying the price of where I am currently located ? Or should I be entering my home address ? submitted by /u/FrozenFury12 [link] [comments]
Top-paying Cloud certifications:
Google Certified Professional Cloud Architect — $175,761/year AWS Certified Solutions Architect – Associate — $149,446/year Azure/Microsoft Cloud Solution Architect – $141,748/yr Google Cloud Associate Engineer – $145,769/yr AWS Certified Cloud Practitioner — $131,465/year Microsoft Certified: Azure Fundamentals — $126,653/year Microsoft Certified: Azure Administrator Associate — $125,993/year A Twitter List by enoumen A Twitter List by enoumen
Use AWS Cheatsheets – I also found the cheatsheets provided by Tutorials Dojo very helpful. In my opinion, it is better than Jayendrapatil Patil’s blog since it contains more updated information that complements your review notes. #AWS Cheat Sheet
26
Watch this exam readiness 3hr video, it very recent webinar this provides what is expected in the exam. #AWS Exam Prep Video
27
Start off watching Ryan’s videos. Try and completely focus on the hands on. Take your time to understand what you are trying to learn and achieve in those LAB Sessions. #AWS Exam Prep Video
28
Do not rush into completing the videos. Take your time and hone the basics. Focus and spend a lot of time for the back bone of AWS infrastructure – Compute/EC2 section, Storage (S3/EBS/EFS), Networking (Route 53/Load Balancers), RDS, VPC, Route 3. These sections are vast, with lot of concepts to go over and have loads to learn. Trust me you will need to thoroughly understand each one of them to ensure you pass the certification comfortably. #AWS Exam Prep Video
29
Make sure you go through resources section and also AWS documentation for each components. Go over FAQs. If you have a question, please post it in the community. Trust me, each answer here helps you understand more about AWS. #AWS Faqs
30
Like any other product/service, each AWS offering has a different flavor. I will take an example of EC2 (Spot/Reserved/Dedicated/On Demand etc.). Make sure you understand what they are, what are the pros/cons of each of these flavors. Applies for all other offerings too. #AWS Services
31
Follow Neal K Davis on Linkedin and Read his updates about DVA-C01 #AWS Services
What is the AWS Certified Developer Associate Exam?
The AWS Certified Developer – Associate examination is intended for individuals who perform a development role and have one or more years of hands-on experience developing and maintaining an AWS-based application. It validates an examinee’s ability to:
Demonstrate an understanding of core AWS services, uses, and basic AWS architecture best practices
Demonstrate proficiency in developing, deploying, and debugging cloud-based applications using AWS
There are two types of questions on the examination:
Multiple-choice: Has one correct response and three incorrect responses (distractors).
Provide implementation guidance based on best practices to the organization throughout the lifecycle of the project.
Select one or more responses that best complete the statement or answer the question. Distractors, or incorrect answers, are response options that an examinee with incomplete knowledge or skill would likely choose. However, they are generally plausible responses that fit in the content area defined by the test objective. Unanswered questions are scored as incorrect; there is no penalty for guessing.
To succeed with the real exam, do not memorize the answers below. It is very important that you understand why a question is right or wrong and the concepts behind it by carefully reading the reference documents in the answers.
Understand bastion hosts, and which subnet one might live on. Bastion hosts are instances that sit within your public subnet and are typically accessed using SSH or RDP. Once remote connectivity has been established with the bastion host, it then acts as a ‘jump’ server, allowing you to use SSH or RDP to login to other instances (within private subnets) deeper within your network. When properly configured through the use of security groups and Network ACLs, the bastion essentially acts as a bridge to your private instances via the Internet.” Bastion Hosts
3
Know the difference between Directory Service’s AD Connector and Simple AD. Use Simple AD if you need an inexpensive Active Directory–compatible service with the common directory features. AD Connector lets you simply connect your existing on-premises Active Directory to AWS. AD Connector and Simple AD
Know how to enable cross-account access with IAM: To delegate permission to access a resource, you create an IAM role that has two policies attached. The permissions policy grants the user of the role the needed permissions to carry out the desired tasks on the resource. The trust policy specifies which trusted accounts are allowed to grant its users permissions to assume the role. The trust policy on the role in the trusting account is one-half of the permissions. The other half is a permissions policy attached to the user in the trusted account that allows that user to switch to, or assume the role. Enable cross-account access with IAM
Know which services allow you to retain full admin privileges of the underlying EC2 instances EC2 Full admin privilege
8
Know When Elastic IPs are free or not: If you associate additional EIPs with that instance, you will be charged for each additional EIP associated with that instance per hour on a pro rata basis. Additional EIPs are only available in Amazon VPC. To ensure efficient use of Elastic IP addresses, we impose a small hourly charge when these IP addresses are not associated with a running instance or when they are associated with a stopped instance or unattached network interface. When are AWS Elastic IPs Free or not?
9
Know what are the four high level categories of information Trusted Advisor supplies. #AWS Trusted advisor
10
Know how to troubleshoot a connection time out error when trying to connect to an instance in your VPC. You need a security group rule that allows inbound traffic from your public IP address on the proper port, you need a route that sends all traffic destined outside the VPC (0.0.0.0/0) to the Internet gateway for the VPC, the network ACLs must allow inbound and outbound traffic from your public IP address on the proper port, etc. #AWS Connection time out error
11
Be able to identify multiple possible use cases and eliminate non-use cases for SWF. #AWS
12
Understand how you might set up consolidated billing and cross-account access such that individual divisions resources are isolated from each other, but corporate IT can oversee all of it. #AWS Set up consolidated billing
13
Know how you would go about making changes to an Auto Scaling group, fully understanding what you can and can’t change. “You can only specify one launch configuration for an Auto Scaling group at a time, and you can’t modify a launch configuration after you’ve created it. Therefore, if you want to change the launch configuration for your Auto Scaling group, you must create a launch configuration and then update your Auto Scaling group with the new launch configuration. When you change the launch configuration for your Auto Scaling group, any new instances are launched using the new configuration parameters, but existing instances are not affected. #AWS Make Change to Auto Scaling group
14
Know how you would go about making changes to an Auto Scaling group, fully understanding what you can and can’t change. “You can only specify one launch configuration for an Auto Scaling group at a time, and you can’t modify a launch configuration after you’ve created it. Therefore, if you want to change the launch configuration for your Auto Scaling group, you must create a launch configuration and then update your Auto Scaling group with the new launch configuration. When you change the launch configuration for your Auto Scaling group, any new instances are launched using the new configuration parameters, but existing instances are not affected. #AWS Make Change to Auto Scaling group
15
Know which field you use to run a script upon launching your instance. #AWS User data script
16
Know how DynamoDB (durable, and you can pay for strong consistency), Elasticache (great for speed, not so durable), and S3 (eventual consistency results in lower latency) compare to each other in terms of durability and low latency. #AWS DynamoDB consistency
Know the difference between bucket policies, IAM policies, and ACLs for use with S3, and examples of when you would use each. “With IAM policies, companies can grant IAM users fine-grained control to their Amazon S3 bucket or objects while also retaining full control over everything the users do. With bucket policies, companies can define rules which apply broadly across all requests to their Amazon S3 resources, such as granting write privileges to a subset of Amazon S3 resources. Customers can also restrict access based on an aspect of the request, such as HTTP referrer and IP address. With ACLs, customers can grant specific permissions (i.e. READ, WRITE, FULL_CONTROL) to specific users for an individual bucket or object. #AWS Difference between bucket policies
Understand how you can use ELB cross-zone load balancing to ensure even distribution of traffic to EC2 instances in multiple AZs registered with a load balancer. #AWS ELB cross-zone load balancing
Spot instances are good for cost optimization, even if it seems you might need to fall back to On-Demand instances if you wind up getting kicked off them and the timeline grows tighter. The primary (but still not only) factor seems to be whether you can gracefully handle instances that die on you–which is pretty much how you should always design everything, anyway! #AWS Spot instances
The term “use case” is not the same as “function” or “capability”. A use case is something that your app/system will need to accomplish, not just behaviour that you will get from that service. In particular, a use case doesn’t require that the service be a 100% turnkey solution for that situation, just that the service plays a valuable role in enabling it. #AWS use case
23
There might be extra, unnecessary information in some of the questions (red herrings), so try not to get thrown off by them. Understand what services can and can’t do, but don’t ignore “obvious”-but-still-correct answers in favour of super-tricky ones. #AWS Exam Answers: Distractors
24
If you don’t know what they’re trying to ask, in a question, just move on and come back to it later (by using the helpful “mark this question” feature in the exam tool). You could easily spend way more time than you should on a single confusing question if you don’t triage and move on. #AWS Exa: Skip Questions that are vague and come back to them later
25
Some exam questions required you to understand features and use cases of: VPC peering, cross-account access, DirectConnect, snapshotting EBS RAID arrays, DynamoDB, spot instances, Glacier, AWS/user security responsibilities, etc. #AWS
26
The 30 Day constraint in the S3 Lifecycle Policy before transitioning to S3-IA and S3-One Zone IA storage classes #AWS S3 lifecycle policy
Watch Acloud Guru Videos Lectures while commuting / lunch break – Reschedule the exam if you are not yet ready #AWS ACloud Guru
36
Watch Linux Academy Videos Lectures while commuting / lunch break – Reschedule the exam if you are not yet ready #AWS Linux Academy
37
Watch Udemy Videos Lectures while commuting / lunch break – Reschedule the exam if you are not yet ready #AWS Linux Academy
38
The Udemy practice test interface is good that it pinpoints your weak areas, so what I did was to re-watch all the videos that I got the wrong answers. Since I was able to gauge my exam readiness, I decided to reschedule my exam for 2 more weeks, to help me focus on completing the practice tests. #AWS Udemy
39
Use AWS Cheatsheets – I also found the cheatsheets provided by Tutorials Dojo very helpful. In my opinion, it is better than Jayendrapatil Patil’s blog since it contains more updated information that complements your review notes. #AWS Cheat Sheet
40
Watch this exam readiness 3hr video, it very recent webinar this provides what is expected in the exam. #AWS Exam Prep Video
41
Start off watching Ryan’s videos. Try and completely focus on the hands on. Take your time to understand what you are trying to learn and achieve in those LAB Sessions. #AWS Exam Prep Video
42
Do not rush into completing the videos. Take your time and hone the basics. Focus and spend a lot of time for the back bone of AWS infrastructure – Compute/EC2 section, Storage (S3/EBS/EFS), Networking (Route 53/Load Balancers), RDS, VPC, Route 3. These sections are vast, with lot of concepts to go over and have loads to learn. Trust me you will need to thoroughly understand each one of them to ensure you pass the certification comfortably. #AWS Exam Prep Video
43
Make sure you go through resources section and also AWS documentation for each components. Go over FAQs. If you have a question, please post it in the community. Trust me, each answer here helps you understand more about AWS. #AWS Faqs
44
Like any other product/service, each AWS offering has a different flavor. I will take an example of EC2 (Spot/Reserved/Dedicated/On Demand etc.). Make sure you understand what they are, what are the pros/cons of each of these flavors. Applies for all other offerings too. #AWS Services
45
Ensure to attend all quizzes after each section. Please do not treat these quizzes as your practice exams. These quizzes are designed to mostly test your knowledge on the section you just finished. The exam itself is designed to test you with scenarios and questions, where in you will need to recall and apply your knowledge of different AWS technologies/services you learn over multiple lectures. #AWS Services
46
I, personally, do not recommend to attempt a practice exam or simulator exam until you have done all of the above. It was a little overwhelming for me. I had thoroughly gone over the videos. And understood the concepts pretty well, but once I opened exam simulator I felt the questions were pretty difficult. I also had a feeling that videos do not cover lot of topics. But later I realized, given the vastness of AWS Services and offerings it is really difficult to encompass all these services and their details in the course content. The fact that these services keep changing so often, does not help #AWS Services
47
Go back and make a note of all topics, that you felt were unfamiliar for you. Go through the resources section and fiund links to AWS documentation. After going over them, you shoud gain at least 5-10% more knowledge on AWS. Have expectations from the online courses as a way to get thorough understanding of basics and strong foundations for your AWS knowledge. But once you are done with videos. Make sure you spend a lot of time on AWS documentation and FAQs. There are many many topics/sub topics which may not be covered in the course and you would need to know, atleast their basic functionalities, to do well in the exam. #AWS Services
48
Once you start taking practice exams, it may seem really difficult at the beginning. So, please do not panic if you find the questions complicated or difficult. IMO they are designed or put in a way to sound complicated but they are not. Be calm and read questions very carefully. In my observation, many questions have lot of information which sometimes is not relevant to the solution you are expected to provide. Read the question slowly and read it again until you understand what is expected out of it. #AWS Services
49
With each practice exam you will come across topics that you may need to scale your knowledge on or learn them from scratch. #AWS Services
50
With each test and the subsequent revision, you will surely feel more confident. There are 130 mins for questions. 2 mins for each question which is plenty of time. At least take 8-10 practice tests. The ones on udemy/tutorialdojo are really good. If you are a acloudguru member. The exam simulator is really good. Manage your time well. Keep patience. I saw someone mention in one of the discussions that do not under estimate the mental focus/strength needed to sit through 130 mins solving these questions. And it is really true. Do not give away or waste any of those precious 130 mins. While answering flag/mark questions you think you are not completely sure. My advice is, even if you finish early, spend your time reviewing the answers. I could review 40 of my answers at the end of test. And I at least rectified 3 of them (which is 4-5% of total score, I think) So in short – Put a lot of focus on making your foundations strong. Make sure you go through AWS Documentation and FAQs. Try and envision how all of the AWS components can fit together and provide an optimal solution. Keep calm. This video gives outline about exam, must watch before or after Ryan’s course.#AWS Services
51
Walking you through how to best prepare for the AWS Certified Solutions Architect Associate SAA-C02 exam in 5 steps: 1. Understand the exam blueprint 2. Learn about the new topics included in the SAA-C02 version of the exam 3. Use the many FREE resources available to gain and deepen your knowledge 4. Enroll in our hands-on video course to learn AWS in depth 5. Use practice tests to fully prepare yourself for the exam and assess your exam readiness AWS CERTIFIED SOLUTIONS ARCHITECT SAA-C02 : HOW TO BEST PREPARE IN 5 STEPS
52
Storage: 1. Know your different Amazon S3 storage tiers! You need to know the use cases, features and limitations, and relative costs; e.g. retrieval costs. 2. Amazon S3 lifecycle policies is also required knowledge — there are minimum storage times in certain tiers that you need to know. 3. For Glacier, you need to understand what it is, what it’s used for, and what the options are for retrieval times and fees. 4. For the Amazon Elastic File System (EFS), make sure you’re clear which operating systems you can use with it (just Linux). 5. For the Amazon Elastic Block Store (EBS), make sure you know when to use the different tiers including instance stores; e.g. what would you use for a datastore that requires the highest IO and the data is distributed across multiple instances? (Good instance store use case) 6. Learn about Amazon FSx. You’ll need to know about FSx for Windows and Lustre. 7. Know how to improve Amazon S3 performance including using CloudFront, and byte-range fetches — check out this whitepaper. 8. Make sure you understand about Amazon S3 object deletion protection options including versioning and MFA delete. AWS CERTIFIED SOLUTIONS ARCHITECT SAA-C02 : HOW TO BEST PREPARE IN 5 STEPS
53
Compute: 1. You need to have a good understanding of the options for how to scale an Auto Scaling Group using metrics such as SQS queue depth, or numbers of SNS messages. 2. Know your different Auto Scaling policies including Target Tracking Policies. 3. Read up on High Performance Computing (HPC) with AWS. You’ll need to know about Amazon FSx with HPC use cases. 4. Know your placement groups. Make sure you can differentiate between spread, cluster and partition; e.g. what would you use for lowest latency? What about if you need to support an app that’s tightly coupled? Within an AZ or cross AZ? 5. Make sure you know the difference between Elastic Network Adapters (ENAs), Elastic Network Interfaces (ENIs) and Elastic Fabric Adapters (EFAs). 6. For the Amazon Elastic Container Service (ECS), make sure you understand how to assign IAM policies to ECS for providing S3 access. How can you decouple an ECS data processing process — Kinesis Firehose or SQS? 7. Make sure you’re clear on the different EC2 pricing models including Reserved Instances (RI) and the different RI options such as scheduled RIs. 8. Make sure you know the maximum execution time for AWS Lambda (it’s currently 900 seconds or 15 minutes). AWS CERTIFIED SOLUTIONS ARCHITECT SAA-C02 : HOW TO BEST PREPARE IN 5 STEPS
54
Network 1. Understand what AWS Global Accelerator is and its use cases. 2. Understand when to use CloudFront and when to use AWS Global Accelerator. 3. Make sure you understand the different types of VPC endpoint and which require an Elastic Network Interface (ENI) and which require a route table entry. 4. You need to know how to connect multiple accounts; e.g. should you use VPC peering or a VPC endpoint? 5. Know the difference between PrivateLink and ClassicLink. 6. Know the patterns for extending a secure on-premises environment into AWS. 7. Know how to encrypt AWS Direct Connect (you can use a Virtual Private Gateway / AWS VPN). 8. Understand when to use Direct Connect vs Snowball to migrate data — lead time can be an issue with Direct Connect if you’re in a hurry. 9. Know how to prevent circumvention of Amazon CloudFront; e.g. Origin Access Identity (OAI) or signed URLs / signed cookies. AWS CERTIFIED SOLUTIONS ARCHITECT SAA-C02 : HOW TO BEST PREPARE IN 5 STEPS
55
Databases 1. Make sure you understand Amazon Aurora and Amazon Aurora Serverless. 2. Know which RDS databases can have Read Replicas and whether you can read from a Multi-AZ standby. 3. Know the options for encrypting an existing RDS database; e.g. only at creation time otherwise you must encrypt a snapshot and create a new instance from the snapshot. 4. Know which databases are key-value stores; e.g. Amazon DynamoDB. AWS CERTIFIED SOLUTIONS ARCHITECT SAA-C02 : HOW TO BEST PREPARE IN 5 STEPS
56
Application Integration 1. Make sure you know the use cases for the Amazon Simple Queue Service (SQS), and Simple Notification Service (SNS). 2. Understand the differences between Amazon Kinesis Firehose and SQS and when you would use each service. 3. Know how to use Amazon S3 event notifications to publish events to SQS — here’s a good “How To” article. AWS CERTIFIED SOLUTIONS ARCHITECT SAA-C02 : HOW TO BEST PREPARE IN 5 STEPS
57
Management and Governance 1. You’ll need to know about AWS Organizations; e.g. how to migrate an account between organizations. 2. For AWS Organizations, you also need to know how to restrict actions using service control policies attached to OUs. 3. Understand what AWS Resource Access Manager is. AWS CERTIFIED SOLUTIONS ARCHITECT SAA-C02 : HOW TO BEST PREPARE IN 5 STEPS
The AWS Certified Solution Architect Associate Examination reparation and Readiness Quiz App (SAA-C01, SAA-C01, SAA) Prep App helps you prepare and train for the AWS Certification Solution Architect Associate Exam with various questions and answers dumps.
This App provide updated Questions and Answers, an Intuitive Responsive Interface allowing to browse questions horizontally and browse tips and resources vertically after completing a quiz.
Features:
100+ Questions and Answers updated frequently to get you AWS certified.
Quiz with score tracker, countdown timer, highest score saving. Vie Answers after completing the quiz for each category.
Ability to navigate through questions for each category using next and previous button.
Resource info page about the answer for each category and Top 60 Tips to succeed in the exam.
Prominent Cloud Evangelist latest tweets and Technology Latest News Feed
The app helps you study and practice from your mobile device with an intuitive interface.
SAA-C01 and SAA-C02 compatible
Resource info page about the answer for each category.
Helps you study and practice from your mobile device with an intuitive interface.
The questions and Answers are divided in 4 categories:
Design High Performing Architectures,
Design Cost Optimized Architectures,
Design Secure Applications And Architectures,
Design Resilient Architecture,
The questions and answers cover the following topics: AWS VPC, S3, DynamoDB, EC2, ECS, Lambda, API Gateway, CloudWatch, CloudTrail, Code Pipeline, Code Deploy, TCO Calculator, AWS S3, AWS DynamoDB, CloudWatch , AWS SES, Amazon Lex, AWS EBS, AWS ELB, AWS Autoscaling , RDS, Aurora, Route 53, Amazon CodeGuru, Amazon Bracket, AWS Billing and Pricing, AWS Simply Monthly Calculator, AWS cost calculator, Ec2 pricing on-demand, AWS Pricing, AWS Pay As You Go, AWS No Upfront Cost, Cost Explorer, AWS Organizations, Consolidated billing, Instance Scheduler, on-demand instances, Reserved instances, Spot Instances, CloudFront, Web hosting on S3, S3 storage classes, AWS Regions, AWS Availability Zones, Trusted Advisor, Various architectural Questions and Answers about AWS, AWS SDK, AWS EBS Volumes, EC2, S3, Containers, KMS, AWS read replicas, Cloudfront, API Gateway, AWS Snapshots, Auto shutdown Ec2 instances, High Availability, RDS, DynamoDB, Elasticity, AWS Virtual Machines, AWS Caching, AWS Containers, AWS Architecture, AWS Ec2, AWS S3, AWS Security, AWS Lambda, Bastion Hosts, S3 lifecycle policy, kinesis sharing, AWS KMS, Design High Performing Architectures, Design Cost Optimized Architectures, Design Secure Applications And Architectures, Design Resilient Architecture, AWS vs Azure vs Google Cloud, Resources, Questions, AWS, AWS SDK, AWS EBS Volumes, AWS read replicas, Cloudfront, API Gateway, AWS Snapshots, Auto shutdown Ec2 instances, High Availability, RDS, DynamoDB, Elasticity, AWS Virtual Machines, AWS Caching, AWS Containers, AWS Architecture, AWS Ec2, AWS S3, AWS Security, AWS Lambda, Load Balancing, DynamoDB, EBS, Multi-AZ RDS, Aurora, EFS, DynamoDB, NLB, ALB, Aurora, Auto Scaling, DynamoDB(latency), Aurora(performance), Multi-AZ RDS(high availability), Throughput Optimized EBS (highly sequential), SAA-CO1, SAA-CO2, Cloudwatch, CloudTrail, KMS, ElasticBeanstalk, OpsWorks, RPO vs RTO, HA vs FT, Undifferentiated Heavy Lifting, Access Management Basics, Shared Responsibility Model, Cloud Service Models, etc…
The resources sections cover the following areas: Certification, AWS training, Mock Exam Preparation Tips, Cloud Architect Training, Cloud Architect Knowledge, Cloud Technology, cloud certification, cloud exam preparation tips, cloud solution architect associate exam, certification practice exam, learn aws free, amazon cloud solution architect, question dumps, acloud guru links, tutorial dojo links, linuxacademy links, latest aws certification tweets, and post from reddit, quota, linkedin, medium, cloud exam preparation tips, aws cloud solution architect associate exam, aws certification practice exam, cloud exam questions, learn aws free, amazon cloud solution architect, amazon cloud certified solution architect associate exam questions, as certification dumps, google cloud, azure cloud, acloud, learn google cloud, learn azure cloud, cloud comparison, etc.
Abilities Validated by the Certification:
Effectively demonstrate knowledge of how to architect and deploy secure and robust applications on AWS technologies
Define a solution using architectural design principles based on customer requirements
Provide implementation guidance based on best practices to the organization throughout the life cycle of the project
Recommended Knowledge for the Certification:
One year of hands-on experience designing available, cost-effective, fault-tolerant, and scalable distributed systems on AWS.
Hands-on experience using compute, networking, storage, and database AWS services.
Hands-on experience with AWS deployment and management services.
Ability to identify and define technical requirements for an AWS-based application.
bility to identify which AWS services meet a given technical requirement.
Knowledge of recommended best practices for building secure and reliable applications on the AWS platform.
An understanding of the basic architectural principles of building in the AWS Cloud.
An understanding of the AWS global infrastructure.
An understanding of network technologies as they relate to AWS.
An understanding of security features and tools that AWS provides and how they relate to traditional services.
Note and disclaimer: We are not affiliated with AWS or Amazon or Microsoft or Google. The questions are put together based on the certification study guide and materials available online. We also receive questions and answers from anonymous users and we vet to make sure they are legitimate. The questions in this app should help you pass the exam but it is not guaranteed. We are not responsible for any exam you did not pass.
Important: To succeed with the real exam, do not memorize the answers in this app. It is very important that you understand why a question is right or wrong and the concepts behind it by carefully reading the reference documents in the answers.
What is the AWS Certified Solution Architect Associate Exam?
This exam validates an examinee’s ability to effectively demonstrate knowledge of how to architect and deploy secure and robust applications on AWS technologies. It validates an examinee’s ability to:
Define a solution using architectural design principles based on customer requirements.
Multiple-response: Has two correct responses out of five options.
There are two types of questions on the examination:
Multiple-choice: Has one correct response and three incorrect responses (distractors).
Provide implementation guidance based on best practices to the organization throughout the lifecycle of the project.
Select one or more responses that best complete the statement or answer the question. Distractors, or incorrect answers, are response options that an examinee with incomplete knowledge or skill would likely choose. However, they are generally plausible responses that fit in the content area defined by the test objective. Unanswered questions are scored as incorrect; there is no penalty for guessing.
To succeed with the real exam, do not memorize the answers below. It is very important that you understand why a question is right or wrong and the concepts behind it by carefully reading the reference documents in the answers.
AWS certification exam quiz apps for all platforms
AWS (Amazon Web Services) is a popular cloud computing platform that offers a range of services including computing, storage, networking, and more. AWS offers a variety of certification exams to validate the skills and knowledge of professionals who work with its technologies. These certification exams are designed to test a wide range of knowledge and skills, including technical expertise, problem-solving abilities, and understanding of AWS services.
To prepare for an AWS certification exam, you may consider using a variety of resources including training courses, practice exams, and quiz apps. These resources can help you become familiar with the exam format, the types of questions that may be asked, and the knowledge and skills that will be tested.
Below is a listing of AWS certification exam quiz apps for all platforms:
What is the AWS Certified Developer Associate Exam?
This AWS Certified Developer-Associate Examination is intended for individuals who perform a Developer role. It validates an examinee’s ability to:
Demonstrate an understanding of core AWS services, uses, and basic AWS architecture best practices
Demonstrate proficiency in developing, deploying, and debugging cloud-based applications by using AWS
Recommended general IT knowledge The target candidate should have the following: – In-depth knowledge of at least one high-level programming language – Understanding of application lifecycle management – The ability to write code for serverless applications – Understanding of the use of containers in the development process
Recommended AWS knowledge The target candidate should be able to do the following:
Use the AWS service APIs, CLI, and software development kits (SDKs) to write applications
Identify key features of AWS services
Understand the AWS shared responsibility model
Use a continuous integration and continuous delivery (CI/CD) pipeline to deploy applications on AWS
Use and interact with AWS services
Apply basic understanding of cloud-native applications to write code
Write code by using AWS security best practices (for example, use IAM roles instead of secret and access keys in the code)
Author, maintain, and debug code modules on AWS
What is considered out of scope for the target candidate? The following is a non-exhaustive list of related job tasks that the target candidate is not expected to be able to perform. These items are considered out of scope for the exam: – Design architectures (for example, distributed system, microservices) – Design and implement CI/CD pipelines
Administer IAM users and groups
Administer Amazon Elastic Container Service (Amazon ECS)
Design AWS networking infrastructure (for example, Amazon VPC, AWS Direct Connect)
Understand compliance and licensing
Exam content Response types There are two types of questions on the exam: – Multiple choice: Has one correct response and three incorrect responses (distractors) – Multiple response: Has two or more correct responses out of five or more response options Select one or more responses that best complete the statement or answer the question. Distractors, or incorrect answers, are response options that a candidate with incomplete knowledge or skill might choose. Distractors are generally plausible responses that match the content area. Unanswered questions are scored as incorrect; there is no penalty for guessing. The exam includes 50 questions that will affect your score.
Unscored content The exam includes 15 unscored questions that do not affect your score. AWS collects information about candidate performance on these unscored questions to evaluate these questions for future use as scored questions. These unscored questions are not identified on the exam.
Exam results The AWS Certified Developer – Associate (DVA-C01) exam is a pass or fail exam. The exam is scored against a minimum standard established by AWS professionals who follow certification industry best practices and guidelines. Your results for the exam are reported as a scaled score of 100–1,000. The minimum passing score is 720. Your score shows how you performed on the exam as a whole and whether you passed. Scaled scoring models help equate scores across multiple exam forms that might have slightly different difficulty levels. Your score report could contain a table of classifications of your performance at each section level. This information is intended to provide general feedback about your exam performance. The exam uses a compensatory scoring model, which means that you do not need to achieve a passing score in each section. You need to pass only the overall exam. Each section of the exam has a specific weighting, so some sections have more questions than other sections have. The table contains general information that highlights your strengths and weaknesses. Use caution when interpreting section-level feedback.
Content outline This exam guide includes weightings, test domains, and objectives for the exam. It is not a comprehensive listing of the content on the exam. However, additional context for each of the objectives is available to help guide your preparation for the exam. The following table lists the main content domains and their weightings. The table precedes the complete exam content outline, which includes the additional context. The percentage in each domain represents only scored content.
Domain 1: Deployment 22% Domain 2: Security 26% Domain 3: Development with AWS Services 30% Domain 4: Refactoring 10% Domain 5: Monitoring and Troubleshooting 12%
Domain 1: Deployment 1.1 Deploy written code in AWS using existing CI/CD pipelines, processes, and patterns. – Commit code to a repository and invoke build, test and/or deployment actions – Use labels and branches for version and release management – Use AWS CodePipeline to orchestrate workflows against different environments – Apply AWS CodeCommit, AWS CodeBuild, AWS CodePipeline, AWS CodeStar, and AWS CodeDeploy for CI/CD purposes – Perform a roll back plan based on application deployment policy
1.2 Deploy applications using AWS Elastic Beanstalk. – Utilize existing supported environments to define a new application stack – Package the application – Introduce a new application version into the Elastic Beanstalk environment – Utilize a deployment policy to deploy an application version (i.e., all at once, rolling, rolling with batch, immutable) – Validate application health using Elastic Beanstalk dashboard – Use Amazon CloudWatch Logs to instrument application logging
1.3 Prepare the application deployment package to be deployed to AWS. – Manage the dependencies of the code module (like environment variables, config files and static image files) within the package – Outline the package/container directory structure and organize files appropriately – Translate application resource requirements to AWS infrastructure parameters (e.g., memory, cores)
1.4 Deploy serverless applications. – Given a use case, implement and launch an AWS Serverless Application Model (AWS SAM) template – Manage environments in individual AWS services (e.g., Differentiate between Development, Test, and Production in Amazon API Gateway)
Domain 2: Security 2.1 Make authenticated calls to AWS services. – Communicate required policy based on least privileges required by application. – Assume an IAM role to access a service – Use the software development kit (SDK) credential provider on-premises or in the cloud to access AWS services (local credentials vs. instance roles)
2.2 Implement encryption using AWS services. – Encrypt data at rest (client side; server side; envelope encryption) using AWS services – Encrypt data in transit
2.3 Implement application authentication and authorization. – Add user sign-up and sign-in functionality for applications with Amazon Cognito identity or user pools – Use Amazon Cognito-provided credentials to write code that access AWS services. – Use Amazon Cognito sync to synchronize user profiles and data – Use developer-authenticated identities to interact between end user devices, backend authentication, and Amazon Cognito
Domain 3: Development with AWS Services 3.1 Write code for serverless applications. – Compare and contrast server-based vs. serverless model (e.g., micro services, stateless nature of serverless applications, scaling serverless applications, and decoupling layers of serverless applications) – Configure AWS Lambda functions by defining environment variables and parameters (e.g., memory, time out, runtime, handler) – Create an API endpoint using Amazon API Gateway – Create and test appropriate API actions like GET, POST using the API endpoint – Apply Amazon DynamoDB concepts (e.g., tables, items, and attributes) – Compute read/write capacity units for Amazon DynamoDB based on application requirements – Associate an AWS Lambda function with an AWS event source (e.g., Amazon API Gateway, Amazon CloudWatch event, Amazon S3 events, Amazon Kinesis) – Invoke an AWS Lambda function synchronously and asynchronously
3.2 Translate functional requirements into application design. – Determine real-time vs. batch processing for a given use case – Determine use of synchronous vs. asynchronous for a given use case – Determine use of event vs. schedule/poll for a given use case – Account for tradeoffs for consistency models in an application design
Domain 4: Refactoring 4.1 Optimize applications to best use AWS services and features. Implement AWS caching services to optimize performance (e.g., Amazon ElastiCache, Amazon API Gateway cache) Apply an Amazon S3 naming scheme for optimal read performance
4.2 Migrate existing application code to run on AWS. – Isolate dependencies – Run the application as one or more stateless processes – Develop in order to enable horizontal scalability – Externalize state
Domain 5: Monitoring and Troubleshooting
5.1 Write code that can be monitored. – Create custom Amazon CloudWatch metrics – Perform logging in a manner available to systems operators – Instrument application source code to enable tracing in AWS X-Ray
5.2 Perform root cause analysis on faults found in testing or production. – Interpret the outputs from the logging mechanism in AWS to identify errors in logs – Check build and testing history in AWS services (e.g., AWS CodeBuild, AWS CodeDeploy, AWS CodePipeline) to identify issues – Utilize AWS services (e.g., Amazon CloudWatch, VPC Flow Logs, and AWS X-Ray) to locate a specific faulty component
Which key tools, technologies, and concepts might be covered on the exam?
The following is a non-exhaustive list of the tools and technologies that could appear on the exam. This list is subject to change and is provided to help you understand the general scope of services, features, or technologies on the exam. The general tools and technologies in this list appear in no particular order. AWS services are grouped according to their primary functions. While some of these technologies will likely be covered more than others on the exam, the order and placement of them in this list is no indication of relative weight or importance: – Analytics – Application Integration – Containers – Cost and Capacity Management – Data Movement – Developer Tools – Instances (virtual machines) – Management and Governance – Networking and Content Delivery – Security – Serverless
Management and Governance: – AWS CloudFormation – Amazon CloudWatch
Networking and Content Delivery: – Amazon API Gateway – Amazon CloudFront – Elastic Load Balancing
Security, Identity, and Compliance: – Amazon Cognito – AWS Identity and Access Management (IAM) – AWS Key Management Service (AWS KMS)
Storage: – Amazon S3
Out-of-scope AWS services and features
The following is a non-exhaustive list of AWS services and features that are not covered on the exam. These services and features do not represent every AWS offering that is excluded from the exam content. Services or features that are entirely unrelated to the target job roles for the exam are excluded from this list because they are assumed to be irrelevant. Out-of-scope AWS services and features include the following: – AWS Application Discovery Service – Amazon AppStream 2.0 – Amazon Chime – Amazon Connect – AWS Database Migration Service (AWS DMS) – AWS Device Farm – Amazon Elastic Transcoder – Amazon GameLift – Amazon Lex – Amazon Machine Learning (Amazon ML) – AWS Managed Services – Amazon Mobile Analytics – Amazon Polly
– Amazon QuickSight – Amazon Rekognition – AWS Server Migration Service (AWS SMS) – AWS Service Catalog – AWS Shield Advanced – AWS Shield Standard – AWS Snow Family – AWS Storage Gateway – AWS WAF – Amazon WorkMail – Amazon WorkSpaces
To succeed with the real exam, do not memorize the answers below. It is very important that you understand why a question is right or wrong and the concepts behind it by carefully reading the reference documents in the answers.
AWS Certified Developer – Associate Practice Questions And Answers Dump
Q0: Your application reads commands from an SQS queue and sends them to web services hosted by your partners. When a partner’s endpoint goes down, your application continually returns their commands to the queue. The repeated attempts to deliver these commands use up resources. Commands that can’t be delivered must not be lost. How can you accommodate the partners’ broken web services without wasting your resources?
A. Create a delay queue and set DelaySeconds to 30 seconds
B. Requeue the message with a VisibilityTimeout of 30 seconds.
C. Create a dead letter queue and set the Maximum Receives to 3.
D. Requeue the message with a DelaySeconds of 30 seconds.
C. After a message is taken from the queue and returned for the maximum number of retries, it is automatically sent to a dead letter queue, if one has been configured. It stays there until you retrieve it for forensic purposes.
Q1: A developer is writing an application that will store data in a DynamoDB table. The ratio of reads operations to write operations will be 1000 to 1, with the same data being accessed frequently. What should the Developer enable on the DynamoDB table to optimize performance and minimize costs?
A. Amazon DynamoDB auto scaling
B. Amazon DynamoDB cross-region replication
C. Amazon DynamoDB Streams
D. Amazon DynamoDB Accelerator
D. The AWS Documentation mentions the following:
DAX is a DynamoDB-compatible caching service that enables you to benefit from fast in-memory performance for demanding applications. DAX addresses three core scenarios
As an in-memory cache, DAX reduces the response times of eventually-consistent read workloads by an order of magnitude, from single-digit milliseconds to microseconds.
DAX reduces operational and application complexity by providing a managed service that is API-compatible with Amazon DynamoDB, and thus requires only minimal functional changes to use with an existing application.
For read-heavy or bursty workloads, DAX provides increased throughput and potential operational cost savings by reducing the need to over-provision read capacity units. This is especially beneficial for applications that require repeated reads for individual keys.
Q2: You are creating a DynamoDB table with the following attributes:
PurchaseOrderNumber (partition key)
CustomerID
PurchaseDate
TotalPurchaseValue
One of your applications must retrieve items from the table to calculate the total value of purchases for a particular customer over a date range. What secondary index do you need to add to the table?
A. Local secondary index with a partition key of CustomerID and sort key of PurchaseDate; project the TotalPurchaseValue attribute
B. Local secondary index with a partition key of PurchaseDate and sort key of CustomerID; project the TotalPurchaseValue attribute
C. Global secondary index with a partition key of CustomerID and sort key of PurchaseDate; project the TotalPurchaseValue attribute
D. Global secondary index with a partition key of PurchaseDate and sort key of CustomerID; project the TotalPurchaseValue attribute
C. The query is for a particular CustomerID, so a Global Secondary Index is needed for a different partition key. To retrieve only the desired date range, the PurchaseDate must be the sort key. Projecting the TotalPurchaseValue into the index provides all the data needed to satisfy the use case.
Global secondary index — an index with a hash and range key that can be different from those on the table. A global secondary index is considered “global” because queries on the index can span all of the data in a table, across all partitions.
Local secondary index — an index that has the same hash key as the table, but a different range key. A local secondary index is “local” in the sense that every partition of a local secondary index is scoped to a table partition that has the same hash key.
Local Secondary Indexes still rely on the original Hash Key. When you supply a table with hash+range, think about the LSI as hash+range1, hash+range2.. hash+range6. You get 5 more range attributes to query on. Also, there is only one provisioned throughput.
Global Secondary Indexes defines a new paradigm – different hash/range keys per index. This breaks the original usage of one hash key per table. This is also why when defining GSI you are required to add a provisioned throughput per index and pay for it.
Local Secondary Indexes can only be created when you are creating the table, there is no way to add Local Secondary Index to an existing table, also once you create the index you cannot delete it.
Global Secondary Indexes can be created when you create the table and added to an existing table, deleting an existing Global Secondary Index is also allowed.
Throughput :
Local Secondary Indexes consume throughput from the table. When you query records via the local index, the operation consumes read capacity units from the table. When you perform a write operation (create, update, delete) in a table that has a local index, there will be two write operations, one for the table another for the index. Both operations will consume write capacity units from the table.
Global Secondary Indexes have their own provisioned throughput, when you query the index the operation will consume read capacity from the index, when you perform a write operation (create, update, delete) in a table that has a global index, there will be two write operations, one for the table another for the index*.
The Cloud is the future: Get Certified now. The AWS Certified Solution Architect Average Salary is: US $149,446/year. Get Certified with the App below:
Q5: Lambda allows you to upload code and dependencies for function packages:
A. Only from a directly uploaded zip file
B. Only via SFTP
C. Only from a zip file in AWS S3
D. From a zip file in AWS S3 or uploaded directly from elsewhere
The Cloud is the future: Get Certified now. The AWS Certified Solution Architect Average Salary is: US $149,446/year. Get Certified with the App below:
Q7: You are attempting to SSH into an EC2 instance that is located in a public subnet. However, you are currently receiving a timeout error trying to connect. What could be a possible cause of this connection issue?
A. The security group associated with the EC2 instance has an inbound rule that allows SSH traffic, but does not have an outbound rule that allows SSH traffic.
B. The security group associated with the EC2 instance has an inbound rule that allows SSH traffic AND has an outbound rule that explicitly denies SSH traffic.
C. The security group associated with the EC2 instance has an inbound rule that allows SSH traffic AND the associated NACL has both an inbound and outbound rule that allows SSH traffic.
D. The security group associated with the EC2 instance does not have an inbound rule that allows SSH traffic AND the associated NACL does not have an outbound rule that allows SSH traffic.
D. Security groups are stateful, so you do NOT have to have an explicit outbound rule for return requests. However, NACLs are stateless so you MUST have an explicit outbound rule configured for return request.
Q8: You have instances inside private subnets and a properly configured bastion host instance in a public subnet. None of the instances in the private subnets have a public or Elastic IP address. How can you connect an instance in the private subnet to the open internet to download system updates?
A. Create and assign EIP to each instance
B. Create and attach a second IGW to the VPC.
C. Create and utilize a NAT Gateway
D. Connect to a VPN
C. You can use a network address translation (NAT) gateway in a public subnet in your VPC to enable instances in the private subnet to initiate outbound traffic to the Internet, but prevent the instances from receiving inbound traffic initiated by someone on the Internet.
Q9: What feature of VPC networking should you utilize if you want to create “elasticity” in your application’s architecture?
A. Security Groups
B. Route Tables
C. Elastic Load Balancer
D. Auto Scaling
D. Auto scaling is designed specifically with elasticity in mind. Auto scaling allows for the increase and decrease of compute power based on demand, thus creating elasticity in the architecture.
Q11: You’re writing a script with an AWS SDK that uses the AWS API Actions and want to create AMIs for non-EBS backed AMIs for you. Which API call should occurs in the final process of creating an AMI?
A. RegisterImage
B. CreateImage
C. ami-register-image
D. ami-create-image
A. It is actually – RegisterImage. All AWS API Actions will follow the capitalization like this and don’t have hyphens in them.
Q12: When dealing with session state in EC2-based applications using Elastic load balancers which option is generally thought of as the best practice for managing user sessions?
A. Having the ELB distribute traffic to all EC2 instances and then having the instance check a caching solution like ElastiCache running Redis or Memcached for session information
B. Permenantly assigning users to specific instances and always routing their traffic to those instances
C. Using Application-generated cookies to tie a user session to a particular instance for the cookie duration
D. Using Elastic Load Balancer generated cookies to tie a user session to a particular instance
Q14: What is one key difference between an Amazon EBS-backed and an instance-store backed instance?
A. Autoscaling requires using Amazon EBS-backed instances
B. Virtual Private Cloud requires EBS backed instances
C. Amazon EBS-backed instances can be stopped and restarted without losing data
D. Instance-store backed instances can be stopped and restarted without losing data
The Cloud is the future: Get Certified now. The AWS Certified Solution Architect Average Salary is: US $149,446/year. Get Certified with the App below:
C. Instance-store backed images use “ephemeral” storage (temporary). The storage is only available during the life of an instance. Rebooting an instance will allow ephemeral data stay persistent. However, stopping and starting an instance will remove all ephemeral storage.
Q15: After having created a new Linux instance on Amazon EC2, and downloaded the .pem file (called Toto.pem) you try and SSH into your IP address (54.1.132.33) using the following command. ssh -i my_key.pem ec2-user@52.2.222.22 However you receive the following error. @@@@@@@@ WARNING: UNPROTECTED PRIVATE KEY FILE! @ @@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@ What is the most probable reason for this and how can you fix it?
A. You do not have root access on your terminal and need to use the sudo option for this to work.
B. You do not have enough permissions to perform the operation.
C. Your key file is encrypted. You need to use the -u option for unencrypted not the -i option.
D. Your key file must not be publicly viewable for SSH to work. You need to modify your .pem file to limit permissions.
D. You need to run something like: chmod 400 my_key.pem
Q16: You have an EBS root device on /dev/sda1 on one of your EC2 instances. You are having trouble with this particular instance and you need to either Stop/Start, Reboot or Terminate the instance but you do NOT want to lose any data that you have stored on /dev/sda1. However, you are unsure if changing the instance state in any of the aforementioned ways will cause you to lose data stored on the EBS volume. Which of the below statements best describes the effect each change of instance state would have on the data you have stored on /dev/sda1?
A. Whether you stop/start, reboot or terminate the instance it does not matter because data on an EBS volume is not ephemeral and the data will not be lost regardless of what method is used.
B. If you stop/start the instance the data will not be lost. However if you either terminate or reboot the instance the data will be lost.
C. Whether you stop/start, reboot or terminate the instance it does not matter because data on an EBS volume is ephemeral and it will be lost no matter what method is used.
D. The data will be lost if you terminate the instance, however the data will remain on /dev/sda1 if you reboot or stop/start the instance because data on an EBS volume is not ephemeral.
D. The question states that an EBS-backed root device is mounted at /dev/sda1, and EBS volumes maintain information regardless of the instance state. If it was instance store, this would be a different answer.
Q17: EC2 instances are launched from Amazon Machine Images (AMIs). A given public AMI:
A. Can only be used to launch EC2 instances in the same AWS availability zone as the AMI is stored
B. Can only be used to launch EC2 instances in the same country as the AMI is stored
C. Can only be used to launch EC2 instances in the same AWS region as the AMI is stored
D. Can be used to launch EC2 instances in any AWS region
C. AMIs are only available in the region they are created. Even in the case of the AWS-provided AMIs, AWS has actually copied the AMIs for you to different regions. You cannot access an AMI from one region in another region. However, you can copy an AMI from one region to another
Q18: Which of the following statements is true about the Elastic File System (EFS)?
A. EFS can scale out to meet capacity requirements and scale back down when no longer needed
B. EFS can be used by multiple EC2 instances simultaneously
C. EFS cannot be used by an instance using EBS
D. EFS can be configured on an instance before launch just like an IAM role or EBS volumes
The Cloud is the future: Get Certified now. The AWS Certified Solution Architect Average Salary is: US $149,446/year. Get Certified with the App below:
The Cloud is the future: Get Certified now. The AWS Certified Solution Architect Average Salary is: US $149,446/year. Get Certified with the App below:
A. The ability to create custom permission policies.
B. Assigning IAM permission policies to more than one user at a time.
C. Easier user/policy management.
D. Allowing EC2 instances to gain access to S3.
B. and C.
A. is incorrect: This is a benefit of IAM generally or a benefit of IAM policies. But IAM groups don’t create policies, they have policies attached to them.
Q22: What should the Developer enable on the DynamoDB table to optimize performance and minimize costs?
A. Amazon DynamoDB auto scaling
B. Amazon DynamoDB cross-region replication
C. Amazon DynamoDB Streams
D. Amazon DynamoDB Accelerator
D. DAX is a DynamoDB-compatible caching service that enables you to benefit from fast in-memory performance for demanding applications. DAX addresses three core scenarios:
As an in-memory cache, DAX reduces the response times of eventually-consistent read workloads by an order of magnitude, from single-digit milliseconds to microseconds.
DAX reduces operational and application complexity by providing a managed service that is API-compatible with Amazon DynamoDB, and thus requires only minimal functional changes to use with an existing application.
For read-heavy or bursty workloads, DAX provides increased throughput and potential operational cost savings by reducing the need to over-provision read capacity units. This is especially beneficial for applications that require repeated reads for individual keys.
Q23: A Developer has been asked to create an AWS Elastic Beanstalk environment for a production web application which needs to handle thousands of requests. Currently the dev environment is running on a t1 micro instance. How can the Developer change the EC2 instance type to m4.large?
A. Use CloudFormation to migrate the Amazon EC2 instance type of the environment from t1 micro to m4.large.
B. Create a saved configuration file in Amazon S3 with the instance type as m4.large and use the same during environment creation.
C. Change the instance type to m4.large in the configuration details page of the Create New Environment page.
D. Change the instance type value for the environment to m4.large by using update autoscaling group CLI command.
B. The Elastic Beanstalk console and EB CLI set configuration options when you create an environment. You can also set configuration options in saved configurations and configuration files. If the same option is set in multiple locations, the value used is determined by the order of precedence. Configuration option settings can be composed in text format and saved prior to environment creation, applied during environment creation using any supported client, and added, modified or removed after environment creation. During environment creation, configuration options are applied from multiple sources with the following precedence, from highest to lowest:
Settings applied directly to the environment – Settings specified during a create environment or update environment operation on the Elastic Beanstalk API by any client, including the AWS Management Console, EB CLI, AWS CLI, and SDKs. The AWS Management Console and EB CLI also applyrecommended values for some options that apply at this level unless overridden.
Saved Configurations– Settings for any options that are not applied directly to the environment are loaded from a saved configuration, if specified.
Configuration Files (.ebextensions)– Settings for any options that are not applied directly to the environment, and also not specified in a saved configuration, are loaded from configuration files in the .ebextensions folder at the root of the application source bundle.
Configuration files are executed in alphabetical order. For example,.ebextensions/01run.configis executed before.ebextensions/02do.config.
Default Values– If a configuration option has a default value, it only applies when the option is not set at any of the above levels.
If the same configuration option is defined in more than one location, the setting with the highest precedence is applied. When a setting is applied from a saved configuration or settings applied directly to the environment, the setting is stored as part of the environment’s configuration. These settings can be removed with the AWS CLI or with the EB CLI . Settings in configuration files are not applied directly to the environment and cannot be removed without modifying the configuration files and deploying a new application version.If a setting applied with one of the other methods is removed, the same setting will be loaded from configuration files in the source bundle.
Q24: What statements are true about Availability Zones (AZs) and Regions?
A. There is only one AZ in each AWS Region
B. AZs are geographically separated inside a region to help protect against natural disasters affecting more than one at a time.
C. AZs can be moved between AWS Regions based on your needs
D. There are (almost always) two or more AZs in each AWS Region
The Cloud is the future: Get Certified now. The AWS Certified Solution Architect Average Salary is: US $149,446/year. Get Certified with the App below:
Q26: Which read request in DynamoDB returns a response with the most up-to-date data, reflecting the updates from all prior write operations that were successful?
A. Eventual Consistent Reads
B. Conditional reads for Consistency
C. Strongly Consistent Reads
D. Not possible
C. This is provided very clearly in the AWS documentation as shown below with regards to the read consistency for DynamoDB. Only in Strong Read consistency can you be guaranteed that you get the write read value after all the writes are completed.
Q27: You’ ve been asked to move an existing development environment on the AWS Cloud. This environment consists mainly of Docker based containers. You need to ensure that minimum effort is taken during the migration process. Which of the following step would you consider for this requirement?
A. Create an Opswork stack and deploy the Docker containers
B. Create an application and Environment for the Docker containers in the Elastic Beanstalk service
C. Create an EC2 Instance. Install Docker and deploy the necessary containers.
D. Create an EC2 Instance. Install Docker and deploy the necessary containers. Add an Autoscaling Group for scalability of the containers.
B. The Elastic Beanstalk service is the ideal service to quickly provision development environments. You can also create environments which can be used to host Docker based containers.
Q28: You’ve written an application that uploads objects onto an S3 bucket. The size of the object varies between 200 – 500 MB. You’ve seen that the application sometimes takes a longer than expected time to upload the object. You want to improve the performance of the application. Which of the following would you consider?
A. Create multiple threads and upload the objects in the multiple threads
B. Write the items in batches for better performance
C. Use the Multipart upload API
D. Enable versioning on the Bucket
The Cloud is the future: Get Certified now. The AWS Certified Solution Architect Average Salary is: US $149,446/year. Get Certified with the App below:
C. All other options are invalid since the best way to handle large object uploads to the S3 service is to use the Multipart upload API. The Multipart upload API enables you to upload large objects in parts. You can use this API to upload new large objects or make a copy of an existing object. Multipart uploading is a three-step process: You initiate the upload, you upload the object parts, and after you have uploaded all the parts, you complete the multipart upload. Upon receiving the complete multipart upload request, Amazon S3 constructs the object from the uploaded parts, and you can then access the object just as you would any other object in your bucket.
Q29: A security system monitors 600 cameras, saving image metadata every 1 minute to an Amazon DynamoDb table. Each sample involves 1kb of data, and the data writes are evenly distributed over time. How much write throughput is required for the target table?
A. 6000
B. 10
C. 3600
D. 600
The Cloud is the future: Get Certified now. The AWS Certified Solution Architect Average Salary is: US $149,446/year. Get Certified with the App below:
B. When you mention the write capacity of a table in Dynamo DB, you mention it as the number of 1KB writes per second. So in the above question, since the write is happening every minute, we need to divide the value of 600 by 60, to get the number of KB writes per second. This gives a value of 10.
You can specify the Write capacity in the Capacity tab of the DynamoDB table.
Q33: You have instances inside private subnets and a properly configured bastion host instance in a public subnet. None of the instances in the private subnets have a public or Elastic IP address. How can you connect an instance in the private subnet to the open internet to download system updates?
A. Create and assign EIP to each instance
B. Create and attach a second IGW to the VPC.
C. Create and utilize a NAT Gateway
D. Connect to a VPN
C. You can use a network address translation (NAT) gateway in a public subnet in your VPC to enable instances in the private subnet to initiate outbound traffic to the Internet, but prevent the instances from receiving inbound traffic initiated by someone on the Internet. Reference: AWS Network Address Translation Gateway
Q34: What feature of VPC networking should you utilize if you want to create “elasticity” in your application’s architecture?
A. Security Groups
B. Route Tables
C. Elastic Load Balancer
D. Auto Scaling
D. Auto scaling is designed specifically with elasticity in mind. Auto scaling allows for the increase and decrease of compute power based on demand, thus creating elasticity in the architecture. Reference: AWS Autoscalling
Q31: An organization is using an Amazon ElastiCache cluster in front of their Amazon RDS instance. The organization would like the Developer to implement logic into the code so that the cluster only retrieves data from RDS when there is a cache miss. What strategy can the Developer implement to achieve this?
A. Lazy loading
B. Write-through
C. Error retries
D. Exponential backoff
Answer:
Answer – A Whenever your application requests data, it first makes the request to the ElastiCache cache. If the data exists in the cache and is current, ElastiCache returns the data to your application. If the data does not exist in the cache, or the data in the cache has expired, your application requests data from your data store which returns the data to your application. Your application then writes the data received from the store to the cache so it can be more quickly retrieved next time it is requested. All other options are incorrect. Reference: Caching Strategies
Q32: A developer is writing an application that will run on Ec2 instances and read messages from SQS queue. The nessages will arrive every 15-60 seconds. How should the Developer efficiently query the queue for new messages?
A. Use long polling
B. Set a custom visibility timeout
C. Use short polling
D. Implement exponential backoff
Answer – A Long polling will help insure that the applications make less requests for messages in a shorter period of time. This is more cost effective. Since the messages are only going to be available after 15 seconds and we don’t know exacly when they would be available, it is better to use Long Polling. Reference: Amazon SQS Long Polling
Q33: You are using AWS SAM to define a Lambda function and configure CodeDeploy to manage deployment patterns. With new Lambda function working as per expectation which of the following will shift traffic from original Lambda function to new Lambda function in the shortest time frame?
A. Canary10Percent5Minutes
B. Linear10PercentEvery10Minutes
C. Canary10Percent15Minutes
D. Linear10PercentEvery1Minute
Answer – A With Canary Deployment Preference type, Traffic is shifted in two intervals. With Canary10Percent5Minutes, 10 percent of traffic is shifted in the first interval while remaining all traffic is shifted after 5 minutes. Reference: Gradual Code Deployment
Q34: You are using AWS SAM templates to deploy a serverless application. Which of the following resource will embed application from Amazon S3 buckets?
A. AWS::Serverless::Api
B. AWS::Serverless::Application
C. AWS::Serverless::Layerversion
D. AWS::Serverless::Function
Answer – B AWS::Serverless::Application resource in AWS SAm template is used to embed application frm Amazon S3 buckets. Reference: Declaring Serverless Resources
Q35: You are using AWS Envelope Encryption for encrypting all sensitive data. Which of the followings is True with regards to Envelope Encryption?
A. Data is encrypted be encrypting Data key which is further encrypted using encrypted Master Key.
B. Data is encrypted by plaintext Data key which is further encrypted using encrypted Master Key.
C. Data is encrypted by encrypted Data key which is further encrypted using plaintext Master Key.
D. Data is encrypted by plaintext Data key which is further encrypted using plaintext Master Key.
Answer – D With Envelope Encryption, unencrypted data is encrypted using plaintext Data key. This Data is further encrypted using plaintext Master key. This plaintext Master key is securely stored in AWS KMS & known as Customer Master Keys. Reference: AWS Key Management Service Concepts
Q36: You are developing an application that will be comprised of the following architecture –
A set of Ec2 instances to process the videos.
These (Ec2 instances) will be spun up by an autoscaling group.
SQS Queues to maintain the processing messages.
There will be 2 pricing tiers.
How will you ensure that the premium customers videos are given more preference?
A. Create 2 Autoscaling Groups, one for normal and one for premium customers
B. Create 2 set of Ec2 Instances, one for normal and one for premium customers
C. Create 2 SQS queus, one for normal and one for premium customers
D. Create 2 Elastic Load Balancers, one for normal and one for premium customers.
Answer – C The ideal option would be to create 2 SQS queues. Messages can then be processed by the application from the high priority queue first.<br? The other options are not the ideal options. They would lead to extra costs and also extra maintenance. Reference: SQS
Q37: You are developing an application that will interact with a DynamoDB table. The table is going to take in a lot of read and write operations. Which of the following would be the ideal partition key for the DynamoDB table to ensure ideal performance?
A. CustomerID
B. CustomerName
C. Location
D. Age
Answer- A Use high-cardinality attributes. These are attributes that have distinct values for each item, like e-mailid, employee_no, customerid, sessionid, orderid, and so on.. Use composite attributes. Try to combine more than one attribute to form a unique key. Reference: Choosing the right DynamoDB Partition Key
Q38: A developer is making use of AWS services to develop an application. He has been asked to develop the application in a manner to compensate any network delays. Which of the following two mechanisms should he implement in the application?
A. Multiple SQS queues
B. Exponential backoff algorithm
C. Retries in your application code
D. Consider using the Java sdk.
Answer- B. and C. In addition to simple retries, each AWS SDK implements exponential backoff algorithm for better flow control. The idea behind exponential backoff is to use progressively longer waits between retries for consecutive error responses. You should implement a maximum delay interval, as well as a maximum number of retries. The maximum delay interval and maximum number of retries are not necessarily fixed values, and should be set based on the operation being performed, as well as other local factors, such as network latency. Reference: Error Retries and Exponential Backoff in AWS
Q39: An application is being developed that is going to write data to a DynamoDB table. You have to setup the read and write throughput for the table. Data is going to be read at the rate of 300 items every 30 seconds. Each item is of size 6KB. The reads can be eventual consistent reads. What should be the read capacity that needs to be set on the table?
A. 10
B. 20
C. 6
D. 30
Answer – A
Since there are 300 items read every 30 seconds , that means there are (300/30) = 10 items read every second. Since each item is 6KB in size , that means , 2 reads will be required for each item. So we have total of 2*10 = 20 reads for the number of items per second Since eventual consistency is required , we can divide the number of reads(20) by 2 , and in the end we get the Read Capacity of 10.
Q40: You are in charge of deploying an application that will be hosted on an EC2 Instance and sit behind an Elastic Load balancer. You have been requested to monitor the incoming connections to the Elastic Load Balancer. Which of the below options can suffice this requirement?
A. Use AWS CloudTrail with your load balancer
B. Enable access logs on the load balancer
C. Use a CloudWatch Logs Agent
D. Create a custom metric CloudWatch lter on your load balancer
Answer – B Elastic Load Balancing provides access logs that capture detailed information about requests sent to your load balancer. Each log contains information such as the time the request was received, the client’s IP address, latencies, request paths, and server responses. You can use these access logs to analyze traffic patterns and troubleshoot issues. Reference: Access Logs for Your Application Load Balancer
Q41: A static web site has been hosted on a bucket and is now being accessed by users. One of the web pages javascript section has been changed to access data which is hosted in another S3 bucket. Now that same web page is no longer loading in the browser. Which of the following can help alleviate the error?
A. Enable versioning for the underlying S3 bucket.
B. Enable Replication so that the objects get replicated to the other bucket
C. Enable CORS for the bucket
D. Change the Bucket policy for the bucket to allow access from the other bucket
Answer – C
Cross-origin resource sharing (CORS) defines a way for client web applications that are loaded in one domain to interact with resources in a different domain. With CORS support, you can build rich client-side web applications with Amazon S3 and selectively allow cross-origin access to your Amazon S3 resources.
Cross-Origin Resource Sharing: Use-case Scenarios The following are example scenarios for using CORS:
Scenario 1: Suppose that you are hosting a website in an Amazon S3 bucket named website as described in Hosting a Static Website on Amazon S3. Your users load the website endpoint http://website.s3-website-us-east-1.amazonaws.com. Now you want to use JavaScript on the webpages that are stored in this bucket to be able to make authenticated GET and PUT requests against the same bucket by using the Amazon S3 API endpoint for the bucket, website.s3.amazonaws.com. A browser would normally block JavaScript from allowing those requests, but with CORS you can configure your bucket to explicitly enable cross-origin requests from website.s3-website-us-east-1.amazonaws.com.
Scenario 2: Suppose that you want to host a web font from your S3 bucket. Again, browsers require a CORS check (also called a preight check) for loading web fonts. You would configure the bucket that is hosting the web font to allow any origin to make these requests.
Q42: Your mobile application includes a photo-sharing service that is expecting tens of thousands of users at launch. You will leverage Amazon Simple Storage Service (S3) for storage of the user Images, and you must decide how to authenticate and authorize your users for access to these images. You also need to manage the storage of these images. Which two of the following approaches should you use? Choose two answers from the options below
A. Create an Amazon S3 bucket per user, and use your application to generate the S3 URL for the appropriate content.
B. Use AWS Identity and Access Management (IAM) user accounts as your application-level user database, and offload the burden of authentication from your application code.
C. Authenticate your users at the application level, and use AWS Security Token Service (STS)to grant token-based authorization to S3 objects.
D. Authenticate your users at the application level, and send an SMS token message to the user. Create an Amazon S3 bucket with the same name as the SMS message token, and move the user’s objects to that bucket.
Answer- C The AWS Security Token Service (STS) is a web service that enables you to request temporary, limited-privilege credentials for AWS Identity and Access Management (IAM) users or for users that you authenticate (federated users). The token can then be used to grant access to the objects in S3. You can then provides access to the objects based on the key values generated via the user id.
Q43: Your current log analysis application takes more than four hours to generate a report of the top 10 users of your web application. You have been asked to implement a system that can report this information in real time, ensure that the report is always up to date, and handle increases in the number of requests to your web application. Choose the option that is cost-effective and can fulfill the requirements.
A. Publish your data to CloudWatch Logs, and congure your application to Autoscale to handle the load on demand.
B. Publish your log data to an Amazon S3 bucket. Use AWS CloudFormation to create an Auto Scaling group to scale your post-processing application which is congured to pull down your log les stored an Amazon S3
C. Post your log data to an Amazon Kinesis data stream, and subscribe your log-processing application so that is congured to process your logging data.
D. Create a multi-AZ Amazon RDS MySQL cluster, post the logging data to MySQL, and run a map reduce job to retrieve the required information on user counts.
Answer:
Answer – C Amazon Kinesis makes it easy to collect, process, and analyze real-time, streaming data so you can get timely insights and react quickly to new information. Amazon Kinesis offers key capabilities to cost effectively process streaming data at any scale, along with the flexibility to choose the tools that best suit the requirements of your application. With Amazon Kinesis, you can ingest real-time data such as application logs, website clickstreams, IoT telemetry data, and more into your databases, data lakes and data warehouses, or build your own real-time applications using this data. Reference: Amazon Kinesis
Q44: You’ve been instructed to develop a mobile application that will make use of AWS services. You need to decide on a data store to store the user sessions. Which of the following would be an ideal data store for session management?
A. AWS Simple Storage Service
B. AWS DynamoDB
C. AWS RDS
D. AWS Redshift
Answer:
Answer – B DynamoDB is a alternative solution which can be used for storage of session management. The latency of access to data is less , hence this can be used as a data store for session management Reference: Scalable Session Handling in PHP Using Amazon DynamoDB
Q45: Your application currently interacts with a DynamoDB table. Records are inserted into the table via the application. There is now a requirement to ensure that whenever items are updated in the DynamoDB primary table , another record is inserted into a secondary table. Which of the below feature should be used when developing such a solution?
A. AWS DynamoDB Encryption
B. AWS DynamoDB Streams
C. AWS DynamoDB Accelerator
D. AWSTable Accelerator
Answer – B DynamoDB Streams Use Cases and Design Patterns This post describes some common use cases you might encounter, along with their design options and solutions, when migrating data from relational data stores to Amazon DynamoDB. We will consider how to manage the following scenarios:
How do you set up a relationship across multiple tables in which, based on the value of an item from one table, you update the item in a second table?
How do you trigger an event based on a particular transaction?
How do you audit or archive transactions?
How do you replicate data across multiple tables (similar to that of materialized views/streams/replication in relational data stores)?
Relational databases provide native support for transactions, triggers, auditing, and replication. Typically, a transaction in a database refers to performing create, read, update, and delete (CRUD) operations against multiple tables in a block. A transaction can have only two states—success or failure. In other words, there is no partial completion. As a NoSQL database, DynamoDB is not designed to support transactions. Although client-side libraries are available to mimic the transaction capabilities, they are not scalable and cost-effective. For example, the Java Transaction Library for DynamoDB creates 7N+4 additional writes for every write operation. This is partly because the library holds metadata to manage the transactions to ensure that it’s consistent and can be rolled back before commit. You can use DynamoDB Streams to address all these use cases. DynamoDB Streams is a powerful service that you can combine with other AWS services to solve many similar problems. When enabled, DynamoDB Streams captures a time-ordered sequence of item-level modifications in a DynamoDB table and durably stores the information for up to 24 hours. Applications can access a series of stream records, which contain an item change, from a DynamoDB stream in near real time. AWS maintains separate endpoints for DynamoDB and DynamoDB Streams. To work with database tables and indexes, your application must access a DynamoDB endpoint. To read and process DynamoDB Streams records, your application must access a DynamoDB Streams endpoint in the same Region. All of the other options are incorrect since none of these would meet the core requirement. Reference: DynamoDB Streams Use Cases and Design Patterns
Q46: An application has been making use of AWS DynamoDB for its back-end data store. The size of the table has now grown to 20 GB , and the scans on the table are causing throttling errors. Which of the following should now be implemented to avoid such errors?
A. Large Page size
B. Reduced page size
C. Parallel Scans
D. Sequential scans
Answer – B When you scan your table in Amazon DynamoDB, you should follow the DynamoDB best practices for avoiding sudden bursts of read activity. You can use the following technique to minimize the impact of a scan on a table’s provisioned throughput. Reduce page size Because a Scan operation reads an entire page (by default, 1 MB), you can reduce the impact of the scan operation by setting a smaller page size. The Scan operation provides a Limit parameter that you can use to set the page size for your request. Each Query or Scan request that has a smaller page size uses fewer read operations and creates a “pause” between each request. For example, suppose that each item is 4 KB and you set the page size to 40 items. A Query request would then consume only 20 eventually consistent read operations or 40 strongly consistent read operations. A larger number of smaller Query or Scan operations would allow your other critical requests to succeed without throttling. Reference1: Rate-Limited Scans in Amazon DynamoDB
Q47: Which of the following is correct way of passing a stage variable to an HTTP URL ? (Select TWO.)
A. http://example.com/${}/prod
B. http://example.com/${stageVariables.}/prod
C. http://${stageVariables.}.example.com/dev/operation
D. http://${stageVariables}.example.com/dev/operation
E. http://${}.example.com/dev/operation
F. http://example.com/${stageVariables}/prod
Answer – B. and C. A stage variable can be used as part of HTTP integration URL as in following cases, · A full URI without protocol · A full domain · A subdomain · A path · A query string In the above case , option B & C displays stage variable as a path & sub-domain. Reference: Amazon API Gateway Stage Variables Reference
Q48: Your company is planning on creating new development environments in AWS. They want to make use of their existing Chef recipes which they use for their on-premise configuration for servers in AWS. Which of the following service would be ideal to use in this regard?
A. AWS Elastic Beanstalk
B. AWS OpsWork
C. AWS Cloudformation
D. AWS SQS
Answer – B AWS OpsWorks is a configuration management service that provides managed instances of Chef and Puppet. Chef and Puppet are automation platforms that allow you to use code to automate the configurations of your servers. OpsWorks lets you use Chef and Puppet to automate how servers are configured, deployed, and managed across your Amazon EC2 instances or on-premises compute environments All other options are invalid since they cannot be used to work with Chef recipes for configuration management. Reference: AWS OpsWorks
Q49: Your company has developed a web application and is hosting it in an Amazon S3 bucket configured for static website hosting. The users can log in to this app using their Google/Facebook login accounts. The application is using the AWS SDK for JavaScript in the browser to access data stored in an Amazon DynamoDB table. How can you ensure that API keys for access to your data in DynamoDB are kept secure?
A. Create an Amazon S3 role in IAM with access to the specific DynamoDB tables, and assign it to the bucket hosting your website
B. Configure S3 bucket tags with your AWS access keys for your bucket hosing your website so that the application can query them for access.
C. Configure a web identity federation role within IAM to enable access to the correct DynamoDB resources and retrieve temporary credentials
D. Store AWS keys in global variables within your application and configure the application to use these credentials when making requests.
Answer – C With web identity federation, you don’t need to create custom sign-in code or manage your own user identities. Instead, users of your app can sign in using a well-known identity provider (IdP) —such as Login with Amazon, Facebook, Google, or any other OpenID Connect (OIDC)-compatible IdP, receive an authentication token, and then exchange that token for temporary security credentials in AWS that map to an IAM role with permissions to use the resources in your AWS account. Using an IdP helps you keep your AWS account secure, because you don’t have to embed and distribute long-term security credentials with your application. Option A is invalid since Roles cannot be assigned to S3 buckets Options B and D are invalid since the AWS Access keys should not be used Reference: About Web Identity Federation
Q50: Your application currently makes use of AWS Cognito for managing user identities. You want to analyze the information that is stored in AWS Cognito for your application. Which of the following features of AWS Cognito should you use for this purpose?
A. Cognito Data
B. Cognito Events
C. Cognito Streams
D. Cognito Callbacks
Answer – C Amazon Cognito Streams gives developers control and insight into their data stored in Amazon Cognito. Developers can now configure a Kinesis stream to receive events as data is updated and synchronized. Amazon Cognito can push each dataset change to a Kinesis stream you own in real time. All other options are invalid since you should use Cognito Streams Reference:
Q51: You’ve developed a set of scripts using AWS Lambda. These scripts need to access EC2 Instances in a VPC. Which of the following needs to be done to ensure that the AWS Lambda function can access the resources in the VPC. Choose 2 answers from the options given below
A. Ensure that the subnet ID’s are mentioned when conguring the Lambda function
B. Ensure that the NACL ID’s are mentioned when conguring the Lambda function
C. Ensure that the Security Group ID’s are mentioned when conguring the Lambda function
D. Ensure that the VPC Flow Log ID’s are mentioned when conguring the Lambda function
Answer: A and C. AWS Lambda runs your function code securely within a VPC by default. However, to enable your Lambda function to access resources inside your private VPC, you must provide additional VPCspecific configuration information that includes VPC subnet IDs and security group IDs. AWS Lambda uses this information to set up elastic network interfaces (ENIs) that enable your function to connect securely to other resources within your private VPC. Reference: Configuring a Lambda Function to Access Resources in an Amazon VPC
Q52: You’ve currently been tasked to migrate an existing on-premise environment into Elastic Beanstalk. The application does not make use of Docker containers. You also can’t see any relevant environments in the beanstalk service that would be suitable to host your application. What should you consider doing in this case?
A. Migrate your application to using Docker containers and then migrate the app to the Elastic Beanstalk environment.
B. Consider using Cloudformation to deploy your environment to Elastic Beanstalk
C. Consider using Packer to create a custom platform
D. Consider deploying your application using the Elastic Container Service
Answer – C Elastic Beanstalk supports custom platforms. A custom platform is a more advanced customization than a Custom Image in several ways. A custom platform lets you develop an entire new platform from scratch, customizing the operating system, additional software, and scripts that Elastic Beanstalk runs on platform instances. This flexibility allows you to build a platform for an application that uses a language or other infrastructure software, for which Elastic Beanstalk doesn’t provide a platform out of the box. Compare that to custom images, where you modify an AMI for use with an existing Elastic Beanstalk platform, and Elastic Beanstalk still provides the platform scripts and controls the platform’s software stack. In addition, with custom platforms you use an automated, scripted way to create and maintain your customization, whereas with custom images you make the changes manually over a running instance. To create a custom platform, you build an Amazon Machine Image (AMI) from one of the supported operating systems—Ubuntu, RHEL, or Amazon Linux (see the flavor entry in Platform.yaml File Format for the exact version numbers)—and add further customizations. You create your own Elastic Beanstalk platform using Packer, which is an open-source tool for creating machine images for many platforms, including AMIs for use with Amazon EC2. An Elastic Beanstalk platform comprises an AMI configured to run a set of software that supports an application, and metadata that can include custom configuration options and default configuration option settings. Reference: AWS Elastic Beanstalk Custom Platforms
Q53: Company B is writing 10 items to the Dynamo DB table every second. Each item is 15.5Kb in size. What would be the required provisioned write throughput for best performance? Choose the correct answer from the options below.
A. 10
B. 160
C. 155
D. 16
Answer – B. Company B is writing 10 items to the Dynamo DB table every second. Each item is 15.5Kb in size. What would be the required provisioned write throughput for best performance? Choose the correct answer from the options below. Reference: Read/Write Capacity Mode
Q57: Which of the following practices allows multiple developers working on the same application to merge code changes frequently, without impacting each other and enables the identification of bugs early on in the release process?
Q60: You want to receive an email whenever a user pushes code to CodeCommit repository, how can you configure this?
A. Create a new SNS topic and configure it to poll for CodeCommit eveents. Ask all users to subscribe to the topic to receive notifications
B. Configure a CloudWatch Events rule to send a message to SES which will trigger an email to be sent whenever a user pushes code to the repository.
C. Configure Notifications in the console, this will create a CloudWatch events rule to send a notification to a SNS topic which will trigger an email to be sent to the user.
D. Configure a CloudWatch Events rule to send a message to SQS which will trigger an email to be sent whenever a user pushes code to the repository.
Q63: You are deploying a number of EC2 and RDS instances using CloudFormation. Which section of the CloudFormation template would you use to define these?
A. Transforms
B. Outputs
C. Resources
D. Instances
Answer: C. The Resources section defines your resources you are provisioning. Outputs is used to output user defines data relating to the reources you have built and can also used as input to another CloudFormation stack. Transforms is used to reference code located in S3. Reference: Resources
Q64: Which AWS service can be used to fully automate your entire release process?
A. CodeDeploy
B. CodePipeline
C. CodeCommit
D. CodeBuild
Answer: B. AWS CodePipeline is a fully managed continuous delivery service that helps you automate your release pipelines for fast and reliable application and infrastructure updates
Q65: You want to use the output of your CloudFormation stack as input to another CloudFormation stack. Which sections of the CloudFormation template would you use to help you configure this?
A. Outputs
B. Transforms
C. Resources
D. Exports
Answer: A. Outputs is used to output user defines data relating to the reources you have built and can also used as input to another CloudFormation stack. Reference: CloudFormation Outputs
Q66: You have some code located in an S3 bucket that you want to reference in your CloudFormation template. Which section of the template can you use to define this?
A. Inputs
B. Resources
C. Transforms
D. Files
Answer: C. Transforms is used to reference code located in S3 and also specififying the use of the Serverless Application Model (SAM) for Lambda deployments. Reference: Transforms
Q67: You are deploying an application to a number of Ec2 instances using CodeDeploy. What is the name of the file used to specify source files and lifecycle hooks?
Q68: Which of the following approaches allows you to re-use pieces of CloudFormation code in multiple templates, for common use cases like provisioning a load balancer or web server?
A. Share the code using an EBS volume
B. Copy and paste the code into the template each time you need to use it
C. Use a cloudformation nested stack
D. Store the code you want to re-use in an AMI and reference the AMI from within your CloudFormation template.
Q72: Which of the following is an encrypted key used by KMS to encrypt your data
A. Custmoer Mamaged Key
B. Encryption Key
C. Envelope Key
D. Customer Master Key
Answer: C. Your Data key also known as the Enveloppe key is encrypted using the master key.This approach is known as Envelope encryption. Envelope encryption is the practice of encrypting plaintext data with a data key, and then encrypting the data key under another key.
Q75: A developer is preparing a deployment package for a Java implementation of an AWS Lambda function. What should the developer include in the deployment package? (Select TWO.) A. Compiled application code B. Java runtime environment C. References to the event sources D. Lambda execution role E. Application dependencies
Answer: C. E. Notes: To create a Lambda function, you first create a Lambda function deployment package. This package is a .zip or .jar file consisting of your code and any dependencies. Reference:Lambda deployment packages.
Q76: A developer uses AWS CodeDeploy to deploy a Python application to a fleet of Amazon EC2 instances that run behind an Application Load Balancer. The instances run in an Amazon EC2 Auto Scaling group across multiple Availability Zones. What should the developer include in the CodeDeploy deployment package? A. A launch template for the Amazon EC2 Auto Scaling group B. A CodeDeploy AppSpec file C. An EC2 role that grants the application access to AWS services D. An IAM policy that grants the application access to AWS services
Answer: B. Notes: The CodeDeploy AppSpec (application specific) file is unique to CodeDeploy. The AppSpec file is used to manage each deployment as a series of lifecycle event hooks, which are defined in the file. Reference: CodeDeploy application specification (AppSpec) files. Category: Deployment
Q76: A company is working on a project to enhance its serverless application development process. The company hosts applications on AWS Lambda. The development team regularly updates the Lambda code and wants to use stable code in production. Which combination of steps should the development team take to configure Lambda functions to meet both development and production requirements? (Select TWO.)
A. Create a new Lambda version every time a new code release needs testing. B. Create two Lambda function aliases. Name one as Production and the other as Development. Point the Production alias to a production-ready unqualified Amazon Resource Name (ARN) version. Point the Development alias to the $LATEST version. C. Create two Lambda function aliases. Name one as Production and the other as Development. Point the Production alias to the production-ready qualified Amazon Resource Name (ARN) version. Point the Development alias to the variable LAMBDA_TASK_ROOT. D. Create a new Lambda layer every time a new code release needs testing. E. Create two Lambda function aliases. Name one as Production and the other as Development. Point the Production alias to a production-ready Lambda layer Amazon Resource Name (ARN). Point the Development alias to the $LATEST layer ARN.
Answer: A. B. Notes: Lambda function versions are designed to manage deployment of functions. They can be used for code changes, without affecting the stable production version of the code. By creating separate aliases for Production and Development, systems can initiate the correct alias as needed. A Lambda function alias can be used to point to a specific Lambda function version. Using the functionality to update an alias and its linked version, the development team can update the required version as needed. The $LATEST version is the newest published version. Reference: Lambda function versions.
Q77: Each time a developer publishes a new version of an AWS Lambda function, all the dependent event source mappings need to be updated with the reference to the new version’s Amazon Resource Name (ARN). These updates are time consuming and error-prone. Which combination of actions should the developer take to avoid performing these updates when publishing a new Lambda version? (Select TWO.) A. Update event source mappings with the ARN of the Lambda layer. B. Point a Lambda alias to a new version of the Lambda function. C. Create a Lambda alias for each published version of the Lambda function. D. Point a Lambda alias to a new Lambda function alias. E. Update the event source mappings with the Lambda alias ARN.
Answer: B. E. Notes: A Lambda alias is a pointer to a specific Lambda function version. Instead of using ARNs for the Lambda function in event source mappings, you can use an alias ARN. You do not need to update your event source mappings when you promote a new version or roll back to a previous version. Reference: Lambda function aliases. Category: Deployment
Q78: A company wants to store sensitive user data in Amazon S3 and encrypt this data at rest. The company must manage the encryption keys and use Amazon S3 to perform the encryption. How can a developer meet these requirements? A. Enable default encryption for the S3 bucket by using the option for server-side encryption with customer-provided encryption keys (SSE-C). B. Enable client-side encryption with an encryption key. Upload the encrypted object to the S3 bucket. C. Enable server-side encryption with Amazon S3 managed encryption keys (SSE-S3). Upload an object to the S3 bucket. D. Enable server-side encryption with customer-provided encryption keys (SSE-C). Upload an object to the S3 bucket.
Q79: A company is developing a Python application that submits data to an Amazon DynamoDB table. The company requires client-side encryption of specific data items and end-to-end protection for the encrypted data in transit and at rest. Which combination of steps will meet the requirement for the encryption of specific data items? (Select TWO.)
A. Generate symmetric encryption keys with AWS Key Management Service (AWS KMS). B. Generate asymmetric encryption keys with AWS Key Management Service (AWS KMS). C. Use generated keys with the DynamoDB Encryption Client. D. Use generated keys to configure DynamoDB table encryption with AWS managed customer master keys (CMKs). E. Use generated keys to configure DynamoDB table encryption with AWS owned customer master keys (CMKs).
Answer: A. C. Notes: When the DynamoDB Encryption Client is configured to use AWS KMS, it uses a customer master key (CMK) that is always encrypted when used outside of AWS KMS. This cryptographic materials provider returns a unique encryption key and signing key for every table item. This method of encryption uses a symmetric CMK. Reference: Direct KMS Materials Provider. Category: Deployment
Q80: A company is developing a REST API with Amazon API Gateway. Access to the API should be limited to users in the existing Amazon Cognito user pool. Which combination of steps should a developer perform to secure the API? (Select TWO.) A. Create an AWS Lambda authorizer for the API. B. Create an Amazon Cognito authorizer for the API. C. Configure the authorizer for the API resource. D. Configure the API methods to use the authorizer. E. Configure the authorizer for the API stage.
Answer: B. D. Notes: An Amazon Cognito authorizer should be used for integration with Amazon Cognito user pools. In addition to creating an authorizer, you are required to configure an API method to use that authorizer for the API. Reference: Control access to a REST API using Amazon Cognito user pools as authorizer. Category: Security
Q81: A developer is implementing a mobile app to provide personalized services to app users. The application code makes calls to Amazon S3 and Amazon Simple Queue Service (Amazon SQS). Which options can the developer use to authenticate the app users? (Select TWO.) A. Authenticate to the Amazon Cognito identity pool directly. B. Authenticate to AWS Identity and Access Management (IAM) directly. C. Authenticate to the Amazon Cognito user pool directly. D. Federate authentication by using Login with Amazon with the users managed with AWS Security Token Service (AWS STS). E. Federate authentication by using Login with Amazon with the users managed with the Amazon Cognito user pool.
Answer: C. E. Notes: The Amazon Cognito user pool provides direct user authentication. The Amazon Cognito user pool provides a federated authentication option with third-party identity provider (IdP), including amazon.com. Reference: Adding User Pool Sign-in Through a Third Party. Category: Security
Question: A company is implementing several order processing workflows. Each workflow is implemented by using AWS Lambda functions for each task. Which combination of steps should a developer follow to implement these workflows? (Select TWO.) A. Define a AWS Step Functions task for each Lambda function. B. Define a AWS Step Functions task for each workflow. C. Write code that polls the AWS Step Functions invocation to coordinate each workflow. D. Define an AWS Step Functions state machine for each workflow. E. Define an AWS Step Functions state machine for each Lambda function. Answer: A. D. Notes: Step Functions is based on state machines and tasks. A state machine is a workflow. Tasks perform work by coordinating with other AWS services, such as Lambda. A state machine is a workflow. It can be used to express a workflow as a number of states, their relationships, and their input and output. You can coordinate individual tasks with Step Functions by expressing your workflow as a finite state machine, written in the Amazon States Language. ReferenceText: Getting Started with AWS Step Functions. ReferenceUrl: https://aws.amazon.com/step-functions/getting-started/ Category: Development
What is the AWS Certified Developer Associate Exam?
This AWS Certified Developer-Associate Examination is intended for individuals who perform a Developer role. It validates an examinee’s ability to:
Demonstrate an understanding of core AWS services, uses, and basic AWS architecture best practices
Demonstrate proficiency in developing, deploying, and debugging cloud-based applications by using AWS
Recommended general IT knowledge The target candidate should have the following: – In-depth knowledge of at least one high-level programming language – Understanding of application lifecycle management – The ability to write code for serverless applications – Understanding of the use of containers in the development process
Recommended AWS knowledge The target candidate should be able to do the following:
Use the AWS service APIs, CLI, and software development kits (SDKs) to write applications
Identify key features of AWS services
Understand the AWS shared responsibility model
Use a continuous integration and continuous delivery (CI/CD) pipeline to deploy applications on AWS
Use and interact with AWS services
Apply basic understanding of cloud-native applications to write code
Write code by using AWS security best practices (for example, use IAM roles instead of secret and access keys in the code)
Author, maintain, and debug code modules on AWS
What is considered out of scope for the target candidate? The following is a non-exhaustive list of related job tasks that the target candidate is not expected to be able to perform. These items are considered out of scope for the exam: – Design architectures (for example, distributed system, microservices) – Design and implement CI/CD pipelines
Administer IAM users and groups
Administer Amazon Elastic Container Service (Amazon ECS)
Design AWS networking infrastructure (for example, Amazon VPC, AWS Direct Connect)
Understand compliance and licensing
Exam content Response types There are two types of questions on the exam: – Multiple choice: Has one correct response and three incorrect responses (distractors) – Multiple response: Has two or more correct responses out of five or more response options Select one or more responses that best complete the statement or answer the question. Distractors, or incorrect answers, are response options that a candidate with incomplete knowledge or skill might choose. Distractors are generally plausible responses that match the content area. Unanswered questions are scored as incorrect; there is no penalty for guessing. The exam includes 50 questions that will affect your score.
Unscored content The exam includes 15 unscored questions that do not affect your score. AWS collects information about candidate performance on these unscored questions to evaluate these questions for future use as scored questions. These unscored questions are not identified on the exam.
Exam results The AWS Certified Developer – Associate (DVA-C01) exam is a pass or fail exam. The exam is scored against a minimum standard established by AWS professionals who follow certification industry best practices and guidelines. Your results for the exam are reported as a scaled score of 100–1,000. The minimum passing score is 720. Your score shows how you performed on the exam as a whole and whether you passed. Scaled scoring models help equate scores across multiple exam forms that might have slightly different difficulty levels. Your score report could contain a table of classifications of your performance at each section level. This information is intended to provide general feedback about your exam performance. The exam uses a compensatory scoring model, which means that you do not need to achieve a passing score in each section. You need to pass only the overall exam. Each section of the exam has a specific weighting, so some sections have more questions than other sections have. The table contains general information that highlights your strengths and weaknesses. Use caution when interpreting section-level feedback.
Content outline This exam guide includes weightings, test domains, and objectives for the exam. It is not a comprehensive listing of the content on the exam. However, additional context for each of the objectives is available to help guide your preparation for the exam. The following table lists the main content domains and their weightings. The table precedes the complete exam content outline, which includes the additional context. The percentage in each domain represents only scored content.
Domain 1: Deployment 22% Domain 2: Security 26% Domain 3: Development with AWS Services 30% Domain 4: Refactoring 10% Domain 5: Monitoring and Troubleshooting 12%
Domain 1: Deployment 1.1 Deploy written code in AWS using existing CI/CD pipelines, processes, and patterns. – Commit code to a repository and invoke build, test and/or deployment actions – Use labels and branches for version and release management – Use AWS CodePipeline to orchestrate workflows against different environments – Apply AWS CodeCommit, AWS CodeBuild, AWS CodePipeline, AWS CodeStar, and AWS CodeDeploy for CI/CD purposes – Perform a roll back plan based on application deployment policy
1.2 Deploy applications using AWS Elastic Beanstalk. – Utilize existing supported environments to define a new application stack – Package the application – Introduce a new application version into the Elastic Beanstalk environment – Utilize a deployment policy to deploy an application version (i.e., all at once, rolling, rolling with batch, immutable) – Validate application health using Elastic Beanstalk dashboard – Use Amazon CloudWatch Logs to instrument application logging
1.3 Prepare the application deployment package to be deployed to AWS. – Manage the dependencies of the code module (like environment variables, config files and static image files) within the package – Outline the package/container directory structure and organize files appropriately – Translate application resource requirements to AWS infrastructure parameters (e.g., memory, cores)
1.4 Deploy serverless applications. – Given a use case, implement and launch an AWS Serverless Application Model (AWS SAM) template – Manage environments in individual AWS services (e.g., Differentiate between Development, Test, and Production in Amazon API Gateway)
Domain 2: Security 2.1 Make authenticated calls to AWS services. – Communicate required policy based on least privileges required by application. – Assume an IAM role to access a service – Use the software development kit (SDK) credential provider on-premises or in the cloud to access AWS services (local credentials vs. instance roles)
2.2 Implement encryption using AWS services. – Encrypt data at rest (client side; server side; envelope encryption) using AWS services – Encrypt data in transit
2.3 Implement application authentication and authorization. – Add user sign-up and sign-in functionality for applications with Amazon Cognito identity or user pools – Use Amazon Cognito-provided credentials to write code that access AWS services. – Use Amazon Cognito sync to synchronize user profiles and data – Use developer-authenticated identities to interact between end user devices, backend authentication, and Amazon Cognito
Domain 3: Development with AWS Services 3.1 Write code for serverless applications. – Compare and contrast server-based vs. serverless model (e.g., micro services, stateless nature of serverless applications, scaling serverless applications, and decoupling layers of serverless applications) – Configure AWS Lambda functions by defining environment variables and parameters (e.g., memory, time out, runtime, handler) – Create an API endpoint using Amazon API Gateway – Create and test appropriate API actions like GET, POST using the API endpoint – Apply Amazon DynamoDB concepts (e.g., tables, items, and attributes) – Compute read/write capacity units for Amazon DynamoDB based on application requirements – Associate an AWS Lambda function with an AWS event source (e.g., Amazon API Gateway, Amazon CloudWatch event, Amazon S3 events, Amazon Kinesis) – Invoke an AWS Lambda function synchronously and asynchronously
3.2 Translate functional requirements into application design. – Determine real-time vs. batch processing for a given use case – Determine use of synchronous vs. asynchronous for a given use case – Determine use of event vs. schedule/poll for a given use case – Account for tradeoffs for consistency models in an application design
Domain 4: Refactoring 4.1 Optimize applications to best use AWS services and features. Implement AWS caching services to optimize performance (e.g., Amazon ElastiCache, Amazon API Gateway cache) Apply an Amazon S3 naming scheme for optimal read performance
4.2 Migrate existing application code to run on AWS. – Isolate dependencies – Run the application as one or more stateless processes – Develop in order to enable horizontal scalability – Externalize state
Domain 5: Monitoring and Troubleshooting
5.1 Write code that can be monitored. – Create custom Amazon CloudWatch metrics – Perform logging in a manner available to systems operators – Instrument application source code to enable tracing in AWS X-Ray
5.2 Perform root cause analysis on faults found in testing or production. – Interpret the outputs from the logging mechanism in AWS to identify errors in logs – Check build and testing history in AWS services (e.g., AWS CodeBuild, AWS CodeDeploy, AWS CodePipeline) to identify issues – Utilize AWS services (e.g., Amazon CloudWatch, VPC Flow Logs, and AWS X-Ray) to locate a specific faulty component
Which key tools, technologies, and concepts might be covered on the exam?
The following is a non-exhaustive list of the tools and technologies that could appear on the exam. This list is subject to change and is provided to help you understand the general scope of services, features, or technologies on the exam. The general tools and technologies in this list appear in no particular order. AWS services are grouped according to their primary functions. While some of these technologies will likely be covered more than others on the exam, the order and placement of them in this list is no indication of relative weight or importance: – Analytics – Application Integration – Containers – Cost and Capacity Management – Data Movement – Developer Tools – Instances (virtual machines) – Management and Governance – Networking and Content Delivery – Security – Serverless
Management and Governance: – AWS CloudFormation – Amazon CloudWatch
Networking and Content Delivery: – Amazon API Gateway – Amazon CloudFront – Elastic Load Balancing
Security, Identity, and Compliance: – Amazon Cognito – AWS Identity and Access Management (IAM) – AWS Key Management Service (AWS KMS)
Storage: – Amazon S3
Out-of-scope AWS services and features
The following is a non-exhaustive list of AWS services and features that are not covered on the exam. These services and features do not represent every AWS offering that is excluded from the exam content. Services or features that are entirely unrelated to the target job roles for the exam are excluded from this list because they are assumed to be irrelevant. Out-of-scope AWS services and features include the following: – AWS Application Discovery Service – Amazon AppStream 2.0 – Amazon Chime – Amazon Connect – AWS Database Migration Service (AWS DMS) – AWS Device Farm – Amazon Elastic Transcoder – Amazon GameLift – Amazon Lex – Amazon Machine Learning (Amazon ML) – AWS Managed Services – Amazon Mobile Analytics – Amazon Polly
– Amazon QuickSight – Amazon Rekognition – AWS Server Migration Service (AWS SMS) – AWS Service Catalog – AWS Shield Advanced – AWS Shield Standard – AWS Snow Family – AWS Storage Gateway – AWS WAF – Amazon WorkMail – Amazon WorkSpaces
To succeed with the real exam, do not memorize the answers below. It is very important that you understand why a question is right or wrong and the concepts behind it by carefully reading the reference documents in the answers.
AWS Certified Developer – Associate Practice Questions And Answers Dump
Q0: Your application reads commands from an SQS queue and sends them to web services hosted by your partners. When a partner’s endpoint goes down, your application continually returns their commands to the queue. The repeated attempts to deliver these commands use up resources. Commands that can’t be delivered must not be lost. How can you accommodate the partners’ broken web services without wasting your resources?
A. Create a delay queue and set DelaySeconds to 30 seconds
B. Requeue the message with a VisibilityTimeout of 30 seconds.
C. Create a dead letter queue and set the Maximum Receives to 3.
D. Requeue the message with a DelaySeconds of 30 seconds.
C. After a message is taken from the queue and returned for the maximum number of retries, it is automatically sent to a dead letter queue, if one has been configured. It stays there until you retrieve it for forensic purposes.
Q1: A developer is writing an application that will store data in a DynamoDB table. The ratio of reads operations to write operations will be 1000 to 1, with the same data being accessed frequently. What should the Developer enable on the DynamoDB table to optimize performance and minimize costs?
A. Amazon DynamoDB auto scaling
B. Amazon DynamoDB cross-region replication
C. Amazon DynamoDB Streams
D. Amazon DynamoDB Accelerator
D. The AWS Documentation mentions the following:
DAX is a DynamoDB-compatible caching service that enables you to benefit from fast in-memory performance for demanding applications. DAX addresses three core scenarios
As an in-memory cache, DAX reduces the response times of eventually-consistent read workloads by an order of magnitude, from single-digit milliseconds to microseconds.
DAX reduces operational and application complexity by providing a managed service that is API-compatible with Amazon DynamoDB, and thus requires only minimal functional changes to use with an existing application.
For read-heavy or bursty workloads, DAX provides increased throughput and potential operational cost savings by reducing the need to over-provision read capacity units. This is especially beneficial for applications that require repeated reads for individual keys.
Q2: You are creating a DynamoDB table with the following attributes:
PurchaseOrderNumber (partition key)
CustomerID
PurchaseDate
TotalPurchaseValue
One of your applications must retrieve items from the table to calculate the total value of purchases for a particular customer over a date range. What secondary index do you need to add to the table?
A. Local secondary index with a partition key of CustomerID and sort key of PurchaseDate; project the TotalPurchaseValue attribute
B. Local secondary index with a partition key of PurchaseDate and sort key of CustomerID; project the TotalPurchaseValue attribute
C. Global secondary index with a partition key of CustomerID and sort key of PurchaseDate; project the TotalPurchaseValue attribute
D. Global secondary index with a partition key of PurchaseDate and sort key of CustomerID; project the TotalPurchaseValue attribute
C. The query is for a particular CustomerID, so a Global Secondary Index is needed for a different partition key. To retrieve only the desired date range, the PurchaseDate must be the sort key. Projecting the TotalPurchaseValue into the index provides all the data needed to satisfy the use case.
Global secondary index — an index with a hash and range key that can be different from those on the table. A global secondary index is considered “global” because queries on the index can span all of the data in a table, across all partitions.
Local secondary index — an index that has the same hash key as the table, but a different range key. A local secondary index is “local” in the sense that every partition of a local secondary index is scoped to a table partition that has the same hash key.
Local Secondary Indexes still rely on the original Hash Key. When you supply a table with hash+range, think about the LSI as hash+range1, hash+range2.. hash+range6. You get 5 more range attributes to query on. Also, there is only one provisioned throughput.
Global Secondary Indexes defines a new paradigm – different hash/range keys per index. This breaks the original usage of one hash key per table. This is also why when defining GSI you are required to add a provisioned throughput per index and pay for it.
Local Secondary Indexes can only be created when you are creating the table, there is no way to add Local Secondary Index to an existing table, also once you create the index you cannot delete it.
Global Secondary Indexes can be created when you create the table and added to an existing table, deleting an existing Global Secondary Index is also allowed.
Throughput :
Local Secondary Indexes consume throughput from the table. When you query records via the local index, the operation consumes read capacity units from the table. When you perform a write operation (create, update, delete) in a table that has a local index, there will be two write operations, one for the table another for the index. Both operations will consume write capacity units from the table.
Global Secondary Indexes have their own provisioned throughput, when you query the index the operation will consume read capacity from the index, when you perform a write operation (create, update, delete) in a table that has a global index, there will be two write operations, one for the table another for the index*.
The Cloud is the future: Get Certified now. The AWS Certified Solution Architect Average Salary is: US $149,446/year. Get Certified with the App below:
Q5: Lambda allows you to upload code and dependencies for function packages:
A. Only from a directly uploaded zip file
B. Only via SFTP
C. Only from a zip file in AWS S3
D. From a zip file in AWS S3 or uploaded directly from elsewhere
The Cloud is the future: Get Certified now. The AWS Certified Solution Architect Average Salary is: US $149,446/year. Get Certified with the App below:
Q7: You are attempting to SSH into an EC2 instance that is located in a public subnet. However, you are currently receiving a timeout error trying to connect. What could be a possible cause of this connection issue?
A. The security group associated with the EC2 instance has an inbound rule that allows SSH traffic, but does not have an outbound rule that allows SSH traffic.
B. The security group associated with the EC2 instance has an inbound rule that allows SSH traffic AND has an outbound rule that explicitly denies SSH traffic.
C. The security group associated with the EC2 instance has an inbound rule that allows SSH traffic AND the associated NACL has both an inbound and outbound rule that allows SSH traffic.
D. The security group associated with the EC2 instance does not have an inbound rule that allows SSH traffic AND the associated NACL does not have an outbound rule that allows SSH traffic.
D. Security groups are stateful, so you do NOT have to have an explicit outbound rule for return requests. However, NACLs are stateless so you MUST have an explicit outbound rule configured for return request.
Q8: You have instances inside private subnets and a properly configured bastion host instance in a public subnet. None of the instances in the private subnets have a public or Elastic IP address. How can you connect an instance in the private subnet to the open internet to download system updates?
A. Create and assign EIP to each instance
B. Create and attach a second IGW to the VPC.
C. Create and utilize a NAT Gateway
D. Connect to a VPN
C. You can use a network address translation (NAT) gateway in a public subnet in your VPC to enable instances in the private subnet to initiate outbound traffic to the Internet, but prevent the instances from receiving inbound traffic initiated by someone on the Internet.
Q9: What feature of VPC networking should you utilize if you want to create “elasticity” in your application’s architecture?
A. Security Groups
B. Route Tables
C. Elastic Load Balancer
D. Auto Scaling
D. Auto scaling is designed specifically with elasticity in mind. Auto scaling allows for the increase and decrease of compute power based on demand, thus creating elasticity in the architecture.
Q11: You’re writing a script with an AWS SDK that uses the AWS API Actions and want to create AMIs for non-EBS backed AMIs for you. Which API call should occurs in the final process of creating an AMI?
A. RegisterImage
B. CreateImage
C. ami-register-image
D. ami-create-image
A. It is actually – RegisterImage. All AWS API Actions will follow the capitalization like this and don’t have hyphens in them.
Q12: When dealing with session state in EC2-based applications using Elastic load balancers which option is generally thought of as the best practice for managing user sessions?
A. Having the ELB distribute traffic to all EC2 instances and then having the instance check a caching solution like ElastiCache running Redis or Memcached for session information
B. Permenantly assigning users to specific instances and always routing their traffic to those instances
C. Using Application-generated cookies to tie a user session to a particular instance for the cookie duration
D. Using Elastic Load Balancer generated cookies to tie a user session to a particular instance
Q14: What is one key difference between an Amazon EBS-backed and an instance-store backed instance?
A. Autoscaling requires using Amazon EBS-backed instances
B. Virtual Private Cloud requires EBS backed instances
C. Amazon EBS-backed instances can be stopped and restarted without losing data
D. Instance-store backed instances can be stopped and restarted without losing data
The Cloud is the future: Get Certified now. The AWS Certified Solution Architect Average Salary is: US $149,446/year. Get Certified with the App below:
C. Instance-store backed images use “ephemeral” storage (temporary). The storage is only available during the life of an instance. Rebooting an instance will allow ephemeral data stay persistent. However, stopping and starting an instance will remove all ephemeral storage.
Q15: After having created a new Linux instance on Amazon EC2, and downloaded the .pem file (called Toto.pem) you try and SSH into your IP address (54.1.132.33) using the following command. ssh -i my_key.pem ec2-user@52.2.222.22 However you receive the following error. @@@@@@@@ WARNING: UNPROTECTED PRIVATE KEY FILE! @ @@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@ What is the most probable reason for this and how can you fix it?
A. You do not have root access on your terminal and need to use the sudo option for this to work.
B. You do not have enough permissions to perform the operation.
C. Your key file is encrypted. You need to use the -u option for unencrypted not the -i option.
D. Your key file must not be publicly viewable for SSH to work. You need to modify your .pem file to limit permissions.
D. You need to run something like: chmod 400 my_key.pem
Q16: You have an EBS root device on /dev/sda1 on one of your EC2 instances. You are having trouble with this particular instance and you need to either Stop/Start, Reboot or Terminate the instance but you do NOT want to lose any data that you have stored on /dev/sda1. However, you are unsure if changing the instance state in any of the aforementioned ways will cause you to lose data stored on the EBS volume. Which of the below statements best describes the effect each change of instance state would have on the data you have stored on /dev/sda1?
A. Whether you stop/start, reboot or terminate the instance it does not matter because data on an EBS volume is not ephemeral and the data will not be lost regardless of what method is used.
B. If you stop/start the instance the data will not be lost. However if you either terminate or reboot the instance the data will be lost.
C. Whether you stop/start, reboot or terminate the instance it does not matter because data on an EBS volume is ephemeral and it will be lost no matter what method is used.
D. The data will be lost if you terminate the instance, however the data will remain on /dev/sda1 if you reboot or stop/start the instance because data on an EBS volume is not ephemeral.
D. The question states that an EBS-backed root device is mounted at /dev/sda1, and EBS volumes maintain information regardless of the instance state. If it was instance store, this would be a different answer.
Q17: EC2 instances are launched from Amazon Machine Images (AMIs). A given public AMI:
A. Can only be used to launch EC2 instances in the same AWS availability zone as the AMI is stored
B. Can only be used to launch EC2 instances in the same country as the AMI is stored
C. Can only be used to launch EC2 instances in the same AWS region as the AMI is stored
D. Can be used to launch EC2 instances in any AWS region
C. AMIs are only available in the region they are created. Even in the case of the AWS-provided AMIs, AWS has actually copied the AMIs for you to different regions. You cannot access an AMI from one region in another region. However, you can copy an AMI from one region to another
Q18: Which of the following statements is true about the Elastic File System (EFS)?
A. EFS can scale out to meet capacity requirements and scale back down when no longer needed
B. EFS can be used by multiple EC2 instances simultaneously
C. EFS cannot be used by an instance using EBS
D. EFS can be configured on an instance before launch just like an IAM role or EBS volumes
The Cloud is the future: Get Certified now. The AWS Certified Solution Architect Average Salary is: US $149,446/year. Get Certified with the App below:
The Cloud is the future: Get Certified now. The AWS Certified Solution Architect Average Salary is: US $149,446/year. Get Certified with the App below:
A. The ability to create custom permission policies.
B. Assigning IAM permission policies to more than one user at a time.
C. Easier user/policy management.
D. Allowing EC2 instances to gain access to S3.
B. and C.
A. is incorrect: This is a benefit of IAM generally or a benefit of IAM policies. But IAM groups don’t create policies, they have policies attached to them.
Q22: What should the Developer enable on the DynamoDB table to optimize performance and minimize costs?
A. Amazon DynamoDB auto scaling
B. Amazon DynamoDB cross-region replication
C. Amazon DynamoDB Streams
D. Amazon DynamoDB Accelerator
D. DAX is a DynamoDB-compatible caching service that enables you to benefit from fast in-memory performance for demanding applications. DAX addresses three core scenarios:
As an in-memory cache, DAX reduces the response times of eventually-consistent read workloads by an order of magnitude, from single-digit milliseconds to microseconds.
DAX reduces operational and application complexity by providing a managed service that is API-compatible with Amazon DynamoDB, and thus requires only minimal functional changes to use with an existing application.
For read-heavy or bursty workloads, DAX provides increased throughput and potential operational cost savings by reducing the need to over-provision read capacity units. This is especially beneficial for applications that require repeated reads for individual keys.
Q23: A Developer has been asked to create an AWS Elastic Beanstalk environment for a production web application which needs to handle thousands of requests. Currently the dev environment is running on a t1 micro instance. How can the Developer change the EC2 instance type to m4.large?
A. Use CloudFormation to migrate the Amazon EC2 instance type of the environment from t1 micro to m4.large.
B. Create a saved configuration file in Amazon S3 with the instance type as m4.large and use the same during environment creation.
C. Change the instance type to m4.large in the configuration details page of the Create New Environment page.
D. Change the instance type value for the environment to m4.large by using update autoscaling group CLI command.
B. The Elastic Beanstalk console and EB CLI set configuration options when you create an environment. You can also set configuration options in saved configurations and configuration files. If the same option is set in multiple locations, the value used is determined by the order of precedence. Configuration option settings can be composed in text format and saved prior to environment creation, applied during environment creation using any supported client, and added, modified or removed after environment creation. During environment creation, configuration options are applied from multiple sources with the following precedence, from highest to lowest:
Settings applied directly to the environment – Settings specified during a create environment or update environment operation on the Elastic Beanstalk API by any client, including the AWS Management Console, EB CLI, AWS CLI, and SDKs. The AWS Management Console and EB CLI also applyrecommended values for some options that apply at this level unless overridden.
Saved Configurations– Settings for any options that are not applied directly to the environment are loaded from a saved configuration, if specified.
Configuration Files (.ebextensions)– Settings for any options that are not applied directly to the environment, and also not specified in a saved configuration, are loaded from configuration files in the .ebextensions folder at the root of the application source bundle.
Configuration files are executed in alphabetical order. For example,.ebextensions/01run.configis executed before.ebextensions/02do.config.
Default Values– If a configuration option has a default value, it only applies when the option is not set at any of the above levels.
If the same configuration option is defined in more than one location, the setting with the highest precedence is applied. When a setting is applied from a saved configuration or settings applied directly to the environment, the setting is stored as part of the environment’s configuration. These settings can be removed with the AWS CLI or with the EB CLI . Settings in configuration files are not applied directly to the environment and cannot be removed without modifying the configuration files and deploying a new application version.If a setting applied with one of the other methods is removed, the same setting will be loaded from configuration files in the source bundle.
Q24: What statements are true about Availability Zones (AZs) and Regions?
A. There is only one AZ in each AWS Region
B. AZs are geographically separated inside a region to help protect against natural disasters affecting more than one at a time.
C. AZs can be moved between AWS Regions based on your needs
D. There are (almost always) two or more AZs in each AWS Region
The Cloud is the future: Get Certified now. The AWS Certified Solution Architect Average Salary is: US $149,446/year. Get Certified with the App below:
Q26: Which read request in DynamoDB returns a response with the most up-to-date data, reflecting the updates from all prior write operations that were successful?
A. Eventual Consistent Reads
B. Conditional reads for Consistency
C. Strongly Consistent Reads
D. Not possible
C. This is provided very clearly in the AWS documentation as shown below with regards to the read consistency for DynamoDB. Only in Strong Read consistency can you be guaranteed that you get the write read value after all the writes are completed.
Q27: You’ ve been asked to move an existing development environment on the AWS Cloud. This environment consists mainly of Docker based containers. You need to ensure that minimum effort is taken during the migration process. Which of the following step would you consider for this requirement?
A. Create an Opswork stack and deploy the Docker containers
B. Create an application and Environment for the Docker containers in the Elastic Beanstalk service
C. Create an EC2 Instance. Install Docker and deploy the necessary containers.
D. Create an EC2 Instance. Install Docker and deploy the necessary containers. Add an Autoscaling Group for scalability of the containers.
B. The Elastic Beanstalk service is the ideal service to quickly provision development environments. You can also create environments which can be used to host Docker based containers.
Q28: You’ve written an application that uploads objects onto an S3 bucket. The size of the object varies between 200 – 500 MB. You’ve seen that the application sometimes takes a longer than expected time to upload the object. You want to improve the performance of the application. Which of the following would you consider?
A. Create multiple threads and upload the objects in the multiple threads
B. Write the items in batches for better performance
C. Use the Multipart upload API
D. Enable versioning on the Bucket
The Cloud is the future: Get Certified now. The AWS Certified Solution Architect Average Salary is: US $149,446/year. Get Certified with the App below:
C. All other options are invalid since the best way to handle large object uploads to the S3 service is to use the Multipart upload API. The Multipart upload API enables you to upload large objects in parts. You can use this API to upload new large objects or make a copy of an existing object. Multipart uploading is a three-step process: You initiate the upload, you upload the object parts, and after you have uploaded all the parts, you complete the multipart upload. Upon receiving the complete multipart upload request, Amazon S3 constructs the object from the uploaded parts, and you can then access the object just as you would any other object in your bucket.
Q29: A security system monitors 600 cameras, saving image metadata every 1 minute to an Amazon DynamoDb table. Each sample involves 1kb of data, and the data writes are evenly distributed over time. How much write throughput is required for the target table?
A. 6000
B. 10
C. 3600
D. 600
The Cloud is the future: Get Certified now. The AWS Certified Solution Architect Average Salary is: US $149,446/year. Get Certified with the App below:
B. When you mention the write capacity of a table in Dynamo DB, you mention it as the number of 1KB writes per second. So in the above question, since the write is happening every minute, we need to divide the value of 600 by 60, to get the number of KB writes per second. This gives a value of 10.
You can specify the Write capacity in the Capacity tab of the DynamoDB table.
Q33: You have instances inside private subnets and a properly configured bastion host instance in a public subnet. None of the instances in the private subnets have a public or Elastic IP address. How can you connect an instance in the private subnet to the open internet to download system updates?
A. Create and assign EIP to each instance
B. Create and attach a second IGW to the VPC.
C. Create and utilize a NAT Gateway
D. Connect to a VPN
C. You can use a network address translation (NAT) gateway in a public subnet in your VPC to enable instances in the private subnet to initiate outbound traffic to the Internet, but prevent the instances from receiving inbound traffic initiated by someone on the Internet. Reference: AWS Network Address Translation Gateway
Q34: What feature of VPC networking should you utilize if you want to create “elasticity” in your application’s architecture?
A. Security Groups
B. Route Tables
C. Elastic Load Balancer
D. Auto Scaling
D. Auto scaling is designed specifically with elasticity in mind. Auto scaling allows for the increase and decrease of compute power based on demand, thus creating elasticity in the architecture. Reference: AWS Autoscalling
Q31: An organization is using an Amazon ElastiCache cluster in front of their Amazon RDS instance. The organization would like the Developer to implement logic into the code so that the cluster only retrieves data from RDS when there is a cache miss. What strategy can the Developer implement to achieve this?
A. Lazy loading
B. Write-through
C. Error retries
D. Exponential backoff
Answer:
Answer – A Whenever your application requests data, it first makes the request to the ElastiCache cache. If the data exists in the cache and is current, ElastiCache returns the data to your application. If the data does not exist in the cache, or the data in the cache has expired, your application requests data from your data store which returns the data to your application. Your application then writes the data received from the store to the cache so it can be more quickly retrieved next time it is requested. All other options are incorrect. Reference: Caching Strategies
Q32: A developer is writing an application that will run on Ec2 instances and read messages from SQS queue. The nessages will arrive every 15-60 seconds. How should the Developer efficiently query the queue for new messages?
A. Use long polling
B. Set a custom visibility timeout
C. Use short polling
D. Implement exponential backoff
Answer – A Long polling will help insure that the applications make less requests for messages in a shorter period of time. This is more cost effective. Since the messages are only going to be available after 15 seconds and we don’t know exacly when they would be available, it is better to use Long Polling. Reference: Amazon SQS Long Polling
Q33: You are using AWS SAM to define a Lambda function and configure CodeDeploy to manage deployment patterns. With new Lambda function working as per expectation which of the following will shift traffic from original Lambda function to new Lambda function in the shortest time frame?
A. Canary10Percent5Minutes
B. Linear10PercentEvery10Minutes
C. Canary10Percent15Minutes
D. Linear10PercentEvery1Minute
Answer – A With Canary Deployment Preference type, Traffic is shifted in two intervals. With Canary10Percent5Minutes, 10 percent of traffic is shifted in the first interval while remaining all traffic is shifted after 5 minutes. Reference: Gradual Code Deployment
Q34: You are using AWS SAM templates to deploy a serverless application. Which of the following resource will embed application from Amazon S3 buckets?
A. AWS::Serverless::Api
B. AWS::Serverless::Application
C. AWS::Serverless::Layerversion
D. AWS::Serverless::Function
Answer – B AWS::Serverless::Application resource in AWS SAm template is used to embed application frm Amazon S3 buckets. Reference: Declaring Serverless Resources
Q35: You are using AWS Envelope Encryption for encrypting all sensitive data. Which of the followings is True with regards to Envelope Encryption?
A. Data is encrypted be encrypting Data key which is further encrypted using encrypted Master Key.
B. Data is encrypted by plaintext Data key which is further encrypted using encrypted Master Key.
C. Data is encrypted by encrypted Data key which is further encrypted using plaintext Master Key.
D. Data is encrypted by plaintext Data key which is further encrypted using plaintext Master Key.
Answer – D With Envelope Encryption, unencrypted data is encrypted using plaintext Data key. This Data is further encrypted using plaintext Master key. This plaintext Master key is securely stored in AWS KMS & known as Customer Master Keys. Reference: AWS Key Management Service Concepts
Q36: You are developing an application that will be comprised of the following architecture –
A set of Ec2 instances to process the videos.
These (Ec2 instances) will be spun up by an autoscaling group.
SQS Queues to maintain the processing messages.
There will be 2 pricing tiers.
How will you ensure that the premium customers videos are given more preference?
A. Create 2 Autoscaling Groups, one for normal and one for premium customers
B. Create 2 set of Ec2 Instances, one for normal and one for premium customers
C. Create 2 SQS queus, one for normal and one for premium customers
D. Create 2 Elastic Load Balancers, one for normal and one for premium customers.
Answer – C The ideal option would be to create 2 SQS queues. Messages can then be processed by the application from the high priority queue first.<br? The other options are not the ideal options. They would lead to extra costs and also extra maintenance. Reference: SQS
Q37: You are developing an application that will interact with a DynamoDB table. The table is going to take in a lot of read and write operations. Which of the following would be the ideal partition key for the DynamoDB table to ensure ideal performance?
A. CustomerID
B. CustomerName
C. Location
D. Age
Answer- A Use high-cardinality attributes. These are attributes that have distinct values for each item, like e-mailid, employee_no, customerid, sessionid, orderid, and so on.. Use composite attributes. Try to combine more than one attribute to form a unique key. Reference: Choosing the right DynamoDB Partition Key
Q38: A developer is making use of AWS services to develop an application. He has been asked to develop the application in a manner to compensate any network delays. Which of the following two mechanisms should he implement in the application?
A. Multiple SQS queues
B. Exponential backoff algorithm
C. Retries in your application code
D. Consider using the Java sdk.
Answer- B. and C. In addition to simple retries, each AWS SDK implements exponential backoff algorithm for better flow control. The idea behind exponential backoff is to use progressively longer waits between retries for consecutive error responses. You should implement a maximum delay interval, as well as a maximum number of retries. The maximum delay interval and maximum number of retries are not necessarily fixed values, and should be set based on the operation being performed, as well as other local factors, such as network latency. Reference: Error Retries and Exponential Backoff in AWS
Q39: An application is being developed that is going to write data to a DynamoDB table. You have to setup the read and write throughput for the table. Data is going to be read at the rate of 300 items every 30 seconds. Each item is of size 6KB. The reads can be eventual consistent reads. What should be the read capacity that needs to be set on the table?
A. 10
B. 20
C. 6
D. 30
Answer – A
Since there are 300 items read every 30 seconds , that means there are (300/30) = 10 items read every second. Since each item is 6KB in size , that means , 2 reads will be required for each item. So we have total of 2*10 = 20 reads for the number of items per second Since eventual consistency is required , we can divide the number of reads(20) by 2 , and in the end we get the Read Capacity of 10.
Q40: You are in charge of deploying an application that will be hosted on an EC2 Instance and sit behind an Elastic Load balancer. You have been requested to monitor the incoming connections to the Elastic Load Balancer. Which of the below options can suffice this requirement?
A. Use AWS CloudTrail with your load balancer
B. Enable access logs on the load balancer
C. Use a CloudWatch Logs Agent
D. Create a custom metric CloudWatch lter on your load balancer
Answer – B Elastic Load Balancing provides access logs that capture detailed information about requests sent to your load balancer. Each log contains information such as the time the request was received, the client’s IP address, latencies, request paths, and server responses. You can use these access logs to analyze traffic patterns and troubleshoot issues. Reference: Access Logs for Your Application Load Balancer
Q41: A static web site has been hosted on a bucket and is now being accessed by users. One of the web pages javascript section has been changed to access data which is hosted in another S3 bucket. Now that same web page is no longer loading in the browser. Which of the following can help alleviate the error?
A. Enable versioning for the underlying S3 bucket.
B. Enable Replication so that the objects get replicated to the other bucket
C. Enable CORS for the bucket
D. Change the Bucket policy for the bucket to allow access from the other bucket
Answer – C
Cross-origin resource sharing (CORS) defines a way for client web applications that are loaded in one domain to interact with resources in a different domain. With CORS support, you can build rich client-side web applications with Amazon S3 and selectively allow cross-origin access to your Amazon S3 resources.
Cross-Origin Resource Sharing: Use-case Scenarios The following are example scenarios for using CORS:
Scenario 1: Suppose that you are hosting a website in an Amazon S3 bucket named website as described in Hosting a Static Website on Amazon S3. Your users load the website endpoint http://website.s3-website-us-east-1.amazonaws.com. Now you want to use JavaScript on the webpages that are stored in this bucket to be able to make authenticated GET and PUT requests against the same bucket by using the Amazon S3 API endpoint for the bucket, website.s3.amazonaws.com. A browser would normally block JavaScript from allowing those requests, but with CORS you can configure your bucket to explicitly enable cross-origin requests from website.s3-website-us-east-1.amazonaws.com.
Scenario 2: Suppose that you want to host a web font from your S3 bucket. Again, browsers require a CORS check (also called a preight check) for loading web fonts. You would configure the bucket that is hosting the web font to allow any origin to make these requests.
Q42: Your mobile application includes a photo-sharing service that is expecting tens of thousands of users at launch. You will leverage Amazon Simple Storage Service (S3) for storage of the user Images, and you must decide how to authenticate and authorize your users for access to these images. You also need to manage the storage of these images. Which two of the following approaches should you use? Choose two answers from the options below
A. Create an Amazon S3 bucket per user, and use your application to generate the S3 URL for the appropriate content.
B. Use AWS Identity and Access Management (IAM) user accounts as your application-level user database, and offload the burden of authentication from your application code.
C. Authenticate your users at the application level, and use AWS Security Token Service (STS)to grant token-based authorization to S3 objects.
D. Authenticate your users at the application level, and send an SMS token message to the user. Create an Amazon S3 bucket with the same name as the SMS message token, and move the user’s objects to that bucket.
Answer- C The AWS Security Token Service (STS) is a web service that enables you to request temporary, limited-privilege credentials for AWS Identity and Access Management (IAM) users or for users that you authenticate (federated users). The token can then be used to grant access to the objects in S3. You can then provides access to the objects based on the key values generated via the user id.
Q43: Your current log analysis application takes more than four hours to generate a report of the top 10 users of your web application. You have been asked to implement a system that can report this information in real time, ensure that the report is always up to date, and handle increases in the number of requests to your web application. Choose the option that is cost-effective and can fulfill the requirements.
A. Publish your data to CloudWatch Logs, and congure your application to Autoscale to handle the load on demand.
B. Publish your log data to an Amazon S3 bucket. Use AWS CloudFormation to create an Auto Scaling group to scale your post-processing application which is congured to pull down your log les stored an Amazon S3
C. Post your log data to an Amazon Kinesis data stream, and subscribe your log-processing application so that is congured to process your logging data.
D. Create a multi-AZ Amazon RDS MySQL cluster, post the logging data to MySQL, and run a map reduce job to retrieve the required information on user counts.
Answer:
Answer – C Amazon Kinesis makes it easy to collect, process, and analyze real-time, streaming data so you can get timely insights and react quickly to new information. Amazon Kinesis offers key capabilities to cost effectively process streaming data at any scale, along with the flexibility to choose the tools that best suit the requirements of your application. With Amazon Kinesis, you can ingest real-time data such as application logs, website clickstreams, IoT telemetry data, and more into your databases, data lakes and data warehouses, or build your own real-time applications using this data. Reference: Amazon Kinesis
Q44: You’ve been instructed to develop a mobile application that will make use of AWS services. You need to decide on a data store to store the user sessions. Which of the following would be an ideal data store for session management?
A. AWS Simple Storage Service
B. AWS DynamoDB
C. AWS RDS
D. AWS Redshift
Answer:
Answer – B DynamoDB is a alternative solution which can be used for storage of session management. The latency of access to data is less , hence this can be used as a data store for session management Reference: Scalable Session Handling in PHP Using Amazon DynamoDB
Q45: Your application currently interacts with a DynamoDB table. Records are inserted into the table via the application. There is now a requirement to ensure that whenever items are updated in the DynamoDB primary table , another record is inserted into a secondary table. Which of the below feature should be used when developing such a solution?
A. AWS DynamoDB Encryption
B. AWS DynamoDB Streams
C. AWS DynamoDB Accelerator
D. AWSTable Accelerator
Answer – B DynamoDB Streams Use Cases and Design Patterns This post describes some common use cases you might encounter, along with their design options and solutions, when migrating data from relational data stores to Amazon DynamoDB. We will consider how to manage the following scenarios:
How do you set up a relationship across multiple tables in which, based on the value of an item from one table, you update the item in a second table?
How do you trigger an event based on a particular transaction?
How do you audit or archive transactions?
How do you replicate data across multiple tables (similar to that of materialized views/streams/replication in relational data stores)?
Relational databases provide native support for transactions, triggers, auditing, and replication. Typically, a transaction in a database refers to performing create, read, update, and delete (CRUD) operations against multiple tables in a block. A transaction can have only two states—success or failure. In other words, there is no partial completion. As a NoSQL database, DynamoDB is not designed to support transactions. Although client-side libraries are available to mimic the transaction capabilities, they are not scalable and cost-effective. For example, the Java Transaction Library for DynamoDB creates 7N+4 additional writes for every write operation. This is partly because the library holds metadata to manage the transactions to ensure that it’s consistent and can be rolled back before commit. You can use DynamoDB Streams to address all these use cases. DynamoDB Streams is a powerful service that you can combine with other AWS services to solve many similar problems. When enabled, DynamoDB Streams captures a time-ordered sequence of item-level modifications in a DynamoDB table and durably stores the information for up to 24 hours. Applications can access a series of stream records, which contain an item change, from a DynamoDB stream in near real time. AWS maintains separate endpoints for DynamoDB and DynamoDB Streams. To work with database tables and indexes, your application must access a DynamoDB endpoint. To read and process DynamoDB Streams records, your application must access a DynamoDB Streams endpoint in the same Region. All of the other options are incorrect since none of these would meet the core requirement. Reference: DynamoDB Streams Use Cases and Design Patterns
Q46: An application has been making use of AWS DynamoDB for its back-end data store. The size of the table has now grown to 20 GB , and the scans on the table are causing throttling errors. Which of the following should now be implemented to avoid such errors?
A. Large Page size
B. Reduced page size
C. Parallel Scans
D. Sequential scans
Answer – B When you scan your table in Amazon DynamoDB, you should follow the DynamoDB best practices for avoiding sudden bursts of read activity. You can use the following technique to minimize the impact of a scan on a table’s provisioned throughput. Reduce page size Because a Scan operation reads an entire page (by default, 1 MB), you can reduce the impact of the scan operation by setting a smaller page size. The Scan operation provides a Limit parameter that you can use to set the page size for your request. Each Query or Scan request that has a smaller page size uses fewer read operations and creates a “pause” between each request. For example, suppose that each item is 4 KB and you set the page size to 40 items. A Query request would then consume only 20 eventually consistent read operations or 40 strongly consistent read operations. A larger number of smaller Query or Scan operations would allow your other critical requests to succeed without throttling. Reference1: Rate-Limited Scans in Amazon DynamoDB
Q47: Which of the following is correct way of passing a stage variable to an HTTP URL ? (Select TWO.)
A. http://example.com/${}/prod
B. http://example.com/${stageVariables.}/prod
C. http://${stageVariables.}.example.com/dev/operation
D. http://${stageVariables}.example.com/dev/operation
E. http://${}.example.com/dev/operation
F. http://example.com/${stageVariables}/prod
Answer – B. and C. A stage variable can be used as part of HTTP integration URL as in following cases, · A full URI without protocol · A full domain · A subdomain · A path · A query string In the above case , option B & C displays stage variable as a path & sub-domain. Reference: Amazon API Gateway Stage Variables Reference
Q48: Your company is planning on creating new development environments in AWS. They want to make use of their existing Chef recipes which they use for their on-premise configuration for servers in AWS. Which of the following service would be ideal to use in this regard?
A. AWS Elastic Beanstalk
B. AWS OpsWork
C. AWS Cloudformation
D. AWS SQS
Answer – B AWS OpsWorks is a configuration management service that provides managed instances of Chef and Puppet. Chef and Puppet are automation platforms that allow you to use code to automate the configurations of your servers. OpsWorks lets you use Chef and Puppet to automate how servers are configured, deployed, and managed across your Amazon EC2 instances or on-premises compute environments All other options are invalid since they cannot be used to work with Chef recipes for configuration management. Reference: AWS OpsWorks
Q49: Your company has developed a web application and is hosting it in an Amazon S3 bucket configured for static website hosting. The users can log in to this app using their Google/Facebook login accounts. The application is using the AWS SDK for JavaScript in the browser to access data stored in an Amazon DynamoDB table. How can you ensure that API keys for access to your data in DynamoDB are kept secure?
A. Create an Amazon S3 role in IAM with access to the specific DynamoDB tables, and assign it to the bucket hosting your website
B. Configure S3 bucket tags with your AWS access keys for your bucket hosing your website so that the application can query them for access.
C. Configure a web identity federation role within IAM to enable access to the correct DynamoDB resources and retrieve temporary credentials
D. Store AWS keys in global variables within your application and configure the application to use these credentials when making requests.
Answer – C With web identity federation, you don’t need to create custom sign-in code or manage your own user identities. Instead, users of your app can sign in using a well-known identity provider (IdP) —such as Login with Amazon, Facebook, Google, or any other OpenID Connect (OIDC)-compatible IdP, receive an authentication token, and then exchange that token for temporary security credentials in AWS that map to an IAM role with permissions to use the resources in your AWS account. Using an IdP helps you keep your AWS account secure, because you don’t have to embed and distribute long-term security credentials with your application. Option A is invalid since Roles cannot be assigned to S3 buckets Options B and D are invalid since the AWS Access keys should not be used Reference: About Web Identity Federation
Q50: Your application currently makes use of AWS Cognito for managing user identities. You want to analyze the information that is stored in AWS Cognito for your application. Which of the following features of AWS Cognito should you use for this purpose?
A. Cognito Data
B. Cognito Events
C. Cognito Streams
D. Cognito Callbacks
Answer – C Amazon Cognito Streams gives developers control and insight into their data stored in Amazon Cognito. Developers can now configure a Kinesis stream to receive events as data is updated and synchronized. Amazon Cognito can push each dataset change to a Kinesis stream you own in real time. All other options are invalid since you should use Cognito Streams Reference:
Q51: You’ve developed a set of scripts using AWS Lambda. These scripts need to access EC2 Instances in a VPC. Which of the following needs to be done to ensure that the AWS Lambda function can access the resources in the VPC. Choose 2 answers from the options given below
A. Ensure that the subnet ID’s are mentioned when conguring the Lambda function
B. Ensure that the NACL ID’s are mentioned when conguring the Lambda function
C. Ensure that the Security Group ID’s are mentioned when conguring the Lambda function
D. Ensure that the VPC Flow Log ID’s are mentioned when conguring the Lambda function
Answer: A and C. AWS Lambda runs your function code securely within a VPC by default. However, to enable your Lambda function to access resources inside your private VPC, you must provide additional VPCspecific configuration information that includes VPC subnet IDs and security group IDs. AWS Lambda uses this information to set up elastic network interfaces (ENIs) that enable your function to connect securely to other resources within your private VPC. Reference: Configuring a Lambda Function to Access Resources in an Amazon VPC
Q52: You’ve currently been tasked to migrate an existing on-premise environment into Elastic Beanstalk. The application does not make use of Docker containers. You also can’t see any relevant environments in the beanstalk service that would be suitable to host your application. What should you consider doing in this case?
A. Migrate your application to using Docker containers and then migrate the app to the Elastic Beanstalk environment.
B. Consider using Cloudformation to deploy your environment to Elastic Beanstalk
C. Consider using Packer to create a custom platform
D. Consider deploying your application using the Elastic Container Service
Answer – C Elastic Beanstalk supports custom platforms. A custom platform is a more advanced customization than a Custom Image in several ways. A custom platform lets you develop an entire new platform from scratch, customizing the operating system, additional software, and scripts that Elastic Beanstalk runs on platform instances. This flexibility allows you to build a platform for an application that uses a language or other infrastructure software, for which Elastic Beanstalk doesn’t provide a platform out of the box. Compare that to custom images, where you modify an AMI for use with an existing Elastic Beanstalk platform, and Elastic Beanstalk still provides the platform scripts and controls the platform’s software stack. In addition, with custom platforms you use an automated, scripted way to create and maintain your customization, whereas with custom images you make the changes manually over a running instance. To create a custom platform, you build an Amazon Machine Image (AMI) from one of the supported operating systems—Ubuntu, RHEL, or Amazon Linux (see the flavor entry in Platform.yaml File Format for the exact version numbers)—and add further customizations. You create your own Elastic Beanstalk platform using Packer, which is an open-source tool for creating machine images for many platforms, including AMIs for use with Amazon EC2. An Elastic Beanstalk platform comprises an AMI configured to run a set of software that supports an application, and metadata that can include custom configuration options and default configuration option settings. Reference: AWS Elastic Beanstalk Custom Platforms
Q53: Company B is writing 10 items to the Dynamo DB table every second. Each item is 15.5Kb in size. What would be the required provisioned write throughput for best performance? Choose the correct answer from the options below.
A. 10
B. 160
C. 155
D. 16
Answer – B. Company B is writing 10 items to the Dynamo DB table every second. Each item is 15.5Kb in size. What would be the required provisioned write throughput for best performance? Choose the correct answer from the options below. Reference: Read/Write Capacity Mode
Q57: Which of the following practices allows multiple developers working on the same application to merge code changes frequently, without impacting each other and enables the identification of bugs early on in the release process?
Q60: You want to receive an email whenever a user pushes code to CodeCommit repository, how can you configure this?
A. Create a new SNS topic and configure it to poll for CodeCommit eveents. Ask all users to subscribe to the topic to receive notifications
B. Configure a CloudWatch Events rule to send a message to SES which will trigger an email to be sent whenever a user pushes code to the repository.
C. Configure Notifications in the console, this will create a CloudWatch events rule to send a notification to a SNS topic which will trigger an email to be sent to the user.
D. Configure a CloudWatch Events rule to send a message to SQS which will trigger an email to be sent whenever a user pushes code to the repository.
Q63: You are deploying a number of EC2 and RDS instances using CloudFormation. Which section of the CloudFormation template would you use to define these?
A. Transforms
B. Outputs
C. Resources
D. Instances
Answer: C. The Resources section defines your resources you are provisioning. Outputs is used to output user defines data relating to the reources you have built and can also used as input to another CloudFormation stack. Transforms is used to reference code located in S3. Reference: Resources
Q64: Which AWS service can be used to fully automate your entire release process?
A. CodeDeploy
B. CodePipeline
C. CodeCommit
D. CodeBuild
Answer: B. AWS CodePipeline is a fully managed continuous delivery service that helps you automate your release pipelines for fast and reliable application and infrastructure updates
Q65: You want to use the output of your CloudFormation stack as input to another CloudFormation stack. Which sections of the CloudFormation template would you use to help you configure this?
A. Outputs
B. Transforms
C. Resources
D. Exports
Answer: A. Outputs is used to output user defines data relating to the reources you have built and can also used as input to another CloudFormation stack. Reference: CloudFormation Outputs
Q66: You have some code located in an S3 bucket that you want to reference in your CloudFormation template. Which section of the template can you use to define this?
A. Inputs
B. Resources
C. Transforms
D. Files
Answer: C. Transforms is used to reference code located in S3 and also specififying the use of the Serverless Application Model (SAM) for Lambda deployments. Reference: Transforms
Q67: You are deploying an application to a number of Ec2 instances using CodeDeploy. What is the name of the file used to specify source files and lifecycle hooks?
Q68: Which of the following approaches allows you to re-use pieces of CloudFormation code in multiple templates, for common use cases like provisioning a load balancer or web server?
A. Share the code using an EBS volume
B. Copy and paste the code into the template each time you need to use it
C. Use a cloudformation nested stack
D. Store the code you want to re-use in an AMI and reference the AMI from within your CloudFormation template.
Q72: Which of the following is an encrypted key used by KMS to encrypt your data
A. Custmoer Mamaged Key
B. Encryption Key
C. Envelope Key
D. Customer Master Key
Answer: C. Your Data key also known as the Enveloppe key is encrypted using the master key.This approach is known as Envelope encryption. Envelope encryption is the practice of encrypting plaintext data with a data key, and then encrypting the data key under another key.
Q75: A developer is preparing a deployment package for a Java implementation of an AWS Lambda function. What should the developer include in the deployment package? (Select TWO.) A. Compiled application code B. Java runtime environment C. References to the event sources D. Lambda execution role E. Application dependencies
Answer: C. E. Notes: To create a Lambda function, you first create a Lambda function deployment package. This package is a .zip or .jar file consisting of your code and any dependencies. Reference:Lambda deployment packages.
Q76: A developer uses AWS CodeDeploy to deploy a Python application to a fleet of Amazon EC2 instances that run behind an Application Load Balancer. The instances run in an Amazon EC2 Auto Scaling group across multiple Availability Zones. What should the developer include in the CodeDeploy deployment package? A. A launch template for the Amazon EC2 Auto Scaling group B. A CodeDeploy AppSpec file C. An EC2 role that grants the application access to AWS services D. An IAM policy that grants the application access to AWS services
Answer: B. Notes: The CodeDeploy AppSpec (application specific) file is unique to CodeDeploy. The AppSpec file is used to manage each deployment as a series of lifecycle event hooks, which are defined in the file. Reference: CodeDeploy application specification (AppSpec) files. Category: Deployment
Q76: A company is working on a project to enhance its serverless application development process. The company hosts applications on AWS Lambda. The development team regularly updates the Lambda code and wants to use stable code in production. Which combination of steps should the development team take to configure Lambda functions to meet both development and production requirements? (Select TWO.)
A. Create a new Lambda version every time a new code release needs testing. B. Create two Lambda function aliases. Name one as Production and the other as Development. Point the Production alias to a production-ready unqualified Amazon Resource Name (ARN) version. Point the Development alias to the $LATEST version. C. Create two Lambda function aliases. Name one as Production and the other as Development. Point the Production alias to the production-ready qualified Amazon Resource Name (ARN) version. Point the Development alias to the variable LAMBDA_TASK_ROOT. D. Create a new Lambda layer every time a new code release needs testing. E. Create two Lambda function aliases. Name one as Production and the other as Development. Point the Production alias to a production-ready Lambda layer Amazon Resource Name (ARN). Point the Development alias to the $LATEST layer ARN.
Answer: A. B. Notes: Lambda function versions are designed to manage deployment of functions. They can be used for code changes, without affecting the stable production version of the code. By creating separate aliases for Production and Development, systems can initiate the correct alias as needed. A Lambda function alias can be used to point to a specific Lambda function version. Using the functionality to update an alias and its linked version, the development team can update the required version as needed. The $LATEST version is the newest published version. Reference: Lambda function versions.
Q77: Each time a developer publishes a new version of an AWS Lambda function, all the dependent event source mappings need to be updated with the reference to the new version’s Amazon Resource Name (ARN). These updates are time consuming and error-prone. Which combination of actions should the developer take to avoid performing these updates when publishing a new Lambda version? (Select TWO.) A. Update event source mappings with the ARN of the Lambda layer. B. Point a Lambda alias to a new version of the Lambda function. C. Create a Lambda alias for each published version of the Lambda function. D. Point a Lambda alias to a new Lambda function alias. E. Update the event source mappings with the Lambda alias ARN.
Answer: B. E. Notes: A Lambda alias is a pointer to a specific Lambda function version. Instead of using ARNs for the Lambda function in event source mappings, you can use an alias ARN. You do not need to update your event source mappings when you promote a new version or roll back to a previous version. Reference: Lambda function aliases. Category: Deployment
Q78: A company wants to store sensitive user data in Amazon S3 and encrypt this data at rest. The company must manage the encryption keys and use Amazon S3 to perform the encryption. How can a developer meet these requirements? A. Enable default encryption for the S3 bucket by using the option for server-side encryption with customer-provided encryption keys (SSE-C). B. Enable client-side encryption with an encryption key. Upload the encrypted object to the S3 bucket. C. Enable server-side encryption with Amazon S3 managed encryption keys (SSE-S3). Upload an object to the S3 bucket. D. Enable server-side encryption with customer-provided encryption keys (SSE-C). Upload an object to the S3 bucket.
Q79: A company is developing a Python application that submits data to an Amazon DynamoDB table. The company requires client-side encryption of specific data items and end-to-end protection for the encrypted data in transit and at rest. Which combination of steps will meet the requirement for the encryption of specific data items? (Select TWO.)
A. Generate symmetric encryption keys with AWS Key Management Service (AWS KMS). B. Generate asymmetric encryption keys with AWS Key Management Service (AWS KMS). C. Use generated keys with the DynamoDB Encryption Client. D. Use generated keys to configure DynamoDB table encryption with AWS managed customer master keys (CMKs). E. Use generated keys to configure DynamoDB table encryption with AWS owned customer master keys (CMKs).
Answer: A. C. Notes: When the DynamoDB Encryption Client is configured to use AWS KMS, it uses a customer master key (CMK) that is always encrypted when used outside of AWS KMS. This cryptographic materials provider returns a unique encryption key and signing key for every table item. This method of encryption uses a symmetric CMK. Reference: Direct KMS Materials Provider. Category: Deployment
Q80: A company is developing a REST API with Amazon API Gateway. Access to the API should be limited to users in the existing Amazon Cognito user pool. Which combination of steps should a developer perform to secure the API? (Select TWO.) A. Create an AWS Lambda authorizer for the API. B. Create an Amazon Cognito authorizer for the API. C. Configure the authorizer for the API resource. D. Configure the API methods to use the authorizer. E. Configure the authorizer for the API stage.
Answer: B. D. Notes: An Amazon Cognito authorizer should be used for integration with Amazon Cognito user pools. In addition to creating an authorizer, you are required to configure an API method to use that authorizer for the API. Reference: Control access to a REST API using Amazon Cognito user pools as authorizer. Category: Security
Q81: A developer is implementing a mobile app to provide personalized services to app users. The application code makes calls to Amazon S3 and Amazon Simple Queue Service (Amazon SQS). Which options can the developer use to authenticate the app users? (Select TWO.) A. Authenticate to the Amazon Cognito identity pool directly. B. Authenticate to AWS Identity and Access Management (IAM) directly. C. Authenticate to the Amazon Cognito user pool directly. D. Federate authentication by using Login with Amazon with the users managed with AWS Security Token Service (AWS STS). E. Federate authentication by using Login with Amazon with the users managed with the Amazon Cognito user pool.
Answer: C. E. Notes: The Amazon Cognito user pool provides direct user authentication. The Amazon Cognito user pool provides a federated authentication option with third-party identity provider (IdP), including amazon.com. Reference: Adding User Pool Sign-in Through a Third Party. Category: Security
Q82: A company is implementing several order processing workflows. Each workflow is implemented by using AWS Lambda functions for each task. Which combination of steps should a developer follow to implement these workflows? (Select TWO.) A. Define a AWS Step Functions task for each Lambda function. B. Define a AWS Step Functions task for each workflow. C. Write code that polls the AWS Step Functions invocation to coordinate each workflow. D. Define an AWS Step Functions state machine for each workflow. E. Define an AWS Step Functions state machine for each Lambda function.
Answer: A. D. Notes: Step Functions is based on state machines and tasks. A state machine is a workflow. Tasks perform work by coordinating with other AWS services, such as Lambda. A state machine is a workflow. It can be used to express a workflow as a number of states, their relationships, and their input and output. You can coordinate individual tasks with Step Functions by expressing your workflow as a finite state machine, written in the Amazon States Language. Reference: Getting Started with AWS Step Functions.
Category: Development
Q83: A company is migrating a web service to the AWS Cloud. The web service accepts requests by using HTTP (port 80). The company wants to use an AWS Lambda function to process HTTP requests. Which application design will satisfy these requirements? A. Create an Amazon API Gateway API. Configure proxy integration with the Lambda function. B. Create an Amazon API Gateway API. Configure non-proxy integration with the Lambda function. C. Configure the Lambda function to listen to inbound network connections on port 80. D. Configure the Lambda function as a target in the Application Load Balancer target group.
Answer: D. Notes: Elastic Load Balancing supports Lambda functions as a target for an Application Load Balancer. You can use load balancer rules to route HTTP requests to a function, based on the path or the header values. Then, process the request and return an HTTP response from your Lambda function. Reference: Using AWS Lambda with an Application Load Balancer. Category: Development
Q84: A company is developing an image processing application. When an image is uploaded to an Amazon S3 bucket, a number of independent and separate services must be invoked to process the image. The services do not have to be available immediately, but they must process every image. Which application design satisfies these requirements? A. Configure an Amazon S3 event notification that publishes to an Amazon Simple Queue Service (Amazon SQS) queue. Each service pulls the message from the same queue. B. Configure an Amazon S3 event notification that publishes to an Amazon Simple Notification Service (Amazon SNS) topic. Each service subscribes to the same topic. C. Configure an Amazon S3 event notification that publishes to an Amazon Simple Queue Service (Amazon SQS) queue. Subscribe a separate Amazon Simple Notification Service (Amazon SNS) topic for each service to an Amazon SQS queue. D. Configure an Amazon S3 event notification that publishes to an Amazon Simple Notification Service (Amazon SNS) topic. Subscribe a separate Simple Queue Service (Amazon SQS) queue for each service to the Amazon SNS topic.
Answer: D. Notes: Each service can subscribe to an individual Amazon SQS queue, which receives an event notification from the Amazon SNS topic. This is a fanout architectural implementation. Reference: Common Amazon SNS scenarios. Category: Development
Q85: A developer wants to implement Amazon EC2 Auto Scaling for a Multi-AZ web application. However, the developer is concerned that user sessions will be lost during scale-in events. How can the developer store the session state and share it across the EC2 instances? A. Write the sessions to an Amazon Kinesis data stream. Configure the application to poll the stream. B. Publish the sessions to an Amazon Simple Notification Service (Amazon SNS) topic. Subscribe each instance in the group to the topic. C. Store the sessions in an Amazon ElastiCache for Memcached cluster. Configure the application to use the Memcached API. D. Write the sessions to an Amazon Elastic Block Store (Amazon EBS) volume. Mount the volume to each instance in the group.
Answer: C. Notes: ElastiCache for Memcached is a distributed in-memory data store or cache environment in the cloud. It will meet the developer’s requirement of persistent storage and is fast to access. Reference: What is Amazon ElastiCache for Memcached?
Q86: A developer is integrating a legacy web application that runs on a fleet of Amazon EC2 instances with an Amazon DynamoDB table. There is no AWS SDK for the programming language that was used to implement the web application. Which combination of steps should the developer perform to make an API call to Amazon DynamoDB from the instances? (Select TWO.) A. Make an HTTPS POST request to the DynamoDB API endpoint for the AWS Region. In the request body, include an XML document that contains the request attributes. B. Make an HTTPS POST request to the DynamoDB API endpoint for the AWS Region. In the request body, include a JSON document that contains the request attributes. C. Sign the requests by using AWS access keys and Signature Version 4. D. Use an EC2 SSH key to calculate Signature Version 4 of the request. E. Provide the signature value through the HTTP X-API-Key header.
Answer: B. C. Notes: The HTTPS-based low-level AWS API for DynamoDB uses JSON as a wire protocol format. When you send HTTP requests to AWS, you sign the requests so that AWS can identify who sent them. Requests are signed with your AWS access key, which consists of an access key ID and secret access key. AWS supports two signature versions: Signature Version 4 and Signature Version 2. AWS recommends the use of Signature Version 4. Reference: Signing AWS API requests. Category: Development
Q87: A developer has written several custom applications that read and write to the same Amazon DynamoDB table. Each time the data in the DynamoDB table is modified, this change should be sent to an external API. Which combination of steps should the developer perform to accomplish this task? (Select TWO.) A. Configure an AWS Lambda function to poll the stream and call the external API. B. Configure an event in Amazon EventBridge (Amazon CloudWatch Events) that publishes the change to an Amazon Managed Streaming for Apache Kafka (Amazon MSK) data stream. C. Create a trigger in the DynamoDB table to publish the change to an Amazon Kinesis data stream. D. Deliver the stream to an Amazon Simple Notification Service (Amazon SNS) topic and subscribe the API to the topic. E. Enable DynamoDB Streams on the table.
Answer: A. E. Notes: If you enable DynamoDB Streams on a table, you can associate the stream Amazon Resource Name (ARN) with an Lambda function that you write. Immediately after an item in the table is modified, a new record appears in the table’s stream. Lambda polls the stream and invokes your Lambda function synchronously when it detects new stream records. You can enable DynamoDB Streams on a table to create an event that invokes an AWS Lambda function. Reference: Tutorial: Process New Items with DynamoDB Streams and Lambda. Category: Monitoring
Q88: A company is migrating the create, read, update, and delete (CRUD) functionality of an existing Java web application to AWS Lambda. Which minimal code refactoring is necessary for the CRUD operations to run in the Lambda function? A. Implement a Lambda handler function. B. Import an AWS X-Ray package. C. Rewrite the application code in Python. D. Add a reference to the Lambda execution role.
Answer: A. Notes: Every Lambda function needs a Lambda-specific handler. Specifics of authoring vary between runtimes, but all runtimes share a common programming model that defines the interface between your code and the runtime code. You tell the runtime which method to run by defining a handler in the function configuration. The runtime runs that method. Next, the runtime passes in objects to the handler that contain the invocation event and context, such as the function name and request ID. Reference: Getting started with Lambda. Category: Refactoring
Q89: A company plans to use AWS log monitoring services to monitor an application that runs on premises. Currently, the application runs on a recent version of Ubuntu Server and outputs the logs to a local file. Which combination of steps should a developer perform to accomplish this goal? (Select TWO.) A. Update the application code to include calls to the agent API for log collection. B. Install the Amazon Elastic Container Service (Amazon ECS) container agent on the server. C. Install the unified Amazon CloudWatch agent on the server. D. Configure the long-term AWS credentials on the server to enable log collection by the agent. E. Attach an IAM role to the server to enable log collection by the agent.
Answer: C. D. Notes: The unified CloudWatch agent needs to be installed on the server. Ubuntu Server 18.04 is one of the many supported operating systems. When you install the unified CloudWatch agent on an on-premises server, you will specify a named profile that contains the credentials of the IAM user. Reference: Collecting metrics and logs from Amazon EC2 instances and on-premises servers with the CloudWatch agent. Category: Monitoring
Q90: A developer wants to monitor invocations of an AWS Lambda function by using Amazon CloudWatch Logs. The developer added a number of print statements to the function code that write the logging information to the stdout stream. After running the function, the developer does not see any log data being generated. Why does the log data NOT appear in the CloudWatch logs? A. The log data is not written to the stderr stream. B. Lambda function logging is not automatically enabled. C. The execution role for the Lambda function did not grant permissions to write log data to CloudWatch Logs. D. The Lambda function outputs the logs to an Amazon S3 bucket.
Answer: C. Notes: The function needs permission to call CloudWatch Logs. Update the execution role to grant the permission. You can use the managed policy of AWSLambdaBasicExecutionRole. Reference: Troubleshoot execution issues in Lambda. Category: Monitoting
Q91: Which of the following are best practices you should implement into ongoing deployments of your application? (Select THREE.)
A. Use stage variables to manage secrets across environments B. Create account-specific AWS SAM templates for each environment C. Use an AutoPublish alias D. Use traffic shifting with pre- and post-deployment hooks E. Test throughout the pipeline
Q92: You are handing off maintenance of your new serverless application to an incoming team lead. Which recommendations would you make? (Select THREE.)
A. Keep up to date with the quotas and payload sizes for each AWS service you are using
B. Analyze production access patterns to identify potential improvements
C. Design your services to extend their life as long as possible
D. Minimize changes to your production application
E. Compare the value of using the latest first-class integrations versus using Lambda between AWS services
Answer: A. B. D.
Notes: Keep up to date with the quotas and payload sizes for each AWS service you are using,
What is the AWS Certified Developer Associate Exam?
This AWS Certified Developer-Associate Examination is intended for individuals who perform a Developer role. It validates an examinee’s ability to:
Demonstrate an understanding of core AWS services, uses, and basic AWS architecture best practices
Demonstrate proficiency in developing, deploying, and debugging cloud-based applications by using AWS
Recommended general IT knowledge The target candidate should have the following: – In-depth knowledge of at least one high-level programming language – Understanding of application lifecycle management – The ability to write code for serverless applications – Understanding of the use of containers in the development process
Recommended AWS knowledge The target candidate should be able to do the following:
Use the AWS service APIs, CLI, and software development kits (SDKs) to write applications
Identify key features of AWS services
Understand the AWS shared responsibility model
Use a continuous integration and continuous delivery (CI/CD) pipeline to deploy applications on AWS
Use and interact with AWS services
Apply basic understanding of cloud-native applications to write code
Write code by using AWS security best practices (for example, use IAM roles instead of secret and access keys in the code)
Author, maintain, and debug code modules on AWS
What is considered out of scope for the target candidate? The following is a non-exhaustive list of related job tasks that the target candidate is not expected to be able to perform. These items are considered out of scope for the exam: – Design architectures (for example, distributed system, microservices) – Design and implement CI/CD pipelines
Administer IAM users and groups
Administer Amazon Elastic Container Service (Amazon ECS)
Design AWS networking infrastructure (for example, Amazon VPC, AWS Direct Connect)
Understand compliance and licensing
Exam content Response types There are two types of questions on the exam: – Multiple choice: Has one correct response and three incorrect responses (distractors) – Multiple response: Has two or more correct responses out of five or more response options Select one or more responses that best complete the statement or answer the question. Distractors, or incorrect answers, are response options that a candidate with incomplete knowledge or skill might choose. Distractors are generally plausible responses that match the content area. Unanswered questions are scored as incorrect; there is no penalty for guessing. The exam includes 50 questions that will affect your score.
Unscored content The exam includes 15 unscored questions that do not affect your score. AWS collects information about candidate performance on these unscored questions to evaluate these questions for future use as scored questions. These unscored questions are not identified on the exam.
Exam results The AWS Certified Developer – Associate (DVA-C01) exam is a pass or fail exam. The exam is scored against a minimum standard established by AWS professionals who follow certification industry best practices and guidelines. Your results for the exam are reported as a scaled score of 100–1,000. The minimum passing score is 720. Your score shows how you performed on the exam as a whole and whether you passed. Scaled scoring models help equate scores across multiple exam forms that might have slightly different difficulty levels. Your score report could contain a table of classifications of your performance at each section level. This information is intended to provide general feedback about your exam performance. The exam uses a compensatory scoring model, which means that you do not need to achieve a passing score in each section. You need to pass only the overall exam. Each section of the exam has a specific weighting, so some sections have more questions than other sections have. The table contains general information that highlights your strengths and weaknesses. Use caution when interpreting section-level feedback.
Content outline This exam guide includes weightings, test domains, and objectives for the exam. It is not a comprehensive listing of the content on the exam. However, additional context for each of the objectives is available to help guide your preparation for the exam. The following table lists the main content domains and their weightings. The table precedes the complete exam content outline, which includes the additional context. The percentage in each domain represents only scored content.
Domain 1: Deployment 22% Domain 2: Security 26% Domain 3: Development with AWS Services 30% Domain 4: Refactoring 10% Domain 5: Monitoring and Troubleshooting 12%
Domain 1: Deployment 1.1 Deploy written code in AWS using existing CI/CD pipelines, processes, and patterns. – Commit code to a repository and invoke build, test and/or deployment actions – Use labels and branches for version and release management – Use AWS CodePipeline to orchestrate workflows against different environments – Apply AWS CodeCommit, AWS CodeBuild, AWS CodePipeline, AWS CodeStar, and AWS CodeDeploy for CI/CD purposes – Perform a roll back plan based on application deployment policy
1.2 Deploy applications using AWS Elastic Beanstalk. – Utilize existing supported environments to define a new application stack – Package the application – Introduce a new application version into the Elastic Beanstalk environment – Utilize a deployment policy to deploy an application version (i.e., all at once, rolling, rolling with batch, immutable) – Validate application health using Elastic Beanstalk dashboard – Use Amazon CloudWatch Logs to instrument application logging
1.3 Prepare the application deployment package to be deployed to AWS. – Manage the dependencies of the code module (like environment variables, config files and static image files) within the package – Outline the package/container directory structure and organize files appropriately – Translate application resource requirements to AWS infrastructure parameters (e.g., memory, cores)
1.4 Deploy serverless applications. – Given a use case, implement and launch an AWS Serverless Application Model (AWS SAM) template – Manage environments in individual AWS services (e.g., Differentiate between Development, Test, and Production in Amazon API Gateway)
Domain 2: Security 2.1 Make authenticated calls to AWS services. – Communicate required policy based on least privileges required by application. – Assume an IAM role to access a service – Use the software development kit (SDK) credential provider on-premises or in the cloud to access AWS services (local credentials vs. instance roles)
2.2 Implement encryption using AWS services. – Encrypt data at rest (client side; server side; envelope encryption) using AWS services – Encrypt data in transit
2.3 Implement application authentication and authorization. – Add user sign-up and sign-in functionality for applications with Amazon Cognito identity or user pools – Use Amazon Cognito-provided credentials to write code that access AWS services. – Use Amazon Cognito sync to synchronize user profiles and data – Use developer-authenticated identities to interact between end user devices, backend authentication, and Amazon Cognito
Domain 3: Development with AWS Services 3.1 Write code for serverless applications. – Compare and contrast server-based vs. serverless model (e.g., micro services, stateless nature of serverless applications, scaling serverless applications, and decoupling layers of serverless applications) – Configure AWS Lambda functions by defining environment variables and parameters (e.g., memory, time out, runtime, handler) – Create an API endpoint using Amazon API Gateway – Create and test appropriate API actions like GET, POST using the API endpoint – Apply Amazon DynamoDB concepts (e.g., tables, items, and attributes) – Compute read/write capacity units for Amazon DynamoDB based on application requirements – Associate an AWS Lambda function with an AWS event source (e.g., Amazon API Gateway, Amazon CloudWatch event, Amazon S3 events, Amazon Kinesis) – Invoke an AWS Lambda function synchronously and asynchronously
3.2 Translate functional requirements into application design. – Determine real-time vs. batch processing for a given use case – Determine use of synchronous vs. asynchronous for a given use case – Determine use of event vs. schedule/poll for a given use case – Account for tradeoffs for consistency models in an application design
Domain 4: Refactoring 4.1 Optimize applications to best use AWS services and features. Implement AWS caching services to optimize performance (e.g., Amazon ElastiCache, Amazon API Gateway cache) Apply an Amazon S3 naming scheme for optimal read performance
4.2 Migrate existing application code to run on AWS. – Isolate dependencies – Run the application as one or more stateless processes – Develop in order to enable horizontal scalability – Externalize state
Domain 5: Monitoring and Troubleshooting
5.1 Write code that can be monitored. – Create custom Amazon CloudWatch metrics – Perform logging in a manner available to systems operators – Instrument application source code to enable tracing in AWS X-Ray
5.2 Perform root cause analysis on faults found in testing or production. – Interpret the outputs from the logging mechanism in AWS to identify errors in logs – Check build and testing history in AWS services (e.g., AWS CodeBuild, AWS CodeDeploy, AWS CodePipeline) to identify issues – Utilize AWS services (e.g., Amazon CloudWatch, VPC Flow Logs, and AWS X-Ray) to locate a specific faulty component
Which key tools, technologies, and concepts might be covered on the exam?
The following is a non-exhaustive list of the tools and technologies that could appear on the exam. This list is subject to change and is provided to help you understand the general scope of services, features, or technologies on the exam. The general tools and technologies in this list appear in no particular order. AWS services are grouped according to their primary functions. While some of these technologies will likely be covered more than others on the exam, the order and placement of them in this list is no indication of relative weight or importance: – Analytics – Application Integration – Containers – Cost and Capacity Management – Data Movement – Developer Tools – Instances (virtual machines) – Management and Governance – Networking and Content Delivery – Security – Serverless
Management and Governance: – AWS CloudFormation – Amazon CloudWatch
Networking and Content Delivery: – Amazon API Gateway – Amazon CloudFront – Elastic Load Balancing
Security, Identity, and Compliance: – Amazon Cognito – AWS Identity and Access Management (IAM) – AWS Key Management Service (AWS KMS)
Storage: – Amazon S3
Out-of-scope AWS services and features
The following is a non-exhaustive list of AWS services and features that are not covered on the exam. These services and features do not represent every AWS offering that is excluded from the exam content. Services or features that are entirely unrelated to the target job roles for the exam are excluded from this list because they are assumed to be irrelevant. Out-of-scope AWS services and features include the following: – AWS Application Discovery Service – Amazon AppStream 2.0 – Amazon Chime – Amazon Connect – AWS Database Migration Service (AWS DMS) – AWS Device Farm – Amazon Elastic Transcoder – Amazon GameLift – Amazon Lex – Amazon Machine Learning (Amazon ML) – AWS Managed Services – Amazon Mobile Analytics – Amazon Polly
– Amazon QuickSight – Amazon Rekognition – AWS Server Migration Service (AWS SMS) – AWS Service Catalog – AWS Shield Advanced – AWS Shield Standard – AWS Snow Family – AWS Storage Gateway – AWS WAF – Amazon WorkMail – Amazon WorkSpaces
To succeed with the real exam, do not memorize the answers below. It is very important that you understand why a question is right or wrong and the concepts behind it by carefully reading the reference documents in the answers.
AWS Certified Developer – Associate Practice Questions And Answers Dump
Q0: Your application reads commands from an SQS queue and sends them to web services hosted by your partners. When a partner’s endpoint goes down, your application continually returns their commands to the queue. The repeated attempts to deliver these commands use up resources. Commands that can’t be delivered must not be lost. How can you accommodate the partners’ broken web services without wasting your resources?
A. Create a delay queue and set DelaySeconds to 30 seconds
B. Requeue the message with a VisibilityTimeout of 30 seconds.
C. Create a dead letter queue and set the Maximum Receives to 3.
D. Requeue the message with a DelaySeconds of 30 seconds.
C. After a message is taken from the queue and returned for the maximum number of retries, it is automatically sent to a dead letter queue, if one has been configured. It stays there until you retrieve it for forensic purposes.
Q1: A developer is writing an application that will store data in a DynamoDB table. The ratio of reads operations to write operations will be 1000 to 1, with the same data being accessed frequently. What should the Developer enable on the DynamoDB table to optimize performance and minimize costs?
A. Amazon DynamoDB auto scaling
B. Amazon DynamoDB cross-region replication
C. Amazon DynamoDB Streams
D. Amazon DynamoDB Accelerator
D. The AWS Documentation mentions the following:
DAX is a DynamoDB-compatible caching service that enables you to benefit from fast in-memory performance for demanding applications. DAX addresses three core scenarios
As an in-memory cache, DAX reduces the response times of eventually-consistent read workloads by an order of magnitude, from single-digit milliseconds to microseconds.
DAX reduces operational and application complexity by providing a managed service that is API-compatible with Amazon DynamoDB, and thus requires only minimal functional changes to use with an existing application.
For read-heavy or bursty workloads, DAX provides increased throughput and potential operational cost savings by reducing the need to over-provision read capacity units. This is especially beneficial for applications that require repeated reads for individual keys.
Q2: You are creating a DynamoDB table with the following attributes:
PurchaseOrderNumber (partition key)
CustomerID
PurchaseDate
TotalPurchaseValue
One of your applications must retrieve items from the table to calculate the total value of purchases for a particular customer over a date range. What secondary index do you need to add to the table?
A. Local secondary index with a partition key of CustomerID and sort key of PurchaseDate; project the TotalPurchaseValue attribute
B. Local secondary index with a partition key of PurchaseDate and sort key of CustomerID; project the TotalPurchaseValue attribute
C. Global secondary index with a partition key of CustomerID and sort key of PurchaseDate; project the TotalPurchaseValue attribute
D. Global secondary index with a partition key of PurchaseDate and sort key of CustomerID; project the TotalPurchaseValue attribute
C. The query is for a particular CustomerID, so a Global Secondary Index is needed for a different partition key. To retrieve only the desired date range, the PurchaseDate must be the sort key. Projecting the TotalPurchaseValue into the index provides all the data needed to satisfy the use case.
Global secondary index — an index with a hash and range key that can be different from those on the table. A global secondary index is considered “global” because queries on the index can span all of the data in a table, across all partitions.
Local secondary index — an index that has the same hash key as the table, but a different range key. A local secondary index is “local” in the sense that every partition of a local secondary index is scoped to a table partition that has the same hash key.
Local Secondary Indexes still rely on the original Hash Key. When you supply a table with hash+range, think about the LSI as hash+range1, hash+range2.. hash+range6. You get 5 more range attributes to query on. Also, there is only one provisioned throughput.
Global Secondary Indexes defines a new paradigm – different hash/range keys per index. This breaks the original usage of one hash key per table. This is also why when defining GSI you are required to add a provisioned throughput per index and pay for it.
Local Secondary Indexes can only be created when you are creating the table, there is no way to add Local Secondary Index to an existing table, also once you create the index you cannot delete it.
Global Secondary Indexes can be created when you create the table and added to an existing table, deleting an existing Global Secondary Index is also allowed.
Throughput :
Local Secondary Indexes consume throughput from the table. When you query records via the local index, the operation consumes read capacity units from the table. When you perform a write operation (create, update, delete) in a table that has a local index, there will be two write operations, one for the table another for the index. Both operations will consume write capacity units from the table.
Global Secondary Indexes have their own provisioned throughput, when you query the index the operation will consume read capacity from the index, when you perform a write operation (create, update, delete) in a table that has a global index, there will be two write operations, one for the table another for the index*.
The Cloud is the future: Get Certified now. The AWS Certified Solution Architect Average Salary is: US $149,446/year. Get Certified with the App below:
Q5: Lambda allows you to upload code and dependencies for function packages:
A. Only from a directly uploaded zip file
B. Only via SFTP
C. Only from a zip file in AWS S3
D. From a zip file in AWS S3 or uploaded directly from elsewhere
The Cloud is the future: Get Certified now. The AWS Certified Solution Architect Average Salary is: US $149,446/year. Get Certified with the App below:
Q7: You are attempting to SSH into an EC2 instance that is located in a public subnet. However, you are currently receiving a timeout error trying to connect. What could be a possible cause of this connection issue?
A. The security group associated with the EC2 instance has an inbound rule that allows SSH traffic, but does not have an outbound rule that allows SSH traffic.
B. The security group associated with the EC2 instance has an inbound rule that allows SSH traffic AND has an outbound rule that explicitly denies SSH traffic.
C. The security group associated with the EC2 instance has an inbound rule that allows SSH traffic AND the associated NACL has both an inbound and outbound rule that allows SSH traffic.
D. The security group associated with the EC2 instance does not have an inbound rule that allows SSH traffic AND the associated NACL does not have an outbound rule that allows SSH traffic.
D. Security groups are stateful, so you do NOT have to have an explicit outbound rule for return requests. However, NACLs are stateless so you MUST have an explicit outbound rule configured for return request.
Q8: You have instances inside private subnets and a properly configured bastion host instance in a public subnet. None of the instances in the private subnets have a public or Elastic IP address. How can you connect an instance in the private subnet to the open internet to download system updates?
A. Create and assign EIP to each instance
B. Create and attach a second IGW to the VPC.
C. Create and utilize a NAT Gateway
D. Connect to a VPN
C. You can use a network address translation (NAT) gateway in a public subnet in your VPC to enable instances in the private subnet to initiate outbound traffic to the Internet, but prevent the instances from receiving inbound traffic initiated by someone on the Internet.
Q9: What feature of VPC networking should you utilize if you want to create “elasticity” in your application’s architecture?
A. Security Groups
B. Route Tables
C. Elastic Load Balancer
D. Auto Scaling
D. Auto scaling is designed specifically with elasticity in mind. Auto scaling allows for the increase and decrease of compute power based on demand, thus creating elasticity in the architecture.
Q11: You’re writing a script with an AWS SDK that uses the AWS API Actions and want to create AMIs for non-EBS backed AMIs for you. Which API call should occurs in the final process of creating an AMI?
A. RegisterImage
B. CreateImage
C. ami-register-image
D. ami-create-image
A. It is actually – RegisterImage. All AWS API Actions will follow the capitalization like this and don’t have hyphens in them.
Q12: When dealing with session state in EC2-based applications using Elastic load balancers which option is generally thought of as the best practice for managing user sessions?
A. Having the ELB distribute traffic to all EC2 instances and then having the instance check a caching solution like ElastiCache running Redis or Memcached for session information
B. Permenantly assigning users to specific instances and always routing their traffic to those instances
C. Using Application-generated cookies to tie a user session to a particular instance for the cookie duration
D. Using Elastic Load Balancer generated cookies to tie a user session to a particular instance
Q14: What is one key difference between an Amazon EBS-backed and an instance-store backed instance?
A. Autoscaling requires using Amazon EBS-backed instances
B. Virtual Private Cloud requires EBS backed instances
C. Amazon EBS-backed instances can be stopped and restarted without losing data
D. Instance-store backed instances can be stopped and restarted without losing data
The Cloud is the future: Get Certified now. The AWS Certified Solution Architect Average Salary is: US $149,446/year. Get Certified with the App below:
C. Instance-store backed images use “ephemeral” storage (temporary). The storage is only available during the life of an instance. Rebooting an instance will allow ephemeral data stay persistent. However, stopping and starting an instance will remove all ephemeral storage.
Q15: After having created a new Linux instance on Amazon EC2, and downloaded the .pem file (called Toto.pem) you try and SSH into your IP address (54.1.132.33) using the following command. ssh -i my_key.pem ec2-user@52.2.222.22 However you receive the following error. @@@@@@@@ WARNING: UNPROTECTED PRIVATE KEY FILE! @ @@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@ What is the most probable reason for this and how can you fix it?
A. You do not have root access on your terminal and need to use the sudo option for this to work.
B. You do not have enough permissions to perform the operation.
C. Your key file is encrypted. You need to use the -u option for unencrypted not the -i option.
D. Your key file must not be publicly viewable for SSH to work. You need to modify your .pem file to limit permissions.
D. You need to run something like: chmod 400 my_key.pem
Q16: You have an EBS root device on /dev/sda1 on one of your EC2 instances. You are having trouble with this particular instance and you need to either Stop/Start, Reboot or Terminate the instance but you do NOT want to lose any data that you have stored on /dev/sda1. However, you are unsure if changing the instance state in any of the aforementioned ways will cause you to lose data stored on the EBS volume. Which of the below statements best describes the effect each change of instance state would have on the data you have stored on /dev/sda1?
A. Whether you stop/start, reboot or terminate the instance it does not matter because data on an EBS volume is not ephemeral and the data will not be lost regardless of what method is used.
B. If you stop/start the instance the data will not be lost. However if you either terminate or reboot the instance the data will be lost.
C. Whether you stop/start, reboot or terminate the instance it does not matter because data on an EBS volume is ephemeral and it will be lost no matter what method is used.
D. The data will be lost if you terminate the instance, however the data will remain on /dev/sda1 if you reboot or stop/start the instance because data on an EBS volume is not ephemeral.
D. The question states that an EBS-backed root device is mounted at /dev/sda1, and EBS volumes maintain information regardless of the instance state. If it was instance store, this would be a different answer.
Q17: EC2 instances are launched from Amazon Machine Images (AMIs). A given public AMI:
A. Can only be used to launch EC2 instances in the same AWS availability zone as the AMI is stored
B. Can only be used to launch EC2 instances in the same country as the AMI is stored
C. Can only be used to launch EC2 instances in the same AWS region as the AMI is stored
D. Can be used to launch EC2 instances in any AWS region
C. AMIs are only available in the region they are created. Even in the case of the AWS-provided AMIs, AWS has actually copied the AMIs for you to different regions. You cannot access an AMI from one region in another region. However, you can copy an AMI from one region to another
Q18: Which of the following statements is true about the Elastic File System (EFS)?
A. EFS can scale out to meet capacity requirements and scale back down when no longer needed
B. EFS can be used by multiple EC2 instances simultaneously
C. EFS cannot be used by an instance using EBS
D. EFS can be configured on an instance before launch just like an IAM role or EBS volumes
The Cloud is the future: Get Certified now. The AWS Certified Solution Architect Average Salary is: US $149,446/year. Get Certified with the App below:
The Cloud is the future: Get Certified now. The AWS Certified Solution Architect Average Salary is: US $149,446/year. Get Certified with the App below:
A. The ability to create custom permission policies.
B. Assigning IAM permission policies to more than one user at a time.
C. Easier user/policy management.
D. Allowing EC2 instances to gain access to S3.
B. and C.
A. is incorrect: This is a benefit of IAM generally or a benefit of IAM policies. But IAM groups don’t create policies, they have policies attached to them.
Q22: What should the Developer enable on the DynamoDB table to optimize performance and minimize costs?
A. Amazon DynamoDB auto scaling
B. Amazon DynamoDB cross-region replication
C. Amazon DynamoDB Streams
D. Amazon DynamoDB Accelerator
D. DAX is a DynamoDB-compatible caching service that enables you to benefit from fast in-memory performance for demanding applications. DAX addresses three core scenarios:
As an in-memory cache, DAX reduces the response times of eventually-consistent read workloads by an order of magnitude, from single-digit milliseconds to microseconds.
DAX reduces operational and application complexity by providing a managed service that is API-compatible with Amazon DynamoDB, and thus requires only minimal functional changes to use with an existing application.
For read-heavy or bursty workloads, DAX provides increased throughput and potential operational cost savings by reducing the need to over-provision read capacity units. This is especially beneficial for applications that require repeated reads for individual keys.
Q23: A Developer has been asked to create an AWS Elastic Beanstalk environment for a production web application which needs to handle thousands of requests. Currently the dev environment is running on a t1 micro instance. How can the Developer change the EC2 instance type to m4.large?
A. Use CloudFormation to migrate the Amazon EC2 instance type of the environment from t1 micro to m4.large.
B. Create a saved configuration file in Amazon S3 with the instance type as m4.large and use the same during environment creation.
C. Change the instance type to m4.large in the configuration details page of the Create New Environment page.
D. Change the instance type value for the environment to m4.large by using update autoscaling group CLI command.
B. The Elastic Beanstalk console and EB CLI set configuration options when you create an environment. You can also set configuration options in saved configurations and configuration files. If the same option is set in multiple locations, the value used is determined by the order of precedence. Configuration option settings can be composed in text format and saved prior to environment creation, applied during environment creation using any supported client, and added, modified or removed after environment creation. During environment creation, configuration options are applied from multiple sources with the following precedence, from highest to lowest:
Settings applied directly to the environment – Settings specified during a create environment or update environment operation on the Elastic Beanstalk API by any client, including the AWS Management Console, EB CLI, AWS CLI, and SDKs. The AWS Management Console and EB CLI also applyrecommended values for some options that apply at this level unless overridden.
Saved Configurations– Settings for any options that are not applied directly to the environment are loaded from a saved configuration, if specified.
Configuration Files (.ebextensions)– Settings for any options that are not applied directly to the environment, and also not specified in a saved configuration, are loaded from configuration files in the .ebextensions folder at the root of the application source bundle.
Configuration files are executed in alphabetical order. For example,.ebextensions/01run.configis executed before.ebextensions/02do.config.
Default Values– If a configuration option has a default value, it only applies when the option is not set at any of the above levels.
If the same configuration option is defined in more than one location, the setting with the highest precedence is applied. When a setting is applied from a saved configuration or settings applied directly to the environment, the setting is stored as part of the environment’s configuration. These settings can be removed with the AWS CLI or with the EB CLI . Settings in configuration files are not applied directly to the environment and cannot be removed without modifying the configuration files and deploying a new application version.If a setting applied with one of the other methods is removed, the same setting will be loaded from configuration files in the source bundle.
Q24: What statements are true about Availability Zones (AZs) and Regions?
A. There is only one AZ in each AWS Region
B. AZs are geographically separated inside a region to help protect against natural disasters affecting more than one at a time.
C. AZs can be moved between AWS Regions based on your needs
D. There are (almost always) two or more AZs in each AWS Region
The Cloud is the future: Get Certified now. The AWS Certified Solution Architect Average Salary is: US $149,446/year. Get Certified with the App below:
Q26: Which read request in DynamoDB returns a response with the most up-to-date data, reflecting the updates from all prior write operations that were successful?
A. Eventual Consistent Reads
B. Conditional reads for Consistency
C. Strongly Consistent Reads
D. Not possible
C. This is provided very clearly in the AWS documentation as shown below with regards to the read consistency for DynamoDB. Only in Strong Read consistency can you be guaranteed that you get the write read value after all the writes are completed.
Q27: You’ ve been asked to move an existing development environment on the AWS Cloud. This environment consists mainly of Docker based containers. You need to ensure that minimum effort is taken during the migration process. Which of the following step would you consider for this requirement?
A. Create an Opswork stack and deploy the Docker containers
B. Create an application and Environment for the Docker containers in the Elastic Beanstalk service
C. Create an EC2 Instance. Install Docker and deploy the necessary containers.
D. Create an EC2 Instance. Install Docker and deploy the necessary containers. Add an Autoscaling Group for scalability of the containers.
B. The Elastic Beanstalk service is the ideal service to quickly provision development environments. You can also create environments which can be used to host Docker based containers.
Q28: You’ve written an application that uploads objects onto an S3 bucket. The size of the object varies between 200 – 500 MB. You’ve seen that the application sometimes takes a longer than expected time to upload the object. You want to improve the performance of the application. Which of the following would you consider?
A. Create multiple threads and upload the objects in the multiple threads
B. Write the items in batches for better performance
C. Use the Multipart upload API
D. Enable versioning on the Bucket
The Cloud is the future: Get Certified now. The AWS Certified Solution Architect Average Salary is: US $149,446/year. Get Certified with the App below:
C. All other options are invalid since the best way to handle large object uploads to the S3 service is to use the Multipart upload API. The Multipart upload API enables you to upload large objects in parts. You can use this API to upload new large objects or make a copy of an existing object. Multipart uploading is a three-step process: You initiate the upload, you upload the object parts, and after you have uploaded all the parts, you complete the multipart upload. Upon receiving the complete multipart upload request, Amazon S3 constructs the object from the uploaded parts, and you can then access the object just as you would any other object in your bucket.
Q29: A security system monitors 600 cameras, saving image metadata every 1 minute to an Amazon DynamoDb table. Each sample involves 1kb of data, and the data writes are evenly distributed over time. How much write throughput is required for the target table?
A. 6000
B. 10
C. 3600
D. 600
The Cloud is the future: Get Certified now. The AWS Certified Solution Architect Average Salary is: US $149,446/year. Get Certified with the App below:
B. When you mention the write capacity of a table in Dynamo DB, you mention it as the number of 1KB writes per second. So in the above question, since the write is happening every minute, we need to divide the value of 600 by 60, to get the number of KB writes per second. This gives a value of 10.
You can specify the Write capacity in the Capacity tab of the DynamoDB table.
Q33: You have instances inside private subnets and a properly configured bastion host instance in a public subnet. None of the instances in the private subnets have a public or Elastic IP address. How can you connect an instance in the private subnet to the open internet to download system updates?
A. Create and assign EIP to each instance
B. Create and attach a second IGW to the VPC.
C. Create and utilize a NAT Gateway
D. Connect to a VPN
C. You can use a network address translation (NAT) gateway in a public subnet in your VPC to enable instances in the private subnet to initiate outbound traffic to the Internet, but prevent the instances from receiving inbound traffic initiated by someone on the Internet. Reference: AWS Network Address Translation Gateway
Q34: What feature of VPC networking should you utilize if you want to create “elasticity” in your application’s architecture?
A. Security Groups
B. Route Tables
C. Elastic Load Balancer
D. Auto Scaling
D. Auto scaling is designed specifically with elasticity in mind. Auto scaling allows for the increase and decrease of compute power based on demand, thus creating elasticity in the architecture. Reference: AWS Autoscalling
Q31: An organization is using an Amazon ElastiCache cluster in front of their Amazon RDS instance. The organization would like the Developer to implement logic into the code so that the cluster only retrieves data from RDS when there is a cache miss. What strategy can the Developer implement to achieve this?
A. Lazy loading
B. Write-through
C. Error retries
D. Exponential backoff
Answer:
Answer – A Whenever your application requests data, it first makes the request to the ElastiCache cache. If the data exists in the cache and is current, ElastiCache returns the data to your application. If the data does not exist in the cache, or the data in the cache has expired, your application requests data from your data store which returns the data to your application. Your application then writes the data received from the store to the cache so it can be more quickly retrieved next time it is requested. All other options are incorrect. Reference: Caching Strategies
Q32: A developer is writing an application that will run on Ec2 instances and read messages from SQS queue. The nessages will arrive every 15-60 seconds. How should the Developer efficiently query the queue for new messages?
A. Use long polling
B. Set a custom visibility timeout
C. Use short polling
D. Implement exponential backoff
Answer – A Long polling will help insure that the applications make less requests for messages in a shorter period of time. This is more cost effective. Since the messages are only going to be available after 15 seconds and we don’t know exacly when they would be available, it is better to use Long Polling. Reference: Amazon SQS Long Polling
Q33: You are using AWS SAM to define a Lambda function and configure CodeDeploy to manage deployment patterns. With new Lambda function working as per expectation which of the following will shift traffic from original Lambda function to new Lambda function in the shortest time frame?
A. Canary10Percent5Minutes
B. Linear10PercentEvery10Minutes
C. Canary10Percent15Minutes
D. Linear10PercentEvery1Minute
Answer – A With Canary Deployment Preference type, Traffic is shifted in two intervals. With Canary10Percent5Minutes, 10 percent of traffic is shifted in the first interval while remaining all traffic is shifted after 5 minutes. Reference: Gradual Code Deployment
Q34: You are using AWS SAM templates to deploy a serverless application. Which of the following resource will embed application from Amazon S3 buckets?
A. AWS::Serverless::Api
B. AWS::Serverless::Application
C. AWS::Serverless::Layerversion
D. AWS::Serverless::Function
Answer – B AWS::Serverless::Application resource in AWS SAm template is used to embed application frm Amazon S3 buckets. Reference: Declaring Serverless Resources
Q35: You are using AWS Envelope Encryption for encrypting all sensitive data. Which of the followings is True with regards to Envelope Encryption?
A. Data is encrypted be encrypting Data key which is further encrypted using encrypted Master Key.
B. Data is encrypted by plaintext Data key which is further encrypted using encrypted Master Key.
C. Data is encrypted by encrypted Data key which is further encrypted using plaintext Master Key.
D. Data is encrypted by plaintext Data key which is further encrypted using plaintext Master Key.
Answer – D With Envelope Encryption, unencrypted data is encrypted using plaintext Data key. This Data is further encrypted using plaintext Master key. This plaintext Master key is securely stored in AWS KMS & known as Customer Master Keys. Reference: AWS Key Management Service Concepts
Q36: You are developing an application that will be comprised of the following architecture –
A set of Ec2 instances to process the videos.
These (Ec2 instances) will be spun up by an autoscaling group.
SQS Queues to maintain the processing messages.
There will be 2 pricing tiers.
How will you ensure that the premium customers videos are given more preference?
A. Create 2 Autoscaling Groups, one for normal and one for premium customers
B. Create 2 set of Ec2 Instances, one for normal and one for premium customers
C. Create 2 SQS queus, one for normal and one for premium customers
D. Create 2 Elastic Load Balancers, one for normal and one for premium customers.
Answer – C The ideal option would be to create 2 SQS queues. Messages can then be processed by the application from the high priority queue first.<br? The other options are not the ideal options. They would lead to extra costs and also extra maintenance. Reference: SQS
Q37: You are developing an application that will interact with a DynamoDB table. The table is going to take in a lot of read and write operations. Which of the following would be the ideal partition key for the DynamoDB table to ensure ideal performance?
A. CustomerID
B. CustomerName
C. Location
D. Age
Answer- A Use high-cardinality attributes. These are attributes that have distinct values for each item, like e-mailid, employee_no, customerid, sessionid, orderid, and so on.. Use composite attributes. Try to combine more than one attribute to form a unique key. Reference: Choosing the right DynamoDB Partition Key
Q38: A developer is making use of AWS services to develop an application. He has been asked to develop the application in a manner to compensate any network delays. Which of the following two mechanisms should he implement in the application?
A. Multiple SQS queues
B. Exponential backoff algorithm
C. Retries in your application code
D. Consider using the Java sdk.
Answer- B. and C. In addition to simple retries, each AWS SDK implements exponential backoff algorithm for better flow control. The idea behind exponential backoff is to use progressively longer waits between retries for consecutive error responses. You should implement a maximum delay interval, as well as a maximum number of retries. The maximum delay interval and maximum number of retries are not necessarily fixed values, and should be set based on the operation being performed, as well as other local factors, such as network latency. Reference: Error Retries and Exponential Backoff in AWS
Q39: An application is being developed that is going to write data to a DynamoDB table. You have to setup the read and write throughput for the table. Data is going to be read at the rate of 300 items every 30 seconds. Each item is of size 6KB. The reads can be eventual consistent reads. What should be the read capacity that needs to be set on the table?
A. 10
B. 20
C. 6
D. 30
Answer – A
Since there are 300 items read every 30 seconds , that means there are (300/30) = 10 items read every second. Since each item is 6KB in size , that means , 2 reads will be required for each item. So we have total of 2*10 = 20 reads for the number of items per second Since eventual consistency is required , we can divide the number of reads(20) by 2 , and in the end we get the Read Capacity of 10.
Q40: You are in charge of deploying an application that will be hosted on an EC2 Instance and sit behind an Elastic Load balancer. You have been requested to monitor the incoming connections to the Elastic Load Balancer. Which of the below options can suffice this requirement?
A. Use AWS CloudTrail with your load balancer
B. Enable access logs on the load balancer
C. Use a CloudWatch Logs Agent
D. Create a custom metric CloudWatch lter on your load balancer
Answer – B Elastic Load Balancing provides access logs that capture detailed information about requests sent to your load balancer. Each log contains information such as the time the request was received, the client’s IP address, latencies, request paths, and server responses. You can use these access logs to analyze traffic patterns and troubleshoot issues. Reference: Access Logs for Your Application Load Balancer
Q41: A static web site has been hosted on a bucket and is now being accessed by users. One of the web pages javascript section has been changed to access data which is hosted in another S3 bucket. Now that same web page is no longer loading in the browser. Which of the following can help alleviate the error?
A. Enable versioning for the underlying S3 bucket.
B. Enable Replication so that the objects get replicated to the other bucket
C. Enable CORS for the bucket
D. Change the Bucket policy for the bucket to allow access from the other bucket
Answer – C
Cross-origin resource sharing (CORS) defines a way for client web applications that are loaded in one domain to interact with resources in a different domain. With CORS support, you can build rich client-side web applications with Amazon S3 and selectively allow cross-origin access to your Amazon S3 resources.
Cross-Origin Resource Sharing: Use-case Scenarios The following are example scenarios for using CORS:
Scenario 1: Suppose that you are hosting a website in an Amazon S3 bucket named website as described in Hosting a Static Website on Amazon S3. Your users load the website endpoint http://website.s3-website-us-east-1.amazonaws.com. Now you want to use JavaScript on the webpages that are stored in this bucket to be able to make authenticated GET and PUT requests against the same bucket by using the Amazon S3 API endpoint for the bucket, website.s3.amazonaws.com. A browser would normally block JavaScript from allowing those requests, but with CORS you can configure your bucket to explicitly enable cross-origin requests from website.s3-website-us-east-1.amazonaws.com.
Scenario 2: Suppose that you want to host a web font from your S3 bucket. Again, browsers require a CORS check (also called a preight check) for loading web fonts. You would configure the bucket that is hosting the web font to allow any origin to make these requests.
Q42: Your mobile application includes a photo-sharing service that is expecting tens of thousands of users at launch. You will leverage Amazon Simple Storage Service (S3) for storage of the user Images, and you must decide how to authenticate and authorize your users for access to these images. You also need to manage the storage of these images. Which two of the following approaches should you use? Choose two answers from the options below
A. Create an Amazon S3 bucket per user, and use your application to generate the S3 URL for the appropriate content.
B. Use AWS Identity and Access Management (IAM) user accounts as your application-level user database, and offload the burden of authentication from your application code.
C. Authenticate your users at the application level, and use AWS Security Token Service (STS)to grant token-based authorization to S3 objects.
D. Authenticate your users at the application level, and send an SMS token message to the user. Create an Amazon S3 bucket with the same name as the SMS message token, and move the user’s objects to that bucket.
Answer- C The AWS Security Token Service (STS) is a web service that enables you to request temporary, limited-privilege credentials for AWS Identity and Access Management (IAM) users or for users that you authenticate (federated users). The token can then be used to grant access to the objects in S3. You can then provides access to the objects based on the key values generated via the user id.
Q43: Your current log analysis application takes more than four hours to generate a report of the top 10 users of your web application. You have been asked to implement a system that can report this information in real time, ensure that the report is always up to date, and handle increases in the number of requests to your web application. Choose the option that is cost-effective and can fulfill the requirements.
A. Publish your data to CloudWatch Logs, and congure your application to Autoscale to handle the load on demand.
B. Publish your log data to an Amazon S3 bucket. Use AWS CloudFormation to create an Auto Scaling group to scale your post-processing application which is congured to pull down your log les stored an Amazon S3
C. Post your log data to an Amazon Kinesis data stream, and subscribe your log-processing application so that is congured to process your logging data.
D. Create a multi-AZ Amazon RDS MySQL cluster, post the logging data to MySQL, and run a map reduce job to retrieve the required information on user counts.
Answer:
Answer – C Amazon Kinesis makes it easy to collect, process, and analyze real-time, streaming data so you can get timely insights and react quickly to new information. Amazon Kinesis offers key capabilities to cost effectively process streaming data at any scale, along with the flexibility to choose the tools that best suit the requirements of your application. With Amazon Kinesis, you can ingest real-time data such as application logs, website clickstreams, IoT telemetry data, and more into your databases, data lakes and data warehouses, or build your own real-time applications using this data. Reference: Amazon Kinesis
Q44: You’ve been instructed to develop a mobile application that will make use of AWS services. You need to decide on a data store to store the user sessions. Which of the following would be an ideal data store for session management?
A. AWS Simple Storage Service
B. AWS DynamoDB
C. AWS RDS
D. AWS Redshift
Answer:
Answer – B DynamoDB is a alternative solution which can be used for storage of session management. The latency of access to data is less , hence this can be used as a data store for session management Reference: Scalable Session Handling in PHP Using Amazon DynamoDB
Q45: Your application currently interacts with a DynamoDB table. Records are inserted into the table via the application. There is now a requirement to ensure that whenever items are updated in the DynamoDB primary table , another record is inserted into a secondary table. Which of the below feature should be used when developing such a solution?
A. AWS DynamoDB Encryption
B. AWS DynamoDB Streams
C. AWS DynamoDB Accelerator
D. AWSTable Accelerator
Answer – B DynamoDB Streams Use Cases and Design Patterns This post describes some common use cases you might encounter, along with their design options and solutions, when migrating data from relational data stores to Amazon DynamoDB. We will consider how to manage the following scenarios:
How do you set up a relationship across multiple tables in which, based on the value of an item from one table, you update the item in a second table?
How do you trigger an event based on a particular transaction?
How do you audit or archive transactions?
How do you replicate data across multiple tables (similar to that of materialized views/streams/replication in relational data stores)?
Relational databases provide native support for transactions, triggers, auditing, and replication. Typically, a transaction in a database refers to performing create, read, update, and delete (CRUD) operations against multiple tables in a block. A transaction can have only two states—success or failure. In other words, there is no partial completion. As a NoSQL database, DynamoDB is not designed to support transactions. Although client-side libraries are available to mimic the transaction capabilities, they are not scalable and cost-effective. For example, the Java Transaction Library for DynamoDB creates 7N+4 additional writes for every write operation. This is partly because the library holds metadata to manage the transactions to ensure that it’s consistent and can be rolled back before commit. You can use DynamoDB Streams to address all these use cases. DynamoDB Streams is a powerful service that you can combine with other AWS services to solve many similar problems. When enabled, DynamoDB Streams captures a time-ordered sequence of item-level modifications in a DynamoDB table and durably stores the information for up to 24 hours. Applications can access a series of stream records, which contain an item change, from a DynamoDB stream in near real time. AWS maintains separate endpoints for DynamoDB and DynamoDB Streams. To work with database tables and indexes, your application must access a DynamoDB endpoint. To read and process DynamoDB Streams records, your application must access a DynamoDB Streams endpoint in the same Region. All of the other options are incorrect since none of these would meet the core requirement. Reference: DynamoDB Streams Use Cases and Design Patterns
Q46: An application has been making use of AWS DynamoDB for its back-end data store. The size of the table has now grown to 20 GB , and the scans on the table are causing throttling errors. Which of the following should now be implemented to avoid such errors?
A. Large Page size
B. Reduced page size
C. Parallel Scans
D. Sequential scans
Answer – B When you scan your table in Amazon DynamoDB, you should follow the DynamoDB best practices for avoiding sudden bursts of read activity. You can use the following technique to minimize the impact of a scan on a table’s provisioned throughput. Reduce page size Because a Scan operation reads an entire page (by default, 1 MB), you can reduce the impact of the scan operation by setting a smaller page size. The Scan operation provides a Limit parameter that you can use to set the page size for your request. Each Query or Scan request that has a smaller page size uses fewer read operations and creates a “pause” between each request. For example, suppose that each item is 4 KB and you set the page size to 40 items. A Query request would then consume only 20 eventually consistent read operations or 40 strongly consistent read operations. A larger number of smaller Query or Scan operations would allow your other critical requests to succeed without throttling. Reference1: Rate-Limited Scans in Amazon DynamoDB
Q47: Which of the following is correct way of passing a stage variable to an HTTP URL ? (Select TWO.)
A. http://example.com/${}/prod
B. http://example.com/${stageVariables.}/prod
C. http://${stageVariables.}.example.com/dev/operation
D. http://${stageVariables}.example.com/dev/operation
E. http://${}.example.com/dev/operation
F. http://example.com/${stageVariables}/prod
Answer – B. and C. A stage variable can be used as part of HTTP integration URL as in following cases, · A full URI without protocol · A full domain · A subdomain · A path · A query string In the above case , option B & C displays stage variable as a path & sub-domain. Reference: Amazon API Gateway Stage Variables Reference
Q48: Your company is planning on creating new development environments in AWS. They want to make use of their existing Chef recipes which they use for their on-premise configuration for servers in AWS. Which of the following service would be ideal to use in this regard?
A. AWS Elastic Beanstalk
B. AWS OpsWork
C. AWS Cloudformation
D. AWS SQS
Answer – B AWS OpsWorks is a configuration management service that provides managed instances of Chef and Puppet. Chef and Puppet are automation platforms that allow you to use code to automate the configurations of your servers. OpsWorks lets you use Chef and Puppet to automate how servers are configured, deployed, and managed across your Amazon EC2 instances or on-premises compute environments All other options are invalid since they cannot be used to work with Chef recipes for configuration management. Reference: AWS OpsWorks
Q49: Your company has developed a web application and is hosting it in an Amazon S3 bucket configured for static website hosting. The users can log in to this app using their Google/Facebook login accounts. The application is using the AWS SDK for JavaScript in the browser to access data stored in an Amazon DynamoDB table. How can you ensure that API keys for access to your data in DynamoDB are kept secure?
A. Create an Amazon S3 role in IAM with access to the specific DynamoDB tables, and assign it to the bucket hosting your website
B. Configure S3 bucket tags with your AWS access keys for your bucket hosing your website so that the application can query them for access.
C. Configure a web identity federation role within IAM to enable access to the correct DynamoDB resources and retrieve temporary credentials
D. Store AWS keys in global variables within your application and configure the application to use these credentials when making requests.
Answer – C With web identity federation, you don’t need to create custom sign-in code or manage your own user identities. Instead, users of your app can sign in using a well-known identity provider (IdP) —such as Login with Amazon, Facebook, Google, or any other OpenID Connect (OIDC)-compatible IdP, receive an authentication token, and then exchange that token for temporary security credentials in AWS that map to an IAM role with permissions to use the resources in your AWS account. Using an IdP helps you keep your AWS account secure, because you don’t have to embed and distribute long-term security credentials with your application. Option A is invalid since Roles cannot be assigned to S3 buckets Options B and D are invalid since the AWS Access keys should not be used Reference: About Web Identity Federation
Q50: Your application currently makes use of AWS Cognito for managing user identities. You want to analyze the information that is stored in AWS Cognito for your application. Which of the following features of AWS Cognito should you use for this purpose?
A. Cognito Data
B. Cognito Events
C. Cognito Streams
D. Cognito Callbacks
Answer – C Amazon Cognito Streams gives developers control and insight into their data stored in Amazon Cognito. Developers can now configure a Kinesis stream to receive events as data is updated and synchronized. Amazon Cognito can push each dataset change to a Kinesis stream you own in real time. All other options are invalid since you should use Cognito Streams Reference:
Q51: You’ve developed a set of scripts using AWS Lambda. These scripts need to access EC2 Instances in a VPC. Which of the following needs to be done to ensure that the AWS Lambda function can access the resources in the VPC. Choose 2 answers from the options given below
A. Ensure that the subnet ID’s are mentioned when conguring the Lambda function
B. Ensure that the NACL ID’s are mentioned when conguring the Lambda function
C. Ensure that the Security Group ID’s are mentioned when conguring the Lambda function
D. Ensure that the VPC Flow Log ID’s are mentioned when conguring the Lambda function
Answer: A and C. AWS Lambda runs your function code securely within a VPC by default. However, to enable your Lambda function to access resources inside your private VPC, you must provide additional VPCspecific configuration information that includes VPC subnet IDs and security group IDs. AWS Lambda uses this information to set up elastic network interfaces (ENIs) that enable your function to connect securely to other resources within your private VPC. Reference: Configuring a Lambda Function to Access Resources in an Amazon VPC
Q52: You’ve currently been tasked to migrate an existing on-premise environment into Elastic Beanstalk. The application does not make use of Docker containers. You also can’t see any relevant environments in the beanstalk service that would be suitable to host your application. What should you consider doing in this case?
A. Migrate your application to using Docker containers and then migrate the app to the Elastic Beanstalk environment.
B. Consider using Cloudformation to deploy your environment to Elastic Beanstalk
C. Consider using Packer to create a custom platform
D. Consider deploying your application using the Elastic Container Service
Answer – C Elastic Beanstalk supports custom platforms. A custom platform is a more advanced customization than a Custom Image in several ways. A custom platform lets you develop an entire new platform from scratch, customizing the operating system, additional software, and scripts that Elastic Beanstalk runs on platform instances. This flexibility allows you to build a platform for an application that uses a language or other infrastructure software, for which Elastic Beanstalk doesn’t provide a platform out of the box. Compare that to custom images, where you modify an AMI for use with an existing Elastic Beanstalk platform, and Elastic Beanstalk still provides the platform scripts and controls the platform’s software stack. In addition, with custom platforms you use an automated, scripted way to create and maintain your customization, whereas with custom images you make the changes manually over a running instance. To create a custom platform, you build an Amazon Machine Image (AMI) from one of the supported operating systems—Ubuntu, RHEL, or Amazon Linux (see the flavor entry in Platform.yaml File Format for the exact version numbers)—and add further customizations. You create your own Elastic Beanstalk platform using Packer, which is an open-source tool for creating machine images for many platforms, including AMIs for use with Amazon EC2. An Elastic Beanstalk platform comprises an AMI configured to run a set of software that supports an application, and metadata that can include custom configuration options and default configuration option settings. Reference: AWS Elastic Beanstalk Custom Platforms
Q53: Company B is writing 10 items to the Dynamo DB table every second. Each item is 15.5Kb in size. What would be the required provisioned write throughput for best performance? Choose the correct answer from the options below.
A. 10
B. 160
C. 155
D. 16
Answer – B. Company B is writing 10 items to the Dynamo DB table every second. Each item is 15.5Kb in size. What would be the required provisioned write throughput for best performance? Choose the correct answer from the options below. Reference: Read/Write Capacity Mode
Q57: Which of the following practices allows multiple developers working on the same application to merge code changes frequently, without impacting each other and enables the identification of bugs early on in the release process?
Q60: You want to receive an email whenever a user pushes code to CodeCommit repository, how can you configure this?
A. Create a new SNS topic and configure it to poll for CodeCommit eveents. Ask all users to subscribe to the topic to receive notifications
B. Configure a CloudWatch Events rule to send a message to SES which will trigger an email to be sent whenever a user pushes code to the repository.
C. Configure Notifications in the console, this will create a CloudWatch events rule to send a notification to a SNS topic which will trigger an email to be sent to the user.
D. Configure a CloudWatch Events rule to send a message to SQS which will trigger an email to be sent whenever a user pushes code to the repository.
Q63: You are deploying a number of EC2 and RDS instances using CloudFormation. Which section of the CloudFormation template would you use to define these?
A. Transforms
B. Outputs
C. Resources
D. Instances
Answer: C. The Resources section defines your resources you are provisioning. Outputs is used to output user defines data relating to the reources you have built and can also used as input to another CloudFormation stack. Transforms is used to reference code located in S3. Reference: Resources
Q64: Which AWS service can be used to fully automate your entire release process?
A. CodeDeploy
B. CodePipeline
C. CodeCommit
D. CodeBuild
Answer: B. AWS CodePipeline is a fully managed continuous delivery service that helps you automate your release pipelines for fast and reliable application and infrastructure updates
Q65: You want to use the output of your CloudFormation stack as input to another CloudFormation stack. Which sections of the CloudFormation template would you use to help you configure this?
A. Outputs
B. Transforms
C. Resources
D. Exports
Answer: A. Outputs is used to output user defines data relating to the reources you have built and can also used as input to another CloudFormation stack. Reference: CloudFormation Outputs
Q66: You have some code located in an S3 bucket that you want to reference in your CloudFormation template. Which section of the template can you use to define this?
A. Inputs
B. Resources
C. Transforms
D. Files
Answer: C. Transforms is used to reference code located in S3 and also specififying the use of the Serverless Application Model (SAM) for Lambda deployments. Reference: Transforms
Q67: You are deploying an application to a number of Ec2 instances using CodeDeploy. What is the name of the file used to specify source files and lifecycle hooks?
Q68: Which of the following approaches allows you to re-use pieces of CloudFormation code in multiple templates, for common use cases like provisioning a load balancer or web server?
A. Share the code using an EBS volume
B. Copy and paste the code into the template each time you need to use it
C. Use a cloudformation nested stack
D. Store the code you want to re-use in an AMI and reference the AMI from within your CloudFormation template.
Q72: Which of the following is an encrypted key used by KMS to encrypt your data
A. Custmoer Mamaged Key
B. Encryption Key
C. Envelope Key
D. Customer Master Key
Answer: C. Your Data key also known as the Enveloppe key is encrypted using the master key.This approach is known as Envelope encryption. Envelope encryption is the practice of encrypting plaintext data with a data key, and then encrypting the data key under another key.
Q75: A developer is preparing a deployment package for a Java implementation of an AWS Lambda function. What should the developer include in the deployment package? (Select TWO.) A. Compiled application code B. Java runtime environment C. References to the event sources D. Lambda execution role E. Application dependencies
Answer: C. E. Notes: To create a Lambda function, you first create a Lambda function deployment package. This package is a .zip or .jar file consisting of your code and any dependencies. Reference:Lambda deployment packages.
Q76: A developer uses AWS CodeDeploy to deploy a Python application to a fleet of Amazon EC2 instances that run behind an Application Load Balancer. The instances run in an Amazon EC2 Auto Scaling group across multiple Availability Zones. What should the developer include in the CodeDeploy deployment package? A. A launch template for the Amazon EC2 Auto Scaling group B. A CodeDeploy AppSpec file C. An EC2 role that grants the application access to AWS services D. An IAM policy that grants the application access to AWS services
Answer: B. Notes: The CodeDeploy AppSpec (application specific) file is unique to CodeDeploy. The AppSpec file is used to manage each deployment as a series of lifecycle event hooks, which are defined in the file. Reference: CodeDeploy application specification (AppSpec) files. Category: Deployment
Q76: A company is working on a project to enhance its serverless application development process. The company hosts applications on AWS Lambda. The development team regularly updates the Lambda code and wants to use stable code in production. Which combination of steps should the development team take to configure Lambda functions to meet both development and production requirements? (Select TWO.)
A. Create a new Lambda version every time a new code release needs testing. B. Create two Lambda function aliases. Name one as Production and the other as Development. Point the Production alias to a production-ready unqualified Amazon Resource Name (ARN) version. Point the Development alias to the $LATEST version. C. Create two Lambda function aliases. Name one as Production and the other as Development. Point the Production alias to the production-ready qualified Amazon Resource Name (ARN) version. Point the Development alias to the variable LAMBDA_TASK_ROOT. D. Create a new Lambda layer every time a new code release needs testing. E. Create two Lambda function aliases. Name one as Production and the other as Development. Point the Production alias to a production-ready Lambda layer Amazon Resource Name (ARN). Point the Development alias to the $LATEST layer ARN.
Answer: A. B. Notes: Lambda function versions are designed to manage deployment of functions. They can be used for code changes, without affecting the stable production version of the code. By creating separate aliases for Production and Development, systems can initiate the correct alias as needed. A Lambda function alias can be used to point to a specific Lambda function version. Using the functionality to update an alias and its linked version, the development team can update the required version as needed. The $LATEST version is the newest published version. Reference: Lambda function versions.
Q77: Each time a developer publishes a new version of an AWS Lambda function, all the dependent event source mappings need to be updated with the reference to the new version’s Amazon Resource Name (ARN). These updates are time consuming and error-prone. Which combination of actions should the developer take to avoid performing these updates when publishing a new Lambda version? (Select TWO.) A. Update event source mappings with the ARN of the Lambda layer. B. Point a Lambda alias to a new version of the Lambda function. C. Create a Lambda alias for each published version of the Lambda function. D. Point a Lambda alias to a new Lambda function alias. E. Update the event source mappings with the Lambda alias ARN.
Answer: B. E. Notes: A Lambda alias is a pointer to a specific Lambda function version. Instead of using ARNs for the Lambda function in event source mappings, you can use an alias ARN. You do not need to update your event source mappings when you promote a new version or roll back to a previous version. Reference: Lambda function aliases. Category: Deployment
Q78: A company wants to store sensitive user data in Amazon S3 and encrypt this data at rest. The company must manage the encryption keys and use Amazon S3 to perform the encryption. How can a developer meet these requirements? A. Enable default encryption for the S3 bucket by using the option for server-side encryption with customer-provided encryption keys (SSE-C). B. Enable client-side encryption with an encryption key. Upload the encrypted object to the S3 bucket. C. Enable server-side encryption with Amazon S3 managed encryption keys (SSE-S3). Upload an object to the S3 bucket. D. Enable server-side encryption with customer-provided encryption keys (SSE-C). Upload an object to the S3 bucket.
Q79: A company is developing a Python application that submits data to an Amazon DynamoDB table. The company requires client-side encryption of specific data items and end-to-end protection for the encrypted data in transit and at rest. Which combination of steps will meet the requirement for the encryption of specific data items? (Select TWO.)
A. Generate symmetric encryption keys with AWS Key Management Service (AWS KMS). B. Generate asymmetric encryption keys with AWS Key Management Service (AWS KMS). C. Use generated keys with the DynamoDB Encryption Client. D. Use generated keys to configure DynamoDB table encryption with AWS managed customer master keys (CMKs). E. Use generated keys to configure DynamoDB table encryption with AWS owned customer master keys (CMKs).
Answer: A. C. Notes: When the DynamoDB Encryption Client is configured to use AWS KMS, it uses a customer master key (CMK) that is always encrypted when used outside of AWS KMS. This cryptographic materials provider returns a unique encryption key and signing key for every table item. This method of encryption uses a symmetric CMK. Reference: Direct KMS Materials Provider. Category: Deployment
Q80: A company is developing a REST API with Amazon API Gateway. Access to the API should be limited to users in the existing Amazon Cognito user pool. Which combination of steps should a developer perform to secure the API? (Select TWO.) A. Create an AWS Lambda authorizer for the API. B. Create an Amazon Cognito authorizer for the API. C. Configure the authorizer for the API resource. D. Configure the API methods to use the authorizer. E. Configure the authorizer for the API stage.
Answer: B. D. Notes: An Amazon Cognito authorizer should be used for integration with Amazon Cognito user pools. In addition to creating an authorizer, you are required to configure an API method to use that authorizer for the API. Reference: Control access to a REST API using Amazon Cognito user pools as authorizer. Category: Security
Q81: A developer is implementing a mobile app to provide personalized services to app users. The application code makes calls to Amazon S3 and Amazon Simple Queue Service (Amazon SQS). Which options can the developer use to authenticate the app users? (Select TWO.) A. Authenticate to the Amazon Cognito identity pool directly. B. Authenticate to AWS Identity and Access Management (IAM) directly. C. Authenticate to the Amazon Cognito user pool directly. D. Federate authentication by using Login with Amazon with the users managed with AWS Security Token Service (AWS STS). E. Federate authentication by using Login with Amazon with the users managed with the Amazon Cognito user pool.
Answer: C. E. Notes: The Amazon Cognito user pool provides direct user authentication. The Amazon Cognito user pool provides a federated authentication option with third-party identity provider (IdP), including amazon.com. Reference: Adding User Pool Sign-in Through a Third Party. Category: Security
Question: A company is implementing several order processing workflows. Each workflow is implemented by using AWS Lambda functions for each task. Which combination of steps should a developer follow to implement these workflows? (Select TWO.) A. Define a AWS Step Functions task for each Lambda function. B. Define a AWS Step Functions task for each workflow. C. Write code that polls the AWS Step Functions invocation to coordinate each workflow. D. Define an AWS Step Functions state machine for each workflow. E. Define an AWS Step Functions state machine for each Lambda function. Answer: A. D. Notes: Step Functions is based on state machines and tasks. A state machine is a workflow. Tasks perform work by coordinating with other AWS services, such as Lambda. A state machine is a workflow. It can be used to express a workflow as a number of states, their relationships, and their input and output. You can coordinate individual tasks with Step Functions by expressing your workflow as a finite state machine, written in the Amazon States Language. ReferenceText: Getting Started with AWS Step Functions. ReferenceUrl: https://aws.amazon.com/step-functions/getting-started/ Category: Development
What is the AWS Certified Developer Associate Exam?
This AWS Certified Developer-Associate Examination is intended for individuals who perform a Developer role. It validates an examinee’s ability to:
Demonstrate an understanding of core AWS services, uses, and basic AWS architecture best practices
Demonstrate proficiency in developing, deploying, and debugging cloud-based applications by using AWS
Recommended general IT knowledge The target candidate should have the following: – In-depth knowledge of at least one high-level programming language – Understanding of application lifecycle management – The ability to write code for serverless applications – Understanding of the use of containers in the development process
Recommended AWS knowledge The target candidate should be able to do the following:
Use the AWS service APIs, CLI, and software development kits (SDKs) to write applications
Identify key features of AWS services
Understand the AWS shared responsibility model
Use a continuous integration and continuous delivery (CI/CD) pipeline to deploy applications on AWS
Use and interact with AWS services
Apply basic understanding of cloud-native applications to write code
Write code by using AWS security best practices (for example, use IAM roles instead of secret and access keys in the code)
Author, maintain, and debug code modules on AWS
What is considered out of scope for the target candidate? The following is a non-exhaustive list of related job tasks that the target candidate is not expected to be able to perform. These items are considered out of scope for the exam: – Design architectures (for example, distributed system, microservices) – Design and implement CI/CD pipelines
Administer IAM users and groups
Administer Amazon Elastic Container Service (Amazon ECS)
Design AWS networking infrastructure (for example, Amazon VPC, AWS Direct Connect)
Understand compliance and licensing
Exam content Response types There are two types of questions on the exam: – Multiple choice: Has one correct response and three incorrect responses (distractors) – Multiple response: Has two or more correct responses out of five or more response options Select one or more responses that best complete the statement or answer the question. Distractors, or incorrect answers, are response options that a candidate with incomplete knowledge or skill might choose. Distractors are generally plausible responses that match the content area. Unanswered questions are scored as incorrect; there is no penalty for guessing. The exam includes 50 questions that will affect your score.
Unscored content The exam includes 15 unscored questions that do not affect your score. AWS collects information about candidate performance on these unscored questions to evaluate these questions for future use as scored questions. These unscored questions are not identified on the exam.
Exam results The AWS Certified Developer – Associate (DVA-C01) exam is a pass or fail exam. The exam is scored against a minimum standard established by AWS professionals who follow certification industry best practices and guidelines. Your results for the exam are reported as a scaled score of 100–1,000. The minimum passing score is 720. Your score shows how you performed on the exam as a whole and whether you passed. Scaled scoring models help equate scores across multiple exam forms that might have slightly different difficulty levels. Your score report could contain a table of classifications of your performance at each section level. This information is intended to provide general feedback about your exam performance. The exam uses a compensatory scoring model, which means that you do not need to achieve a passing score in each section. You need to pass only the overall exam. Each section of the exam has a specific weighting, so some sections have more questions than other sections have. The table contains general information that highlights your strengths and weaknesses. Use caution when interpreting section-level feedback.
Content outline This exam guide includes weightings, test domains, and objectives for the exam. It is not a comprehensive listing of the content on the exam. However, additional context for each of the objectives is available to help guide your preparation for the exam. The following table lists the main content domains and their weightings. The table precedes the complete exam content outline, which includes the additional context. The percentage in each domain represents only scored content.
Domain 1: Deployment 22% Domain 2: Security 26% Domain 3: Development with AWS Services 30% Domain 4: Refactoring 10% Domain 5: Monitoring and Troubleshooting 12%
Domain 1: Deployment 1.1 Deploy written code in AWS using existing CI/CD pipelines, processes, and patterns. – Commit code to a repository and invoke build, test and/or deployment actions – Use labels and branches for version and release management – Use AWS CodePipeline to orchestrate workflows against different environments – Apply AWS CodeCommit, AWS CodeBuild, AWS CodePipeline, AWS CodeStar, and AWS CodeDeploy for CI/CD purposes – Perform a roll back plan based on application deployment policy
1.2 Deploy applications using AWS Elastic Beanstalk. – Utilize existing supported environments to define a new application stack – Package the application – Introduce a new application version into the Elastic Beanstalk environment – Utilize a deployment policy to deploy an application version (i.e., all at once, rolling, rolling with batch, immutable) – Validate application health using Elastic Beanstalk dashboard – Use Amazon CloudWatch Logs to instrument application logging
1.3 Prepare the application deployment package to be deployed to AWS. – Manage the dependencies of the code module (like environment variables, config files and static image files) within the package – Outline the package/container directory structure and organize files appropriately – Translate application resource requirements to AWS infrastructure parameters (e.g., memory, cores)
1.4 Deploy serverless applications. – Given a use case, implement and launch an AWS Serverless Application Model (AWS SAM) template – Manage environments in individual AWS services (e.g., Differentiate between Development, Test, and Production in Amazon API Gateway)
Domain 2: Security 2.1 Make authenticated calls to AWS services. – Communicate required policy based on least privileges required by application. – Assume an IAM role to access a service – Use the software development kit (SDK) credential provider on-premises or in the cloud to access AWS services (local credentials vs. instance roles)
2.2 Implement encryption using AWS services. – Encrypt data at rest (client side; server side; envelope encryption) using AWS services – Encrypt data in transit
2.3 Implement application authentication and authorization. – Add user sign-up and sign-in functionality for applications with Amazon Cognito identity or user pools – Use Amazon Cognito-provided credentials to write code that access AWS services. – Use Amazon Cognito sync to synchronize user profiles and data – Use developer-authenticated identities to interact between end user devices, backend authentication, and Amazon Cognito
Domain 3: Development with AWS Services 3.1 Write code for serverless applications. – Compare and contrast server-based vs. serverless model (e.g., micro services, stateless nature of serverless applications, scaling serverless applications, and decoupling layers of serverless applications) – Configure AWS Lambda functions by defining environment variables and parameters (e.g., memory, time out, runtime, handler) – Create an API endpoint using Amazon API Gateway – Create and test appropriate API actions like GET, POST using the API endpoint – Apply Amazon DynamoDB concepts (e.g., tables, items, and attributes) – Compute read/write capacity units for Amazon DynamoDB based on application requirements – Associate an AWS Lambda function with an AWS event source (e.g., Amazon API Gateway, Amazon CloudWatch event, Amazon S3 events, Amazon Kinesis) – Invoke an AWS Lambda function synchronously and asynchronously
3.2 Translate functional requirements into application design. – Determine real-time vs. batch processing for a given use case – Determine use of synchronous vs. asynchronous for a given use case – Determine use of event vs. schedule/poll for a given use case – Account for tradeoffs for consistency models in an application design
Domain 4: Refactoring 4.1 Optimize applications to best use AWS services and features. Implement AWS caching services to optimize performance (e.g., Amazon ElastiCache, Amazon API Gateway cache) Apply an Amazon S3 naming scheme for optimal read performance
4.2 Migrate existing application code to run on AWS. – Isolate dependencies – Run the application as one or more stateless processes – Develop in order to enable horizontal scalability – Externalize state
Domain 5: Monitoring and Troubleshooting
5.1 Write code that can be monitored. – Create custom Amazon CloudWatch metrics – Perform logging in a manner available to systems operators – Instrument application source code to enable tracing in AWS X-Ray
5.2 Perform root cause analysis on faults found in testing or production. – Interpret the outputs from the logging mechanism in AWS to identify errors in logs – Check build and testing history in AWS services (e.g., AWS CodeBuild, AWS CodeDeploy, AWS CodePipeline) to identify issues – Utilize AWS services (e.g., Amazon CloudWatch, VPC Flow Logs, and AWS X-Ray) to locate a specific faulty component
Which key tools, technologies, and concepts might be covered on the exam?
The following is a non-exhaustive list of the tools and technologies that could appear on the exam. This list is subject to change and is provided to help you understand the general scope of services, features, or technologies on the exam. The general tools and technologies in this list appear in no particular order. AWS services are grouped according to their primary functions. While some of these technologies will likely be covered more than others on the exam, the order and placement of them in this list is no indication of relative weight or importance: – Analytics – Application Integration – Containers – Cost and Capacity Management – Data Movement – Developer Tools – Instances (virtual machines) – Management and Governance – Networking and Content Delivery – Security – Serverless
Management and Governance: – AWS CloudFormation – Amazon CloudWatch
Networking and Content Delivery: – Amazon API Gateway – Amazon CloudFront – Elastic Load Balancing
Security, Identity, and Compliance: – Amazon Cognito – AWS Identity and Access Management (IAM) – AWS Key Management Service (AWS KMS)
Storage: – Amazon S3
Out-of-scope AWS services and features
The following is a non-exhaustive list of AWS services and features that are not covered on the exam. These services and features do not represent every AWS offering that is excluded from the exam content. Services or features that are entirely unrelated to the target job roles for the exam are excluded from this list because they are assumed to be irrelevant. Out-of-scope AWS services and features include the following: – AWS Application Discovery Service – Amazon AppStream 2.0 – Amazon Chime – Amazon Connect – AWS Database Migration Service (AWS DMS) – AWS Device Farm – Amazon Elastic Transcoder – Amazon GameLift – Amazon Lex – Amazon Machine Learning (Amazon ML) – AWS Managed Services – Amazon Mobile Analytics – Amazon Polly
– Amazon QuickSight – Amazon Rekognition – AWS Server Migration Service (AWS SMS) – AWS Service Catalog – AWS Shield Advanced – AWS Shield Standard – AWS Snow Family – AWS Storage Gateway – AWS WAF – Amazon WorkMail – Amazon WorkSpaces
To succeed with the real exam, do not memorize the answers below. It is very important that you understand why a question is right or wrong and the concepts behind it by carefully reading the reference documents in the answers.
AWS Certified Developer – Associate Practice Questions And Answers Dump
Q0: Your application reads commands from an SQS queue and sends them to web services hosted by your partners. When a partner’s endpoint goes down, your application continually returns their commands to the queue. The repeated attempts to deliver these commands use up resources. Commands that can’t be delivered must not be lost. How can you accommodate the partners’ broken web services without wasting your resources?
A. Create a delay queue and set DelaySeconds to 30 seconds
B. Requeue the message with a VisibilityTimeout of 30 seconds.
C. Create a dead letter queue and set the Maximum Receives to 3.
D. Requeue the message with a DelaySeconds of 30 seconds.
C. After a message is taken from the queue and returned for the maximum number of retries, it is automatically sent to a dead letter queue, if one has been configured. It stays there until you retrieve it for forensic purposes.
Q1: A developer is writing an application that will store data in a DynamoDB table. The ratio of reads operations to write operations will be 1000 to 1, with the same data being accessed frequently. What should the Developer enable on the DynamoDB table to optimize performance and minimize costs?
A. Amazon DynamoDB auto scaling
B. Amazon DynamoDB cross-region replication
C. Amazon DynamoDB Streams
D. Amazon DynamoDB Accelerator
D. The AWS Documentation mentions the following:
DAX is a DynamoDB-compatible caching service that enables you to benefit from fast in-memory performance for demanding applications. DAX addresses three core scenarios
As an in-memory cache, DAX reduces the response times of eventually-consistent read workloads by an order of magnitude, from single-digit milliseconds to microseconds.
DAX reduces operational and application complexity by providing a managed service that is API-compatible with Amazon DynamoDB, and thus requires only minimal functional changes to use with an existing application.
For read-heavy or bursty workloads, DAX provides increased throughput and potential operational cost savings by reducing the need to over-provision read capacity units. This is especially beneficial for applications that require repeated reads for individual keys.
Q2: You are creating a DynamoDB table with the following attributes:
PurchaseOrderNumber (partition key)
CustomerID
PurchaseDate
TotalPurchaseValue
One of your applications must retrieve items from the table to calculate the total value of purchases for a particular customer over a date range. What secondary index do you need to add to the table?
A. Local secondary index with a partition key of CustomerID and sort key of PurchaseDate; project the TotalPurchaseValue attribute
B. Local secondary index with a partition key of PurchaseDate and sort key of CustomerID; project the TotalPurchaseValue attribute
C. Global secondary index with a partition key of CustomerID and sort key of PurchaseDate; project the TotalPurchaseValue attribute
D. Global secondary index with a partition key of PurchaseDate and sort key of CustomerID; project the TotalPurchaseValue attribute
C. The query is for a particular CustomerID, so a Global Secondary Index is needed for a different partition key. To retrieve only the desired date range, the PurchaseDate must be the sort key. Projecting the TotalPurchaseValue into the index provides all the data needed to satisfy the use case.
Global secondary index — an index with a hash and range key that can be different from those on the table. A global secondary index is considered “global” because queries on the index can span all of the data in a table, across all partitions.
Local secondary index — an index that has the same hash key as the table, but a different range key. A local secondary index is “local” in the sense that every partition of a local secondary index is scoped to a table partition that has the same hash key.
Local Secondary Indexes still rely on the original Hash Key. When you supply a table with hash+range, think about the LSI as hash+range1, hash+range2.. hash+range6. You get 5 more range attributes to query on. Also, there is only one provisioned throughput.
Global Secondary Indexes defines a new paradigm – different hash/range keys per index. This breaks the original usage of one hash key per table. This is also why when defining GSI you are required to add a provisioned throughput per index and pay for it.
Local Secondary Indexes can only be created when you are creating the table, there is no way to add Local Secondary Index to an existing table, also once you create the index you cannot delete it.
Global Secondary Indexes can be created when you create the table and added to an existing table, deleting an existing Global Secondary Index is also allowed.
Throughput :
Local Secondary Indexes consume throughput from the table. When you query records via the local index, the operation consumes read capacity units from the table. When you perform a write operation (create, update, delete) in a table that has a local index, there will be two write operations, one for the table another for the index. Both operations will consume write capacity units from the table.
Global Secondary Indexes have their own provisioned throughput, when you query the index the operation will consume read capacity from the index, when you perform a write operation (create, update, delete) in a table that has a global index, there will be two write operations, one for the table another for the index*.
The Cloud is the future: Get Certified now. The AWS Certified Solution Architect Average Salary is: US $149,446/year. Get Certified with the App below:
Q5: Lambda allows you to upload code and dependencies for function packages:
A. Only from a directly uploaded zip file
B. Only via SFTP
C. Only from a zip file in AWS S3
D. From a zip file in AWS S3 or uploaded directly from elsewhere
The Cloud is the future: Get Certified now. The AWS Certified Solution Architect Average Salary is: US $149,446/year. Get Certified with the App below:
Q7: You are attempting to SSH into an EC2 instance that is located in a public subnet. However, you are currently receiving a timeout error trying to connect. What could be a possible cause of this connection issue?
A. The security group associated with the EC2 instance has an inbound rule that allows SSH traffic, but does not have an outbound rule that allows SSH traffic.
B. The security group associated with the EC2 instance has an inbound rule that allows SSH traffic AND has an outbound rule that explicitly denies SSH traffic.
C. The security group associated with the EC2 instance has an inbound rule that allows SSH traffic AND the associated NACL has both an inbound and outbound rule that allows SSH traffic.
D. The security group associated with the EC2 instance does not have an inbound rule that allows SSH traffic AND the associated NACL does not have an outbound rule that allows SSH traffic.
D. Security groups are stateful, so you do NOT have to have an explicit outbound rule for return requests. However, NACLs are stateless so you MUST have an explicit outbound rule configured for return request.
Q8: You have instances inside private subnets and a properly configured bastion host instance in a public subnet. None of the instances in the private subnets have a public or Elastic IP address. How can you connect an instance in the private subnet to the open internet to download system updates?
A. Create and assign EIP to each instance
B. Create and attach a second IGW to the VPC.
C. Create and utilize a NAT Gateway
D. Connect to a VPN
C. You can use a network address translation (NAT) gateway in a public subnet in your VPC to enable instances in the private subnet to initiate outbound traffic to the Internet, but prevent the instances from receiving inbound traffic initiated by someone on the Internet.
Q9: What feature of VPC networking should you utilize if you want to create “elasticity” in your application’s architecture?
A. Security Groups
B. Route Tables
C. Elastic Load Balancer
D. Auto Scaling
D. Auto scaling is designed specifically with elasticity in mind. Auto scaling allows for the increase and decrease of compute power based on demand, thus creating elasticity in the architecture.
Q11: You’re writing a script with an AWS SDK that uses the AWS API Actions and want to create AMIs for non-EBS backed AMIs for you. Which API call should occurs in the final process of creating an AMI?
A. RegisterImage
B. CreateImage
C. ami-register-image
D. ami-create-image
A. It is actually – RegisterImage. All AWS API Actions will follow the capitalization like this and don’t have hyphens in them.
Q12: When dealing with session state in EC2-based applications using Elastic load balancers which option is generally thought of as the best practice for managing user sessions?
A. Having the ELB distribute traffic to all EC2 instances and then having the instance check a caching solution like ElastiCache running Redis or Memcached for session information
B. Permenantly assigning users to specific instances and always routing their traffic to those instances
C. Using Application-generated cookies to tie a user session to a particular instance for the cookie duration
D. Using Elastic Load Balancer generated cookies to tie a user session to a particular instance
Q14: What is one key difference between an Amazon EBS-backed and an instance-store backed instance?
A. Autoscaling requires using Amazon EBS-backed instances
B. Virtual Private Cloud requires EBS backed instances
C. Amazon EBS-backed instances can be stopped and restarted without losing data
D. Instance-store backed instances can be stopped and restarted without losing data
The Cloud is the future: Get Certified now. The AWS Certified Solution Architect Average Salary is: US $149,446/year. Get Certified with the App below:
C. Instance-store backed images use “ephemeral” storage (temporary). The storage is only available during the life of an instance. Rebooting an instance will allow ephemeral data stay persistent. However, stopping and starting an instance will remove all ephemeral storage.
Q15: After having created a new Linux instance on Amazon EC2, and downloaded the .pem file (called Toto.pem) you try and SSH into your IP address (54.1.132.33) using the following command. ssh -i my_key.pem ec2-user@52.2.222.22 However you receive the following error. @@@@@@@@ WARNING: UNPROTECTED PRIVATE KEY FILE! @ @@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@ What is the most probable reason for this and how can you fix it?
A. You do not have root access on your terminal and need to use the sudo option for this to work.
B. You do not have enough permissions to perform the operation.
C. Your key file is encrypted. You need to use the -u option for unencrypted not the -i option.
D. Your key file must not be publicly viewable for SSH to work. You need to modify your .pem file to limit permissions.
D. You need to run something like: chmod 400 my_key.pem
Q16: You have an EBS root device on /dev/sda1 on one of your EC2 instances. You are having trouble with this particular instance and you need to either Stop/Start, Reboot or Terminate the instance but you do NOT want to lose any data that you have stored on /dev/sda1. However, you are unsure if changing the instance state in any of the aforementioned ways will cause you to lose data stored on the EBS volume. Which of the below statements best describes the effect each change of instance state would have on the data you have stored on /dev/sda1?
A. Whether you stop/start, reboot or terminate the instance it does not matter because data on an EBS volume is not ephemeral and the data will not be lost regardless of what method is used.
B. If you stop/start the instance the data will not be lost. However if you either terminate or reboot the instance the data will be lost.
C. Whether you stop/start, reboot or terminate the instance it does not matter because data on an EBS volume is ephemeral and it will be lost no matter what method is used.
D. The data will be lost if you terminate the instance, however the data will remain on /dev/sda1 if you reboot or stop/start the instance because data on an EBS volume is not ephemeral.
D. The question states that an EBS-backed root device is mounted at /dev/sda1, and EBS volumes maintain information regardless of the instance state. If it was instance store, this would be a different answer.
Q17: EC2 instances are launched from Amazon Machine Images (AMIs). A given public AMI:
A. Can only be used to launch EC2 instances in the same AWS availability zone as the AMI is stored
B. Can only be used to launch EC2 instances in the same country as the AMI is stored
C. Can only be used to launch EC2 instances in the same AWS region as the AMI is stored
D. Can be used to launch EC2 instances in any AWS region
C. AMIs are only available in the region they are created. Even in the case of the AWS-provided AMIs, AWS has actually copied the AMIs for you to different regions. You cannot access an AMI from one region in another region. However, you can copy an AMI from one region to another
Q18: Which of the following statements is true about the Elastic File System (EFS)?
A. EFS can scale out to meet capacity requirements and scale back down when no longer needed
B. EFS can be used by multiple EC2 instances simultaneously
C. EFS cannot be used by an instance using EBS
D. EFS can be configured on an instance before launch just like an IAM role or EBS volumes
The Cloud is the future: Get Certified now. The AWS Certified Solution Architect Average Salary is: US $149,446/year. Get Certified with the App below:
The Cloud is the future: Get Certified now. The AWS Certified Solution Architect Average Salary is: US $149,446/year. Get Certified with the App below:
A. The ability to create custom permission policies.
B. Assigning IAM permission policies to more than one user at a time.
C. Easier user/policy management.
D. Allowing EC2 instances to gain access to S3.
B. and C.
A. is incorrect: This is a benefit of IAM generally or a benefit of IAM policies. But IAM groups don’t create policies, they have policies attached to them.
Q22: What should the Developer enable on the DynamoDB table to optimize performance and minimize costs?
A. Amazon DynamoDB auto scaling
B. Amazon DynamoDB cross-region replication
C. Amazon DynamoDB Streams
D. Amazon DynamoDB Accelerator
D. DAX is a DynamoDB-compatible caching service that enables you to benefit from fast in-memory performance for demanding applications. DAX addresses three core scenarios:
As an in-memory cache, DAX reduces the response times of eventually-consistent read workloads by an order of magnitude, from single-digit milliseconds to microseconds.
DAX reduces operational and application complexity by providing a managed service that is API-compatible with Amazon DynamoDB, and thus requires only minimal functional changes to use with an existing application.
For read-heavy or bursty workloads, DAX provides increased throughput and potential operational cost savings by reducing the need to over-provision read capacity units. This is especially beneficial for applications that require repeated reads for individual keys.
Q23: A Developer has been asked to create an AWS Elastic Beanstalk environment for a production web application which needs to handle thousands of requests. Currently the dev environment is running on a t1 micro instance. How can the Developer change the EC2 instance type to m4.large?
A. Use CloudFormation to migrate the Amazon EC2 instance type of the environment from t1 micro to m4.large.
B. Create a saved configuration file in Amazon S3 with the instance type as m4.large and use the same during environment creation.
C. Change the instance type to m4.large in the configuration details page of the Create New Environment page.
D. Change the instance type value for the environment to m4.large by using update autoscaling group CLI command.
B. The Elastic Beanstalk console and EB CLI set configuration options when you create an environment. You can also set configuration options in saved configurations and configuration files. If the same option is set in multiple locations, the value used is determined by the order of precedence. Configuration option settings can be composed in text format and saved prior to environment creation, applied during environment creation using any supported client, and added, modified or removed after environment creation. During environment creation, configuration options are applied from multiple sources with the following precedence, from highest to lowest:
Settings applied directly to the environment – Settings specified during a create environment or update environment operation on the Elastic Beanstalk API by any client, including the AWS Management Console, EB CLI, AWS CLI, and SDKs. The AWS Management Console and EB CLI also applyrecommended values for some options that apply at this level unless overridden.
Saved Configurations– Settings for any options that are not applied directly to the environment are loaded from a saved configuration, if specified.
Configuration Files (.ebextensions)– Settings for any options that are not applied directly to the environment, and also not specified in a saved configuration, are loaded from configuration files in the .ebextensions folder at the root of the application source bundle.
Configuration files are executed in alphabetical order. For example,.ebextensions/01run.configis executed before.ebextensions/02do.config.
Default Values– If a configuration option has a default value, it only applies when the option is not set at any of the above levels.
If the same configuration option is defined in more than one location, the setting with the highest precedence is applied. When a setting is applied from a saved configuration or settings applied directly to the environment, the setting is stored as part of the environment’s configuration. These settings can be removed with the AWS CLI or with the EB CLI . Settings in configuration files are not applied directly to the environment and cannot be removed without modifying the configuration files and deploying a new application version.If a setting applied with one of the other methods is removed, the same setting will be loaded from configuration files in the source bundle.
Q24: What statements are true about Availability Zones (AZs) and Regions?
A. There is only one AZ in each AWS Region
B. AZs are geographically separated inside a region to help protect against natural disasters affecting more than one at a time.
C. AZs can be moved between AWS Regions based on your needs
D. There are (almost always) two or more AZs in each AWS Region
The Cloud is the future: Get Certified now. The AWS Certified Solution Architect Average Salary is: US $149,446/year. Get Certified with the App below:
Q26: Which read request in DynamoDB returns a response with the most up-to-date data, reflecting the updates from all prior write operations that were successful?
A. Eventual Consistent Reads
B. Conditional reads for Consistency
C. Strongly Consistent Reads
D. Not possible
C. This is provided very clearly in the AWS documentation as shown below with regards to the read consistency for DynamoDB. Only in Strong Read consistency can you be guaranteed that you get the write read value after all the writes are completed.
Q27: You’ ve been asked to move an existing development environment on the AWS Cloud. This environment consists mainly of Docker based containers. You need to ensure that minimum effort is taken during the migration process. Which of the following step would you consider for this requirement?
A. Create an Opswork stack and deploy the Docker containers
B. Create an application and Environment for the Docker containers in the Elastic Beanstalk service
C. Create an EC2 Instance. Install Docker and deploy the necessary containers.
D. Create an EC2 Instance. Install Docker and deploy the necessary containers. Add an Autoscaling Group for scalability of the containers.
B. The Elastic Beanstalk service is the ideal service to quickly provision development environments. You can also create environments which can be used to host Docker based containers.
Q28: You’ve written an application that uploads objects onto an S3 bucket. The size of the object varies between 200 – 500 MB. You’ve seen that the application sometimes takes a longer than expected time to upload the object. You want to improve the performance of the application. Which of the following would you consider?
A. Create multiple threads and upload the objects in the multiple threads
B. Write the items in batches for better performance
C. Use the Multipart upload API
D. Enable versioning on the Bucket
The Cloud is the future: Get Certified now. The AWS Certified Solution Architect Average Salary is: US $149,446/year. Get Certified with the App below:
C. All other options are invalid since the best way to handle large object uploads to the S3 service is to use the Multipart upload API. The Multipart upload API enables you to upload large objects in parts. You can use this API to upload new large objects or make a copy of an existing object. Multipart uploading is a three-step process: You initiate the upload, you upload the object parts, and after you have uploaded all the parts, you complete the multipart upload. Upon receiving the complete multipart upload request, Amazon S3 constructs the object from the uploaded parts, and you can then access the object just as you would any other object in your bucket.
Q29: A security system monitors 600 cameras, saving image metadata every 1 minute to an Amazon DynamoDb table. Each sample involves 1kb of data, and the data writes are evenly distributed over time. How much write throughput is required for the target table?
A. 6000
B. 10
C. 3600
D. 600
The Cloud is the future: Get Certified now. The AWS Certified Solution Architect Average Salary is: US $149,446/year. Get Certified with the App below:
B. When you mention the write capacity of a table in Dynamo DB, you mention it as the number of 1KB writes per second. So in the above question, since the write is happening every minute, we need to divide the value of 600 by 60, to get the number of KB writes per second. This gives a value of 10.
You can specify the Write capacity in the Capacity tab of the DynamoDB table.
Q33: You have instances inside private subnets and a properly configured bastion host instance in a public subnet. None of the instances in the private subnets have a public or Elastic IP address. How can you connect an instance in the private subnet to the open internet to download system updates?
A. Create and assign EIP to each instance
B. Create and attach a second IGW to the VPC.
C. Create and utilize a NAT Gateway
D. Connect to a VPN
C. You can use a network address translation (NAT) gateway in a public subnet in your VPC to enable instances in the private subnet to initiate outbound traffic to the Internet, but prevent the instances from receiving inbound traffic initiated by someone on the Internet. Reference: AWS Network Address Translation Gateway
Q34: What feature of VPC networking should you utilize if you want to create “elasticity” in your application’s architecture?
A. Security Groups
B. Route Tables
C. Elastic Load Balancer
D. Auto Scaling
D. Auto scaling is designed specifically with elasticity in mind. Auto scaling allows for the increase and decrease of compute power based on demand, thus creating elasticity in the architecture. Reference: AWS Autoscalling
Q31: An organization is using an Amazon ElastiCache cluster in front of their Amazon RDS instance. The organization would like the Developer to implement logic into the code so that the cluster only retrieves data from RDS when there is a cache miss. What strategy can the Developer implement to achieve this?
A. Lazy loading
B. Write-through
C. Error retries
D. Exponential backoff
Answer:
Answer – A Whenever your application requests data, it first makes the request to the ElastiCache cache. If the data exists in the cache and is current, ElastiCache returns the data to your application. If the data does not exist in the cache, or the data in the cache has expired, your application requests data from your data store which returns the data to your application. Your application then writes the data received from the store to the cache so it can be more quickly retrieved next time it is requested. All other options are incorrect. Reference: Caching Strategies
Q32: A developer is writing an application that will run on Ec2 instances and read messages from SQS queue. The nessages will arrive every 15-60 seconds. How should the Developer efficiently query the queue for new messages?
A. Use long polling
B. Set a custom visibility timeout
C. Use short polling
D. Implement exponential backoff
Answer – A Long polling will help insure that the applications make less requests for messages in a shorter period of time. This is more cost effective. Since the messages are only going to be available after 15 seconds and we don’t know exacly when they would be available, it is better to use Long Polling. Reference: Amazon SQS Long Polling
Q33: You are using AWS SAM to define a Lambda function and configure CodeDeploy to manage deployment patterns. With new Lambda function working as per expectation which of the following will shift traffic from original Lambda function to new Lambda function in the shortest time frame?
A. Canary10Percent5Minutes
B. Linear10PercentEvery10Minutes
C. Canary10Percent15Minutes
D. Linear10PercentEvery1Minute
Answer – A With Canary Deployment Preference type, Traffic is shifted in two intervals. With Canary10Percent5Minutes, 10 percent of traffic is shifted in the first interval while remaining all traffic is shifted after 5 minutes. Reference: Gradual Code Deployment
Q34: You are using AWS SAM templates to deploy a serverless application. Which of the following resource will embed application from Amazon S3 buckets?
A. AWS::Serverless::Api
B. AWS::Serverless::Application
C. AWS::Serverless::Layerversion
D. AWS::Serverless::Function
Answer – B AWS::Serverless::Application resource in AWS SAm template is used to embed application frm Amazon S3 buckets. Reference: Declaring Serverless Resources
Q35: You are using AWS Envelope Encryption for encrypting all sensitive data. Which of the followings is True with regards to Envelope Encryption?
A. Data is encrypted be encrypting Data key which is further encrypted using encrypted Master Key.
B. Data is encrypted by plaintext Data key which is further encrypted using encrypted Master Key.
C. Data is encrypted by encrypted Data key which is further encrypted using plaintext Master Key.
D. Data is encrypted by plaintext Data key which is further encrypted using plaintext Master Key.
Answer – D With Envelope Encryption, unencrypted data is encrypted using plaintext Data key. This Data is further encrypted using plaintext Master key. This plaintext Master key is securely stored in AWS KMS & known as Customer Master Keys. Reference: AWS Key Management Service Concepts
Q36: You are developing an application that will be comprised of the following architecture –
A set of Ec2 instances to process the videos.
These (Ec2 instances) will be spun up by an autoscaling group.
SQS Queues to maintain the processing messages.
There will be 2 pricing tiers.
How will you ensure that the premium customers videos are given more preference?
A. Create 2 Autoscaling Groups, one for normal and one for premium customers
B. Create 2 set of Ec2 Instances, one for normal and one for premium customers
C. Create 2 SQS queus, one for normal and one for premium customers
D. Create 2 Elastic Load Balancers, one for normal and one for premium customers.
Answer – C The ideal option would be to create 2 SQS queues. Messages can then be processed by the application from the high priority queue first.<br? The other options are not the ideal options. They would lead to extra costs and also extra maintenance. Reference: SQS
Q37: You are developing an application that will interact with a DynamoDB table. The table is going to take in a lot of read and write operations. Which of the following would be the ideal partition key for the DynamoDB table to ensure ideal performance?
A. CustomerID
B. CustomerName
C. Location
D. Age
Answer- A Use high-cardinality attributes. These are attributes that have distinct values for each item, like e-mailid, employee_no, customerid, sessionid, orderid, and so on.. Use composite attributes. Try to combine more than one attribute to form a unique key. Reference: Choosing the right DynamoDB Partition Key
Q38: A developer is making use of AWS services to develop an application. He has been asked to develop the application in a manner to compensate any network delays. Which of the following two mechanisms should he implement in the application?
A. Multiple SQS queues
B. Exponential backoff algorithm
C. Retries in your application code
D. Consider using the Java sdk.
Answer- B. and C. In addition to simple retries, each AWS SDK implements exponential backoff algorithm for better flow control. The idea behind exponential backoff is to use progressively longer waits between retries for consecutive error responses. You should implement a maximum delay interval, as well as a maximum number of retries. The maximum delay interval and maximum number of retries are not necessarily fixed values, and should be set based on the operation being performed, as well as other local factors, such as network latency. Reference: Error Retries and Exponential Backoff in AWS
Q39: An application is being developed that is going to write data to a DynamoDB table. You have to setup the read and write throughput for the table. Data is going to be read at the rate of 300 items every 30 seconds. Each item is of size 6KB. The reads can be eventual consistent reads. What should be the read capacity that needs to be set on the table?
A. 10
B. 20
C. 6
D. 30
Answer – A
Since there are 300 items read every 30 seconds , that means there are (300/30) = 10 items read every second. Since each item is 6KB in size , that means , 2 reads will be required for each item. So we have total of 2*10 = 20 reads for the number of items per second Since eventual consistency is required , we can divide the number of reads(20) by 2 , and in the end we get the Read Capacity of 10.
Q40: You are in charge of deploying an application that will be hosted on an EC2 Instance and sit behind an Elastic Load balancer. You have been requested to monitor the incoming connections to the Elastic Load Balancer. Which of the below options can suffice this requirement?
A. Use AWS CloudTrail with your load balancer
B. Enable access logs on the load balancer
C. Use a CloudWatch Logs Agent
D. Create a custom metric CloudWatch lter on your load balancer
Answer – B Elastic Load Balancing provides access logs that capture detailed information about requests sent to your load balancer. Each log contains information such as the time the request was received, the client’s IP address, latencies, request paths, and server responses. You can use these access logs to analyze traffic patterns and troubleshoot issues. Reference: Access Logs for Your Application Load Balancer
Q41: A static web site has been hosted on a bucket and is now being accessed by users. One of the web pages javascript section has been changed to access data which is hosted in another S3 bucket. Now that same web page is no longer loading in the browser. Which of the following can help alleviate the error?
A. Enable versioning for the underlying S3 bucket.
B. Enable Replication so that the objects get replicated to the other bucket
C. Enable CORS for the bucket
D. Change the Bucket policy for the bucket to allow access from the other bucket
Answer – C
Cross-origin resource sharing (CORS) defines a way for client web applications that are loaded in one domain to interact with resources in a different domain. With CORS support, you can build rich client-side web applications with Amazon S3 and selectively allow cross-origin access to your Amazon S3 resources.
Cross-Origin Resource Sharing: Use-case Scenarios The following are example scenarios for using CORS:
Scenario 1: Suppose that you are hosting a website in an Amazon S3 bucket named website as described in Hosting a Static Website on Amazon S3. Your users load the website endpoint http://website.s3-website-us-east-1.amazonaws.com. Now you want to use JavaScript on the webpages that are stored in this bucket to be able to make authenticated GET and PUT requests against the same bucket by using the Amazon S3 API endpoint for the bucket, website.s3.amazonaws.com. A browser would normally block JavaScript from allowing those requests, but with CORS you can configure your bucket to explicitly enable cross-origin requests from website.s3-website-us-east-1.amazonaws.com.
Scenario 2: Suppose that you want to host a web font from your S3 bucket. Again, browsers require a CORS check (also called a preight check) for loading web fonts. You would configure the bucket that is hosting the web font to allow any origin to make these requests.
Q42: Your mobile application includes a photo-sharing service that is expecting tens of thousands of users at launch. You will leverage Amazon Simple Storage Service (S3) for storage of the user Images, and you must decide how to authenticate and authorize your users for access to these images. You also need to manage the storage of these images. Which two of the following approaches should you use? Choose two answers from the options below
A. Create an Amazon S3 bucket per user, and use your application to generate the S3 URL for the appropriate content.
B. Use AWS Identity and Access Management (IAM) user accounts as your application-level user database, and offload the burden of authentication from your application code.
C. Authenticate your users at the application level, and use AWS Security Token Service (STS)to grant token-based authorization to S3 objects.
D. Authenticate your users at the application level, and send an SMS token message to the user. Create an Amazon S3 bucket with the same name as the SMS message token, and move the user’s objects to that bucket.
Answer- C The AWS Security Token Service (STS) is a web service that enables you to request temporary, limited-privilege credentials for AWS Identity and Access Management (IAM) users or for users that you authenticate (federated users). The token can then be used to grant access to the objects in S3. You can then provides access to the objects based on the key values generated via the user id.
Q43: Your current log analysis application takes more than four hours to generate a report of the top 10 users of your web application. You have been asked to implement a system that can report this information in real time, ensure that the report is always up to date, and handle increases in the number of requests to your web application. Choose the option that is cost-effective and can fulfill the requirements.
A. Publish your data to CloudWatch Logs, and congure your application to Autoscale to handle the load on demand.
B. Publish your log data to an Amazon S3 bucket. Use AWS CloudFormation to create an Auto Scaling group to scale your post-processing application which is congured to pull down your log les stored an Amazon S3
C. Post your log data to an Amazon Kinesis data stream, and subscribe your log-processing application so that is congured to process your logging data.
D. Create a multi-AZ Amazon RDS MySQL cluster, post the logging data to MySQL, and run a map reduce job to retrieve the required information on user counts.
Answer:
Answer – C Amazon Kinesis makes it easy to collect, process, and analyze real-time, streaming data so you can get timely insights and react quickly to new information. Amazon Kinesis offers key capabilities to cost effectively process streaming data at any scale, along with the flexibility to choose the tools that best suit the requirements of your application. With Amazon Kinesis, you can ingest real-time data such as application logs, website clickstreams, IoT telemetry data, and more into your databases, data lakes and data warehouses, or build your own real-time applications using this data. Reference: Amazon Kinesis
Q44: You’ve been instructed to develop a mobile application that will make use of AWS services. You need to decide on a data store to store the user sessions. Which of the following would be an ideal data store for session management?
A. AWS Simple Storage Service
B. AWS DynamoDB
C. AWS RDS
D. AWS Redshift
Answer:
Answer – B DynamoDB is a alternative solution which can be used for storage of session management. The latency of access to data is less , hence this can be used as a data store for session management Reference: Scalable Session Handling in PHP Using Amazon DynamoDB
Q45: Your application currently interacts with a DynamoDB table. Records are inserted into the table via the application. There is now a requirement to ensure that whenever items are updated in the DynamoDB primary table , another record is inserted into a secondary table. Which of the below feature should be used when developing such a solution?
A. AWS DynamoDB Encryption
B. AWS DynamoDB Streams
C. AWS DynamoDB Accelerator
D. AWSTable Accelerator
Answer – B DynamoDB Streams Use Cases and Design Patterns This post describes some common use cases you might encounter, along with their design options and solutions, when migrating data from relational data stores to Amazon DynamoDB. We will consider how to manage the following scenarios:
How do you set up a relationship across multiple tables in which, based on the value of an item from one table, you update the item in a second table?
How do you trigger an event based on a particular transaction?
How do you audit or archive transactions?
How do you replicate data across multiple tables (similar to that of materialized views/streams/replication in relational data stores)?
Relational databases provide native support for transactions, triggers, auditing, and replication. Typically, a transaction in a database refers to performing create, read, update, and delete (CRUD) operations against multiple tables in a block. A transaction can have only two states—success or failure. In other words, there is no partial completion. As a NoSQL database, DynamoDB is not designed to support transactions. Although client-side libraries are available to mimic the transaction capabilities, they are not scalable and cost-effective. For example, the Java Transaction Library for DynamoDB creates 7N+4 additional writes for every write operation. This is partly because the library holds metadata to manage the transactions to ensure that it’s consistent and can be rolled back before commit. You can use DynamoDB Streams to address all these use cases. DynamoDB Streams is a powerful service that you can combine with other AWS services to solve many similar problems. When enabled, DynamoDB Streams captures a time-ordered sequence of item-level modifications in a DynamoDB table and durably stores the information for up to 24 hours. Applications can access a series of stream records, which contain an item change, from a DynamoDB stream in near real time. AWS maintains separate endpoints for DynamoDB and DynamoDB Streams. To work with database tables and indexes, your application must access a DynamoDB endpoint. To read and process DynamoDB Streams records, your application must access a DynamoDB Streams endpoint in the same Region. All of the other options are incorrect since none of these would meet the core requirement. Reference: DynamoDB Streams Use Cases and Design Patterns
Q46: An application has been making use of AWS DynamoDB for its back-end data store. The size of the table has now grown to 20 GB , and the scans on the table are causing throttling errors. Which of the following should now be implemented to avoid such errors?
A. Large Page size
B. Reduced page size
C. Parallel Scans
D. Sequential scans
Answer – B When you scan your table in Amazon DynamoDB, you should follow the DynamoDB best practices for avoiding sudden bursts of read activity. You can use the following technique to minimize the impact of a scan on a table’s provisioned throughput. Reduce page size Because a Scan operation reads an entire page (by default, 1 MB), you can reduce the impact of the scan operation by setting a smaller page size. The Scan operation provides a Limit parameter that you can use to set the page size for your request. Each Query or Scan request that has a smaller page size uses fewer read operations and creates a “pause” between each request. For example, suppose that each item is 4 KB and you set the page size to 40 items. A Query request would then consume only 20 eventually consistent read operations or 40 strongly consistent read operations. A larger number of smaller Query or Scan operations would allow your other critical requests to succeed without throttling. Reference1: Rate-Limited Scans in Amazon DynamoDB
Q47: Which of the following is correct way of passing a stage variable to an HTTP URL ? (Select TWO.)
A. http://example.com/${}/prod
B. http://example.com/${stageVariables.}/prod
C. http://${stageVariables.}.example.com/dev/operation
D. http://${stageVariables}.example.com/dev/operation
E. http://${}.example.com/dev/operation
F. http://example.com/${stageVariables}/prod
Answer – B. and C. A stage variable can be used as part of HTTP integration URL as in following cases, · A full URI without protocol · A full domain · A subdomain · A path · A query string In the above case , option B & C displays stage variable as a path & sub-domain. Reference: Amazon API Gateway Stage Variables Reference
Q48: Your company is planning on creating new development environments in AWS. They want to make use of their existing Chef recipes which they use for their on-premise configuration for servers in AWS. Which of the following service would be ideal to use in this regard?
A. AWS Elastic Beanstalk
B. AWS OpsWork
C. AWS Cloudformation
D. AWS SQS
Answer – B AWS OpsWorks is a configuration management service that provides managed instances of Chef and Puppet. Chef and Puppet are automation platforms that allow you to use code to automate the configurations of your servers. OpsWorks lets you use Chef and Puppet to automate how servers are configured, deployed, and managed across your Amazon EC2 instances or on-premises compute environments All other options are invalid since they cannot be used to work with Chef recipes for configuration management. Reference: AWS OpsWorks
Q49: Your company has developed a web application and is hosting it in an Amazon S3 bucket configured for static website hosting. The users can log in to this app using their Google/Facebook login accounts. The application is using the AWS SDK for JavaScript in the browser to access data stored in an Amazon DynamoDB table. How can you ensure that API keys for access to your data in DynamoDB are kept secure?
A. Create an Amazon S3 role in IAM with access to the specific DynamoDB tables, and assign it to the bucket hosting your website
B. Configure S3 bucket tags with your AWS access keys for your bucket hosing your website so that the application can query them for access.
C. Configure a web identity federation role within IAM to enable access to the correct DynamoDB resources and retrieve temporary credentials
D. Store AWS keys in global variables within your application and configure the application to use these credentials when making requests.
Answer – C With web identity federation, you don’t need to create custom sign-in code or manage your own user identities. Instead, users of your app can sign in using a well-known identity provider (IdP) —such as Login with Amazon, Facebook, Google, or any other OpenID Connect (OIDC)-compatible IdP, receive an authentication token, and then exchange that token for temporary security credentials in AWS that map to an IAM role with permissions to use the resources in your AWS account. Using an IdP helps you keep your AWS account secure, because you don’t have to embed and distribute long-term security credentials with your application. Option A is invalid since Roles cannot be assigned to S3 buckets Options B and D are invalid since the AWS Access keys should not be used Reference: About Web Identity Federation
Q50: Your application currently makes use of AWS Cognito for managing user identities. You want to analyze the information that is stored in AWS Cognito for your application. Which of the following features of AWS Cognito should you use for this purpose?
A. Cognito Data
B. Cognito Events
C. Cognito Streams
D. Cognito Callbacks
Answer – C Amazon Cognito Streams gives developers control and insight into their data stored in Amazon Cognito. Developers can now configure a Kinesis stream to receive events as data is updated and synchronized. Amazon Cognito can push each dataset change to a Kinesis stream you own in real time. All other options are invalid since you should use Cognito Streams Reference:
Q51: You’ve developed a set of scripts using AWS Lambda. These scripts need to access EC2 Instances in a VPC. Which of the following needs to be done to ensure that the AWS Lambda function can access the resources in the VPC. Choose 2 answers from the options given below
A. Ensure that the subnet ID’s are mentioned when conguring the Lambda function
B. Ensure that the NACL ID’s are mentioned when conguring the Lambda function
C. Ensure that the Security Group ID’s are mentioned when conguring the Lambda function
D. Ensure that the VPC Flow Log ID’s are mentioned when conguring the Lambda function
Answer: A and C. AWS Lambda runs your function code securely within a VPC by default. However, to enable your Lambda function to access resources inside your private VPC, you must provide additional VPCspecific configuration information that includes VPC subnet IDs and security group IDs. AWS Lambda uses this information to set up elastic network interfaces (ENIs) that enable your function to connect securely to other resources within your private VPC. Reference: Configuring a Lambda Function to Access Resources in an Amazon VPC
Q52: You’ve currently been tasked to migrate an existing on-premise environment into Elastic Beanstalk. The application does not make use of Docker containers. You also can’t see any relevant environments in the beanstalk service that would be suitable to host your application. What should you consider doing in this case?
A. Migrate your application to using Docker containers and then migrate the app to the Elastic Beanstalk environment.
B. Consider using Cloudformation to deploy your environment to Elastic Beanstalk
C. Consider using Packer to create a custom platform
D. Consider deploying your application using the Elastic Container Service
Answer – C Elastic Beanstalk supports custom platforms. A custom platform is a more advanced customization than a Custom Image in several ways. A custom platform lets you develop an entire new platform from scratch, customizing the operating system, additional software, and scripts that Elastic Beanstalk runs on platform instances. This flexibility allows you to build a platform for an application that uses a language or other infrastructure software, for which Elastic Beanstalk doesn’t provide a platform out of the box. Compare that to custom images, where you modify an AMI for use with an existing Elastic Beanstalk platform, and Elastic Beanstalk still provides the platform scripts and controls the platform’s software stack. In addition, with custom platforms you use an automated, scripted way to create and maintain your customization, whereas with custom images you make the changes manually over a running instance. To create a custom platform, you build an Amazon Machine Image (AMI) from one of the supported operating systems—Ubuntu, RHEL, or Amazon Linux (see the flavor entry in Platform.yaml File Format for the exact version numbers)—and add further customizations. You create your own Elastic Beanstalk platform using Packer, which is an open-source tool for creating machine images for many platforms, including AMIs for use with Amazon EC2. An Elastic Beanstalk platform comprises an AMI configured to run a set of software that supports an application, and metadata that can include custom configuration options and default configuration option settings. Reference: AWS Elastic Beanstalk Custom Platforms
Q53: Company B is writing 10 items to the Dynamo DB table every second. Each item is 15.5Kb in size. What would be the required provisioned write throughput for best performance? Choose the correct answer from the options below.
A. 10
B. 160
C. 155
D. 16
Answer – B. Company B is writing 10 items to the Dynamo DB table every second. Each item is 15.5Kb in size. What would be the required provisioned write throughput for best performance? Choose the correct answer from the options below. Reference: Read/Write Capacity Mode
Q57: Which of the following practices allows multiple developers working on the same application to merge code changes frequently, without impacting each other and enables the identification of bugs early on in the release process?
Q60: You want to receive an email whenever a user pushes code to CodeCommit repository, how can you configure this?
A. Create a new SNS topic and configure it to poll for CodeCommit eveents. Ask all users to subscribe to the topic to receive notifications
B. Configure a CloudWatch Events rule to send a message to SES which will trigger an email to be sent whenever a user pushes code to the repository.
C. Configure Notifications in the console, this will create a CloudWatch events rule to send a notification to a SNS topic which will trigger an email to be sent to the user.
D. Configure a CloudWatch Events rule to send a message to SQS which will trigger an email to be sent whenever a user pushes code to the repository.
Q63: You are deploying a number of EC2 and RDS instances using CloudFormation. Which section of the CloudFormation template would you use to define these?
A. Transforms
B. Outputs
C. Resources
D. Instances
Answer: C. The Resources section defines your resources you are provisioning. Outputs is used to output user defines data relating to the reources you have built and can also used as input to another CloudFormation stack. Transforms is used to reference code located in S3. Reference: Resources
Q64: Which AWS service can be used to fully automate your entire release process?
A. CodeDeploy
B. CodePipeline
C. CodeCommit
D. CodeBuild
Answer: B. AWS CodePipeline is a fully managed continuous delivery service that helps you automate your release pipelines for fast and reliable application and infrastructure updates
Q65: You want to use the output of your CloudFormation stack as input to another CloudFormation stack. Which sections of the CloudFormation template would you use to help you configure this?
A. Outputs
B. Transforms
C. Resources
D. Exports
Answer: A. Outputs is used to output user defines data relating to the reources you have built and can also used as input to another CloudFormation stack. Reference: CloudFormation Outputs
Q66: You have some code located in an S3 bucket that you want to reference in your CloudFormation template. Which section of the template can you use to define this?
A. Inputs
B. Resources
C. Transforms
D. Files
Answer: C. Transforms is used to reference code located in S3 and also specififying the use of the Serverless Application Model (SAM) for Lambda deployments. Reference: Transforms
Q67: You are deploying an application to a number of Ec2 instances using CodeDeploy. What is the name of the file used to specify source files and lifecycle hooks?
Q68: Which of the following approaches allows you to re-use pieces of CloudFormation code in multiple templates, for common use cases like provisioning a load balancer or web server?
A. Share the code using an EBS volume
B. Copy and paste the code into the template each time you need to use it
C. Use a cloudformation nested stack
D. Store the code you want to re-use in an AMI and reference the AMI from within your CloudFormation template.
Q72: Which of the following is an encrypted key used by KMS to encrypt your data
A. Custmoer Mamaged Key
B. Encryption Key
C. Envelope Key
D. Customer Master Key
Answer: C. Your Data key also known as the Enveloppe key is encrypted using the master key.This approach is known as Envelope encryption. Envelope encryption is the practice of encrypting plaintext data with a data key, and then encrypting the data key under another key.
Q75: A developer is preparing a deployment package for a Java implementation of an AWS Lambda function. What should the developer include in the deployment package? (Select TWO.) A. Compiled application code B. Java runtime environment C. References to the event sources D. Lambda execution role E. Application dependencies
Answer: C. E. Notes: To create a Lambda function, you first create a Lambda function deployment package. This package is a .zip or .jar file consisting of your code and any dependencies. Reference:Lambda deployment packages.
Q76: A developer uses AWS CodeDeploy to deploy a Python application to a fleet of Amazon EC2 instances that run behind an Application Load Balancer. The instances run in an Amazon EC2 Auto Scaling group across multiple Availability Zones. What should the developer include in the CodeDeploy deployment package? A. A launch template for the Amazon EC2 Auto Scaling group B. A CodeDeploy AppSpec file C. An EC2 role that grants the application access to AWS services D. An IAM policy that grants the application access to AWS services
Answer: B. Notes: The CodeDeploy AppSpec (application specific) file is unique to CodeDeploy. The AppSpec file is used to manage each deployment as a series of lifecycle event hooks, which are defined in the file. Reference: CodeDeploy application specification (AppSpec) files. Category: Deployment
Q76: A company is working on a project to enhance its serverless application development process. The company hosts applications on AWS Lambda. The development team regularly updates the Lambda code and wants to use stable code in production. Which combination of steps should the development team take to configure Lambda functions to meet both development and production requirements? (Select TWO.)
A. Create a new Lambda version every time a new code release needs testing. B. Create two Lambda function aliases. Name one as Production and the other as Development. Point the Production alias to a production-ready unqualified Amazon Resource Name (ARN) version. Point the Development alias to the $LATEST version. C. Create two Lambda function aliases. Name one as Production and the other as Development. Point the Production alias to the production-ready qualified Amazon Resource Name (ARN) version. Point the Development alias to the variable LAMBDA_TASK_ROOT. D. Create a new Lambda layer every time a new code release needs testing. E. Create two Lambda function aliases. Name one as Production and the other as Development. Point the Production alias to a production-ready Lambda layer Amazon Resource Name (ARN). Point the Development alias to the $LATEST layer ARN.
Answer: A. B. Notes: Lambda function versions are designed to manage deployment of functions. They can be used for code changes, without affecting the stable production version of the code. By creating separate aliases for Production and Development, systems can initiate the correct alias as needed. A Lambda function alias can be used to point to a specific Lambda function version. Using the functionality to update an alias and its linked version, the development team can update the required version as needed. The $LATEST version is the newest published version. Reference: Lambda function versions.
Q77: Each time a developer publishes a new version of an AWS Lambda function, all the dependent event source mappings need to be updated with the reference to the new version’s Amazon Resource Name (ARN). These updates are time consuming and error-prone. Which combination of actions should the developer take to avoid performing these updates when publishing a new Lambda version? (Select TWO.) A. Update event source mappings with the ARN of the Lambda layer. B. Point a Lambda alias to a new version of the Lambda function. C. Create a Lambda alias for each published version of the Lambda function. D. Point a Lambda alias to a new Lambda function alias. E. Update the event source mappings with the Lambda alias ARN.
Answer: B. E. Notes: A Lambda alias is a pointer to a specific Lambda function version. Instead of using ARNs for the Lambda function in event source mappings, you can use an alias ARN. You do not need to update your event source mappings when you promote a new version or roll back to a previous version. Reference: Lambda function aliases. Category: Deployment
Q78: A company wants to store sensitive user data in Amazon S3 and encrypt this data at rest. The company must manage the encryption keys and use Amazon S3 to perform the encryption. How can a developer meet these requirements? A. Enable default encryption for the S3 bucket by using the option for server-side encryption with customer-provided encryption keys (SSE-C). B. Enable client-side encryption with an encryption key. Upload the encrypted object to the S3 bucket. C. Enable server-side encryption with Amazon S3 managed encryption keys (SSE-S3). Upload an object to the S3 bucket. D. Enable server-side encryption with customer-provided encryption keys (SSE-C). Upload an object to the S3 bucket.
Q79: A company is developing a Python application that submits data to an Amazon DynamoDB table. The company requires client-side encryption of specific data items and end-to-end protection for the encrypted data in transit and at rest. Which combination of steps will meet the requirement for the encryption of specific data items? (Select TWO.)
A. Generate symmetric encryption keys with AWS Key Management Service (AWS KMS). B. Generate asymmetric encryption keys with AWS Key Management Service (AWS KMS). C. Use generated keys with the DynamoDB Encryption Client. D. Use generated keys to configure DynamoDB table encryption with AWS managed customer master keys (CMKs). E. Use generated keys to configure DynamoDB table encryption with AWS owned customer master keys (CMKs).
Answer: A. C. Notes: When the DynamoDB Encryption Client is configured to use AWS KMS, it uses a customer master key (CMK) that is always encrypted when used outside of AWS KMS. This cryptographic materials provider returns a unique encryption key and signing key for every table item. This method of encryption uses a symmetric CMK. Reference: Direct KMS Materials Provider. Category: Deployment
Q80: A company is developing a REST API with Amazon API Gateway. Access to the API should be limited to users in the existing Amazon Cognito user pool. Which combination of steps should a developer perform to secure the API? (Select TWO.) A. Create an AWS Lambda authorizer for the API. B. Create an Amazon Cognito authorizer for the API. C. Configure the authorizer for the API resource. D. Configure the API methods to use the authorizer. E. Configure the authorizer for the API stage.
Answer: B. D. Notes: An Amazon Cognito authorizer should be used for integration with Amazon Cognito user pools. In addition to creating an authorizer, you are required to configure an API method to use that authorizer for the API. Reference: Control access to a REST API using Amazon Cognito user pools as authorizer. Category: Security
Q81: A developer is implementing a mobile app to provide personalized services to app users. The application code makes calls to Amazon S3 and Amazon Simple Queue Service (Amazon SQS). Which options can the developer use to authenticate the app users? (Select TWO.) A. Authenticate to the Amazon Cognito identity pool directly. B. Authenticate to AWS Identity and Access Management (IAM) directly. C. Authenticate to the Amazon Cognito user pool directly. D. Federate authentication by using Login with Amazon with the users managed with AWS Security Token Service (AWS STS). E. Federate authentication by using Login with Amazon with the users managed with the Amazon Cognito user pool.
Answer: C. E. Notes: The Amazon Cognito user pool provides direct user authentication. The Amazon Cognito user pool provides a federated authentication option with third-party identity provider (IdP), including amazon.com. Reference: Adding User Pool Sign-in Through a Third Party. Category: Security
Q82: A company is implementing several order processing workflows. Each workflow is implemented by using AWS Lambda functions for each task. Which combination of steps should a developer follow to implement these workflows? (Select TWO.) A. Define a AWS Step Functions task for each Lambda function. B. Define a AWS Step Functions task for each workflow. C. Write code that polls the AWS Step Functions invocation to coordinate each workflow. D. Define an AWS Step Functions state machine for each workflow. E. Define an AWS Step Functions state machine for each Lambda function.
Answer: A. D. Notes: Step Functions is based on state machines and tasks. A state machine is a workflow. Tasks perform work by coordinating with other AWS services, such as Lambda. A state machine is a workflow. It can be used to express a workflow as a number of states, their relationships, and their input and output. You can coordinate individual tasks with Step Functions by expressing your workflow as a finite state machine, written in the Amazon States Language. Reference: Getting Started with AWS Step Functions.
Category: Development
Q83: A company is migrating a web service to the AWS Cloud. The web service accepts requests by using HTTP (port 80). The company wants to use an AWS Lambda function to process HTTP requests. Which application design will satisfy these requirements? A. Create an Amazon API Gateway API. Configure proxy integration with the Lambda function. B. Create an Amazon API Gateway API. Configure non-proxy integration with the Lambda function. C. Configure the Lambda function to listen to inbound network connections on port 80. D. Configure the Lambda function as a target in the Application Load Balancer target group.
Answer: D. Notes: Elastic Load Balancing supports Lambda functions as a target for an Application Load Balancer. You can use load balancer rules to route HTTP requests to a function, based on the path or the header values. Then, process the request and return an HTTP response from your Lambda function. Reference: Using AWS Lambda with an Application Load Balancer. Category: Development
Q84: A company is developing an image processing application. When an image is uploaded to an Amazon S3 bucket, a number of independent and separate services must be invoked to process the image. The services do not have to be available immediately, but they must process every image. Which application design satisfies these requirements? A. Configure an Amazon S3 event notification that publishes to an Amazon Simple Queue Service (Amazon SQS) queue. Each service pulls the message from the same queue. B. Configure an Amazon S3 event notification that publishes to an Amazon Simple Notification Service (Amazon SNS) topic. Each service subscribes to the same topic. C. Configure an Amazon S3 event notification that publishes to an Amazon Simple Queue Service (Amazon SQS) queue. Subscribe a separate Amazon Simple Notification Service (Amazon SNS) topic for each service to an Amazon SQS queue. D. Configure an Amazon S3 event notification that publishes to an Amazon Simple Notification Service (Amazon SNS) topic. Subscribe a separate Simple Queue Service (Amazon SQS) queue for each service to the Amazon SNS topic.
Answer: D. Notes: Each service can subscribe to an individual Amazon SQS queue, which receives an event notification from the Amazon SNS topic. This is a fanout architectural implementation. Reference: Common Amazon SNS scenarios. Category: Development
Q85: A developer wants to implement Amazon EC2 Auto Scaling for a Multi-AZ web application. However, the developer is concerned that user sessions will be lost during scale-in events. How can the developer store the session state and share it across the EC2 instances? A. Write the sessions to an Amazon Kinesis data stream. Configure the application to poll the stream. B. Publish the sessions to an Amazon Simple Notification Service (Amazon SNS) topic. Subscribe each instance in the group to the topic. C. Store the sessions in an Amazon ElastiCache for Memcached cluster. Configure the application to use the Memcached API. D. Write the sessions to an Amazon Elastic Block Store (Amazon EBS) volume. Mount the volume to each instance in the group.
Answer: C. Notes: ElastiCache for Memcached is a distributed in-memory data store or cache environment in the cloud. It will meet the developer’s requirement of persistent storage and is fast to access. Reference: What is Amazon ElastiCache for Memcached?
Q86: A developer is integrating a legacy web application that runs on a fleet of Amazon EC2 instances with an Amazon DynamoDB table. There is no AWS SDK for the programming language that was used to implement the web application. Which combination of steps should the developer perform to make an API call to Amazon DynamoDB from the instances? (Select TWO.) A. Make an HTTPS POST request to the DynamoDB API endpoint for the AWS Region. In the request body, include an XML document that contains the request attributes. B. Make an HTTPS POST request to the DynamoDB API endpoint for the AWS Region. In the request body, include a JSON document that contains the request attributes. C. Sign the requests by using AWS access keys and Signature Version 4. D. Use an EC2 SSH key to calculate Signature Version 4 of the request. E. Provide the signature value through the HTTP X-API-Key header.
Answer: B. C. Notes: The HTTPS-based low-level AWS API for DynamoDB uses JSON as a wire protocol format. When you send HTTP requests to AWS, you sign the requests so that AWS can identify who sent them. Requests are signed with your AWS access key, which consists of an access key ID and secret access key. AWS supports two signature versions: Signature Version 4 and Signature Version 2. AWS recommends the use of Signature Version 4. Reference: Signing AWS API requests. Category: Development
Q87: A developer has written several custom applications that read and write to the same Amazon DynamoDB table. Each time the data in the DynamoDB table is modified, this change should be sent to an external API. Which combination of steps should the developer perform to accomplish this task? (Select TWO.) A. Configure an AWS Lambda function to poll the stream and call the external API. B. Configure an event in Amazon EventBridge (Amazon CloudWatch Events) that publishes the change to an Amazon Managed Streaming for Apache Kafka (Amazon MSK) data stream. C. Create a trigger in the DynamoDB table to publish the change to an Amazon Kinesis data stream. D. Deliver the stream to an Amazon Simple Notification Service (Amazon SNS) topic and subscribe the API to the topic. E. Enable DynamoDB Streams on the table.
Answer: A. E. Notes: If you enable DynamoDB Streams on a table, you can associate the stream Amazon Resource Name (ARN) with an Lambda function that you write. Immediately after an item in the table is modified, a new record appears in the table’s stream. Lambda polls the stream and invokes your Lambda function synchronously when it detects new stream records. You can enable DynamoDB Streams on a table to create an event that invokes an AWS Lambda function. Reference: Tutorial: Process New Items with DynamoDB Streams and Lambda. Category: Monitoring
Q88: A company is migrating the create, read, update, and delete (CRUD) functionality of an existing Java web application to AWS Lambda. Which minimal code refactoring is necessary for the CRUD operations to run in the Lambda function? A. Implement a Lambda handler function. B. Import an AWS X-Ray package. C. Rewrite the application code in Python. D. Add a reference to the Lambda execution role.
Answer: A. Notes: Every Lambda function needs a Lambda-specific handler. Specifics of authoring vary between runtimes, but all runtimes share a common programming model that defines the interface between your code and the runtime code. You tell the runtime which method to run by defining a handler in the function configuration. The runtime runs that method. Next, the runtime passes in objects to the handler that contain the invocation event and context, such as the function name and request ID. Reference: Getting started with Lambda. Category: Refactoring
Q89: A company plans to use AWS log monitoring services to monitor an application that runs on premises. Currently, the application runs on a recent version of Ubuntu Server and outputs the logs to a local file. Which combination of steps should a developer perform to accomplish this goal? (Select TWO.) A. Update the application code to include calls to the agent API for log collection. B. Install the Amazon Elastic Container Service (Amazon ECS) container agent on the server. C. Install the unified Amazon CloudWatch agent on the server. D. Configure the long-term AWS credentials on the server to enable log collection by the agent. E. Attach an IAM role to the server to enable log collection by the agent.
Answer: C. D. Notes: The unified CloudWatch agent needs to be installed on the server. Ubuntu Server 18.04 is one of the many supported operating systems. When you install the unified CloudWatch agent on an on-premises server, you will specify a named profile that contains the credentials of the IAM user. Reference: Collecting metrics and logs from Amazon EC2 instances and on-premises servers with the CloudWatch agent. Category: Monitoring
Q90: A developer wants to monitor invocations of an AWS Lambda function by using Amazon CloudWatch Logs. The developer added a number of print statements to the function code that write the logging information to the stdout stream. After running the function, the developer does not see any log data being generated. Why does the log data NOT appear in the CloudWatch logs? A. The log data is not written to the stderr stream. B. Lambda function logging is not automatically enabled. C. The execution role for the Lambda function did not grant permissions to write log data to CloudWatch Logs. D. The Lambda function outputs the logs to an Amazon S3 bucket.
Answer: C. Notes: The function needs permission to call CloudWatch Logs. Update the execution role to grant the permission. You can use the managed policy of AWSLambdaBasicExecutionRole. Reference: Troubleshoot execution issues in Lambda. Category: Monitoting
Q91: Which of the following are best practices you should implement into ongoing deployments of your application? (Select THREE.)
A. Use stage variables to manage secrets across environments B. Create account-specific AWS SAM templates for each environment C. Use an AutoPublish alias D. Use traffic shifting with pre- and post-deployment hooks E. Test throughout the pipeline
Q92: You are handing off maintenance of your new serverless application to an incoming team lead. Which recommendations would you make? (Select THREE.)
A. Keep up to date with the quotas and payload sizes for each AWS service you are using
B. Analyze production access patterns to identify potential improvements
C. Design your services to extend their life as long as possible
D. Minimize changes to your production application
E. Compare the value of using the latest first-class integrations versus using Lambda between AWS services
Q93: You are handing off maintenance of your new serverless application to an incoming team lead. Which recommendations would you make? (Select THREE.)
A. Keep up to date with the quotas and payload sizes for each AWS service you are using
B. Analyze production access patterns to identify potential improvements
C. Design your services to extend their life as long as possible
D. Minimize changes to your production application
E. Compare the value of using the latest first-class integrations versus using Lambda between AWS services
Answer: A. B. D. Notes: Keep up to date with the quotas and payload sizes for each AWS service you are using. Analyze production access patterns to identify potential improvements. Minimize changes to your production application
Q94: Your application needs to connect to an Amazon RDS instance on the backend. What is the best recommendation to the developer whose function must read from and write to the Amazon RDS instance?
A. Initialize the number of connections you want outside of the handler
B. Use the database TTL setting to clean up connections
C. Use reserved concurrency to limit the number of concurrent functions that would try to write to the database
D. Use the database proxy feature to provide connection pooling for the functions
Answer: D. Notes: Use the database proxy feature to provide connection pooling for the functions
Question 95: A developer reports that a third-party library they need cannot be shared in the Lambda invocation environment. Which suggestion would you make?
A. Decrease the deployment package size
B. Set a provisioned concurrency of one so that the library doesn’t need to be shared across environments
C. Use reserved concurrency for the function that needs to use the library
D. Load the third-party library onto an Amazon EFS volume
Answer: D Notes: Load the third-party library onto an Amazon EFS volume
AWS has provided whitepapers to help you understand the technical concepts. Below are the recommended whitepapers for the AWS Certified Developer – Associate Exam.
The Cloud is the future: Get Certified now. The AWS Certified Solution Architect Average Salary is: US $149,446/year. Get Certified with the App below:
The Cloud is the future: Get Certified now. The AWS Certified Solution Architect Average Salary is: US $149,446/year. Get Certified with the App below:
The AWS Certified Developer-Associate Examination (DVA-C01) is a pass or fail exam. The examination is scored against a minimum standard established by AWS professionals guided by certification industry best practices and guidelines.
Your results for the examination are reported as a score from 100 – 1000, with a minimum passing score of 720.
Domain 1: Deployment (22%) 1.1 Deploy written code in AWS using existing CI/CD pipelines, processes, and patterns. 1.2 Deploy applications using Elastic Beanstalk. 1.3 Prepare the application deployment package to be deployed to AWS. 1.4 Deploy serverless applications
22%
Domain 2: Security (26%) 2.1 Make authenticated calls to AWS services. 2.2 Implement encryption using AWS services. 2.3 Implement application authentication and authorization.
26%
Domain 3: Development with AWS Services (30%) 3.1 Write code for serverless applications. 3.2 Translate functional requirements into application design. 3.3 Implement application design into application code. 3.4 Write code that interacts with AWS services by using APIs, SDKs, and AWS CLI.
30%
Domain 4: Refactoring 4.1 Optimize application to best use AWS services and features. 4.2 Migrate existing application code to run on AWS.
10%
Domain 5: Monitoring and Troubleshooting (10%) 5.1 Write code that can be monitored. 5.2 Perform root cause analysis on faults found in testing or production.
The Cloud is the future: Get Certified now. The AWS Certified Solution Architect Average Salary is: US $149,446/year. Get Certified with the App below:
The Cloud is the future: Get Certified now. The AWS Certified Solution Architect Average Salary is: US $149,446/year. Get Certified with the App below:
AWS has provided whitepapers to help you understand the technical concepts. Below are the recommended whitepapers for the AWS Certified Developer – Associate Exam.
The Cloud is the future: Get Certified now. The AWS Certified Solution Architect Average Salary is: US $149,446/year. Get Certified with the App below:
The Cloud is the future: Get Certified now. The AWS Certified Solution Architect Average Salary is: US $149,446/year. Get Certified with the App below:
The AWS Certified Developer-Associate Examination (DVA-C01) is a pass or fail exam. The examination is scored against a minimum standard established by AWS professionals guided by certification industry best practices and guidelines.
Your results for the examination are reported as a score from 100 – 1000, with a minimum passing score of 720.
Domain 1: Deployment (22%) 1.1 Deploy written code in AWS using existing CI/CD pipelines, processes, and patterns. 1.2 Deploy applications using Elastic Beanstalk. 1.3 Prepare the application deployment package to be deployed to AWS. 1.4 Deploy serverless applications
22%
Domain 2: Security (26%) 2.1 Make authenticated calls to AWS services. 2.2 Implement encryption using AWS services. 2.3 Implement application authentication and authorization.
26%
Domain 3: Development with AWS Services (30%) 3.1 Write code for serverless applications. 3.2 Translate functional requirements into application design. 3.3 Implement application design into application code. 3.4 Write code that interacts with AWS services by using APIs, SDKs, and AWS CLI.
30%
Domain 4: Refactoring 4.1 Optimize application to best use AWS services and features. 4.2 Migrate existing application code to run on AWS.
10%
Domain 5: Monitoring and Troubleshooting (10%) 5.1 Write code that can be monitored. 5.2 Perform root cause analysis on faults found in testing or production.
In this AWS tutorial, we are going to discuss how we can make the best use of AWS services to build a highly scalable, and fault tolerant configuration of EC2 instances. The use of Load Balancers and Auto Scaling Groups falls under a number of best practices in AWS, including Performance Efficiency, Reliability and high availability.
Before we dive into this hands-on tutorial on how exactly we can build this solution, let’s have a brief recap on what an Auto Scaling group is, and what a Load balancer is.
Autoscaling group (ASG)
An Autoscaling group (ASG) is a logical grouping of instances which can scale up and scale down depending on pre-configured settings. By setting Scaling policies of your ASG, you can choose how many EC2 instances are launched and terminated based on your application’s load. You can do this based on manual, dynamic, scheduled or predictive scaling.
Elastic Load Balancer (ELB)
An Elastic Load Balancer (ELB) is a name describing a number of services within AWS designed to distribute traffic across multiple EC2 instances in order to provide enhanced scalability, availability, security and more. The particular type of Load Balancer we will be using today is an Application Load Balancer (ALB). The ALB is a Layer 7 Load Balancer designed to distribute HTTP/HTTPS traffic across multiple nodes – with added features such as TLS termination, Sticky Sessions and Complex routing configurations.
Getting Started
First of all, we open our AWS management console and head to the EC2 management console.
We scroll down on the left-hand side and select ‘Launch Templates’. A Launch Template is a configuration template which defines the settings for EC2 instances launched by the ASG.
Under Launch Templates, we will select “Create launch template”.
We specify the name ‘MyTestTemplate’ and use the same text in the description.
Under the ‘Auto Scaling guidance’ box, tick the box which says ‘Provide guidance to help me set up a template that I can use with EC2 Auto Scaling’ and scroll down to launch template contents.
When it comes to choosing our AMI (Amazon Machine Image) we can choose the Amazon Linux 2 under ‘Quick Start’.
The Amazon Linux 2 AMI is free tier eligible, and easy to use for our demonstration purposes.
Next, we select the ‘t2.micro’ under instance types, as this is also free tier eligible.
Under Network Settings, we create a new Security Group called ExampleSG in our default VPC, allowing HTTP access to everyone. It should look like this.
AWS Certified Developer Associate exam: Additional Information for reference
Below are some useful reference links that would help you to learn about AWS Certified Developer Associate Exam.
The Cloud is the future: Get Certified now. The AWS Certified Solution Architect Average Salary is: US $149,446/year. Get Certified with the App below:
The Cloud is the future: Get Certified now. The AWS Certified Solution Architect Average Salary is: US $149,446/year. Get Certified with the App below:
Hello folks, I Just published a short blog on how to capture and analyze VPC flow logs. Hope it's useful to you. https://openobserve.ai/blog/how-to-capture-aws-vpc-flow-logs-and-analyze-them submitted by /u/the_ml_guy [link] [comments]
https://stackoverflow.com/questions/73444611/aws-lambda-filtering-criteria-not-filtering-out-events If you don't create a trigger with a filter to begin with, and instead update the trigger with a filter, the filter will be dropped and all events will go through. The UI does not signify this at all. It is a silent error and it pretends like your filter is working when in reality it lets all events through. Please AWS fix this please please please please. It's been like 2 years since this question was asked and it's still broken submitted by /u/Pumpkin-Main [link] [comments]
Hello! Can you guys recommend some materials to help build an AWS environment to host an app deployed on EKS cluster. I mainly use AWS docs for everything but I’m looking for something visual. I come from purely on prem sysadmin background. I have been administering AWS environment in the past. This is my first time architecting and implement an AWS environment from scratch. Any advice or tips are greatly appreciated!!! Thank you in advance. submitted by /u/Avocado_Infinite [link] [comments]
Hi everybody, I am currently starting the development of my new e-commerce platform where I will sell typefaces and I get lost when thinking about how to host it when everything's done. So I found it better to ask a panel of people that has already done it. First, I will describe to you the tech and functionalities so it might give you a better view of what I am trying to accomplish and what will need to be deployed. And then I will lay out (most of) the questions I have in my head. The stack I will be using: - Frontend: Next.js (TypeScript) + Tailwind - Backend: NestJS (TypeScript) + Prisma + PostgreSQL + GraphQL - Payment: Stripe Functionalities (classic for a e-commerce platform): - Few static pages - Font pages (dynamic) - Admin dashboard for orders and payments - Admin panel to add new fonts + new articles - Client dashboard to see their orders and download the font files - Emails sent with the link to download the files (I don't know how I will manage the emails yet) I don't think I will have 10 000 visitors per month, an adjusted number would be around 2 000 visitors per month (I think). And each visitor might visit 10 pages maximum. Keep in mind that I am very new to online deployment for apps like this so I am accepting every tips you have. I would like to keep my costs to a "minimum", and don't mind getting my hands into the operations if there are good documentation about it. My questions: 1) Should I host my frontend + backend + db + files (fonts / images) together? 2) At first I looked at Vercel (Pro plan for $20/month) but people were telling that AWS is better and cheaper when scaling. And some say that Vercel hosts on AWS as well... What do you think about it? 3) What AWS options would suit my needs? 4) What would be a classic CI/CD process with these hosting options? 5) What would be an approximate cost per month for hosting my platform? Thank you for taking the time to read all of this and answering! It helps a lot! PS: I am not using a CMS like Webflow / WordPress / Shopify because I want to have my hands on my code and be able to tailor my needs by coding it submitted by /u/Erforcee [link] [comments]
The application I need to deploy is build on MERN stack. I am hosting the frontend on S3 as static website, I am using cloudfront and enabled ssl on my frontend using Certificate Manager issued SSL certificate, I am using route 53 for DNS. The backend is running on an EC2 instance, and also the mongodb. The app has a feature that let's user upload a file, the backend server stores this file in another S3 bucket(not the same bucket that runs the frontend). When I directly use the S3 endpoint to access the application, I can successfully upload the files to S3. But when I access my application using the domain name (that is mapped to my cloudfront endpoint in route 53), I can access the website, but when I try to upload the file and click on the upload button I get an error, it's asking to serve the backend requests over https and not http. I want to know is there a way that I can force cloudfront to allow my frontend to connect with my backend over http only? submitted by /u/LM10AI8X6 [link] [comments]
Title states it. I passed with an 894. As others have stated, having SAP absolutely helps. Doable without? Absolutely. Resources used: Neal Davis, Stephane Marek, Tutorials Dojo, AWS Documentation. The rundown: based off of the questions I got in particular, I over studied. However, Adrian said it was breath and depth, and he did not lie. Out of the 65 questions, there were maybe 7 or 8 that went way deeper than my rabbit holes I decided to go down. A lot of questions on KMS, and when I say a lot, maybe 20-25 questions on different KMS scenarios. Luckily this was a rabbit hole I went down. However, they had a question on key rings, and I did not have a clue what this was. A good bit on organizations and reading SCPs, Resource, and IAM policies. Not too many questions on GuardDuty, out of the ones I had, none on GuardDuty malware protection. A few set up the security group and NACL configurations correctly. One random question on IoT security. Edit: Forgot, a couple questions on VPC endpoints, S2SVPN over DX. I had an opportunity to take the Skill builder official practice test, this was actually harder than the official test. Anyways, I will try to answer anything I can, on to the next! submitted by /u/Adventurous_Arm_4716 [link] [comments]
Hi all, not sure if this is the right place, but any advice would be appreciated cause I'm totally lost. At work, they want to connect PowerBI with Amazon RedShift (apparently we have few TB of data in it). Since I've never worked with ARS (Amazon RedShift) what would be typical set-up (connection with PowerBI accounts)? All of our apps use SAML/OAuth2.0 (don't know if this info is relevant). Any general idea how to connect it? What would be best practices? What are security rules regarding this? How is access managed? KR submitted by /u/DinoTheLastDinosaur [link] [comments]
Asked this in dataengineering sub, but no takers there. I am looking for a way to make key pairs that will be used on prem by devs and service accounts for Snowflake. My goal is to have convenient rotation with keys managed in AWS, used by on prem developers and service accounts. I'm am looking for guidance on mechanics, and thoughts about any security holes in what I am proposing. First AWS thing: because I want to use the private keys outside of AWS, and I want to use KMS, I need to start with GenerateDataKeyPair. Is that correct? Next question: "how can I get the private keys to developers" and "how can I get the public key to Snowflake". For the first one I think the answer is you probably want to use an SDK, and should be able to figure it out yourself. Alternately your devs could run aws kms mumble mumble. I haven't tried anything yet, want to see if I am on right track on that. Does it sound right? Next question: "how do I get the public key to Snowflake?" I think answer here is You are much less concerned about security here. You just need to have a bucket your Snowflake accounts can ingest from, and use a stored procedure with appropriate permissions to set the keys. Or you could use snowpark & boto3 to get it from KMS, at the cost of having aws credentials stored in Snowflake. Anyway this is a question for the snowflake sub. Thanks for any insights, or explanation of why this is a terrible idea, or pointers to existing implementations. submitted by /u/levintennine [link] [comments]
I am working on a client project where we are using code commit and i don’t understand the motivation of using AWS services as GitHub repository and CI/CD platform. So far my experience has mainly been negative as I find these tools to be less developer friendly compared to something like github when it comes to commiting your code. Integration with other tools like Jira/confluence is lacking which makes it more difficult to collaborate. Also building CI/CD pipelines are much more difficult as you need to rely on other AWS services. If i use github actions it is so easy to find already built action that achieves what you want (same goes for other tools like Gitlab, Jenkins). However it can be easier to deploy your code on aws account as it is already part of the aws ecosystem. But i am not sure if this outweighs the drawbacks I mentioned previously. Can someone more experienced with this explain other benefits where AWS version control can be more appropriate compared to github or gitlab? I just don’t see it submitted by /u/caksters [link] [comments]
I have setup a few S3 buckets and enabled access logging. I have a specific S3 bucket for all the access logs. Has anyone setup acess logging for the access loging bucket? It is ot possible to log access to itself? It feels like it could just create a infinite loop? Or does the access logging only log GET events? I should look that up to be fair. submitted by /u/Top-Note99 [link] [comments]
Hi Everyone, This is my first ever blog post/article about EBA and how teams + organizations can use this methodology to facilitate the innovation process. This is something that I have used personally, see value in it, and thought of sharing it with the greater community for their knowledge. I've tried to make the language very simple so that people of various backgrounds can still understand what I am talking about and find value in the time spent reading it. Here is the link: Article Link Looking forward to your feedback and continued support 🙂 submitted by /u/SKbae [link] [comments]
So it's not the first time I see ACM cert in-use by something, usually I delete that dependency and then delete cert itself. This case is different, ACM shows usage-by some cloudfront distribution precisely by it's ARN, I go to cloudfront and nothing like that there. Mhmm maybe hidden, trying with cli, also does not list mentioned by ACM distributionID. Then maybe cognito custom domain, maybe API gw custom domain. I've gone thru almost all region I could use and service. Literally nothing. Thought maybe I could place technical support request, but no because this account has basic plan. Also there is no charge to ACM so canno file the billing related case. This is still bothering me, wtf, why. Found some post Stack overflow but without the working result. Ideas? submitted by /u/Alternative-Expert-7 [link] [comments]
Hello everyone, I've created a tool that allows you to build cloud infrastructure using diagram which will than be transformed into terraform code, it is free and publicly available. It's similar to Application Composer but allows to you to organize your code into different stacks and manage k8s resource, etc. Would you use something like that? From my experience a tool like that would have been very helpful during migration or when launching new projects. But I would like to know your opinion, maybe there are some things it's missing. You can try it out here: https://app.archformation.com/ submitted by /u/neifn [link] [comments]
I've a backend node/express application. If an estimate load is of a 1000 concurrent users at a time, how should I estimate the FARGATE cost? What should be the crieteria? The same concern is with a NEXTJS frontend. I've to estimate the cost and pitch it to a client. I can't deploy on cloud to test it right now due to very strict budget issues. What do you guys suggest? submitted by /u/da_baloch [link] [comments]
We have some Timestream tables of what I think you could call "metadata" to help us correspond data with devices, customers, etc. Here is an example of a table used to track our hardware devices: https://preview.redd.it/6isv91fw31pc1.png?width=2887&format=png&auto=webp&s=d199361b5274b470469271aa479458bc1c9501b4 We choose to use Timestream so that we could easily track and query changes to this metadata overtime. But, it feels kind of shoehorned into Timestream, and we're not convinced that Timestream is the best solution for tracking this information. In these tables, 'measure_name' will always be the same. Every record is a multi-measure record. Every record will have the same attributes/columns used. We don't yet really understand the purpose of the dimensions/dimension columns, but know that they have to be VARCHARs. Sometimes, we push records that all have the same time stamp, as you can see in the image. Because those records also has the same measure name and version, the dimension value has to be different. We *think* that the dimension is meant to help optimize queries, but because of the way that we're using it, it won't. Is that the case? What are your suggestions for how else to go about this? Our other leading idea is to swap to DynamoDB tables. We would drop the dimension and measure_name columns/attributes and keep the rest. And we would add a 'changelog' column/attribute that is a list of strings, each giving a datetime and brief description of the change made to that row at the specified time. Thoughts on this? Thanks! submitted by /u/Planetarium58AF [link] [comments]
https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=yGJvYIyzB5Y&ab_channel=AmazonWebServices The alarm in the attached link only works for tunnel state DOWN. We want to receive a single alert email when the tunnel state changes back to UP (metric value 1) How do we set an alert for tunnel state UP? We tried setting the following alert, however, this will keep the alarm in "In alarm" state rather than "OK": TunnelState UP >= 1 for 1 datapoints within 5 minutes When the tunnel is up we don't want an alarm indicating that the tunnel is "In alarm", we basically just want the alert email indicating that it's back up. This is the alert for tunnel state DOWN: TunnelState <= 0.5 for 1 datapoints within 5 minutes Plez halp! submitted by /u/SisterAdministrator [link] [comments]
When I open the excel sheet for one of the customer compliance guides, I am able to filter to view some reports such as HIPAA, CMMC, SOC 2, etc. The issue I am having here is that any time I try to change the report I want to view to something such as HIPAA, the Related Controls tab starts bugging and fails to read the function. So I just end up seeing a #NAME? error. Anyone know what I could do to bypass this? submitted by /u/Unhappy_Front_8397 [link] [comments]
I keep receiving notices my bill is past due and there seems to be absolutely no clear way to fix this issue as my account is messed up. Apparently I have multiple accounts and I cannot for the life of me figure out how to login in to the overdue aws account. I have closed one account, but I cant seem to access the other. I have now spent hours on multiple days trying to figure this out. I just wanna pay my bill. I can't even get support on the website without logging in, which I cant do! submitted by /u/sirbrent [link] [comments]
Hey I just passed with score 780/1000 I've decided to share about my path since I used this reddit and other's people stories to learn, so maybe that helps someone. I've started preparing around 5 weeks ago. I decided to go with the most popular combo: Stephane Maareks course and TD practice exams. I started with learning around 2-3h per day just watching the course. I finished it, but I felt like I didin't pick up some of the stuff so I read the pdfs and documentation from the topics I wasn't confident in. That took me around 3 weeks and I started with the practice tests. From that moment I spent around 4h daily and more on the weekends. I did test from the course and two TD practice tests and I got around 66% in each. Then I went through every single question (failed or passed) and I took notes trying to understand why every answer was correct or wrong. Then I did the rest of the exams getting around 72% each. WIth that I started feeling confident so I did the same for the rest of the tests (notes and check each question). After doing that I re-did the tests getting around 90% in each. Unfortunetly I've remembered some of the questions I've failed, so I wasnt sure if understand the concept or just remember the answer, but it is what it is. I wanted to take exam next week, but I decided to take it today as I was getting burned out from learning and I didin't want to stress out anymore. Exam felt hard, some of the questions were really hard to understand as I'm not native speaker. Some of them were really easy. I had like 3 questions about improving lambda performance with the same answers lol. Overall I feel like some of the harder questions were one of the 15 test questions, but you never know. Mostly questions about lambda, dynamodb, api gateway, some s3 questions and I was suprised how many cloud formations questions I had. Also you need to trully understand the KMS and security. Many questions around that. Thanks everyone for guidance in the past. Reading this subreddit helped me a ton. submitted by /u/thomas111331 [link] [comments]
hi, I realized that vpc charges for ip4 and I feel it isn't that cheap.. If I use only ip6, it my application going to work? is it normal to use ip6 only? anyways to avoid the cost? submitted by /u/SnooCauliflowers8417 [link] [comments]
I have a Cognito User pool. I have added Google as an identity provider in the user pool. How do I add the Google sign in on my frontend such that I can get the Cognito access token once the user logs in with Google. Thanks... submitted by /u/ReadingNo3302 [link] [comments]
Hello all, I’m new to AWS but currently looking at lambda and api gateway integration as part of a little data ingestion project. Basically so far I’ve set up a lambda function which invokes when an item is added to an s3 bucket through the use of s3 bucket notifications, I then have that lambda function extract the bucket name and object name and do a POST request to api gateway (I’ve set up a rest api) with the bucket and file details passed within the request to the api. I then want a second lambda function to be invoked upon the post request being sent to my api so essentially have api gateway sandwiched in between those two lambdas. I’m doing this through the cli and appear to have all the permissions configured etc but while the POST request runs, I can’t seem to get that second lambda to be invoked through api gateway. Any tips on how to do this would be appreciated, thanks! submitted by /u/toxic-redhead [link] [comments]
It's Monday in Australia so a little self-promotion is allowed. I've had a few people message me recently asking about discounts/coupons. I normally don't do discounts, in 4+ years of business operations I've done one period for non members. For the next week, I'm offering 25% off all my content at https://learn.cantrill.io using the coupon "INVEST-IN-YOU-2024" at checkout. If you're a current student of mine, you can upgrade to a bigger bundle by paying the difference (at any time) - but the 25% OFF applies to this upgrade cost for the next week (just log a support ticket using the site). Lastly, for anyone who wants to learn about bitcoin .. or has some bitcoin, you can get ANY of my content at any time for 50% off if you're willing to pay with bitcoin https://btcpay.cantrill-infra.net/ That's it ... thanks for reading /Adrian submitted by /u/acantril [link] [comments]
I'm interested in using the new AWS Neptune Data APIs (announced February 22nd, 2024), however I can't figure out how they're supposed to work. Not even the developer guide "Introduction to using Amazon Neptune APIs" currently gives any indication about how to connect to a Neptune instance, using the data APIs. It just lists out what the available APIs are. I'm afraid to ask, but is there some undocumented requirement to run code on a Neptune "notebook instance?" I don't want to use those. I just want to write local code, on my developer workstation, that calls these data plane APIs. The specific language I'm using shouldn't matter, but I am planning to use the AWS SDK for Rust crate. I can construct a service Client struct, as is a common pattern with any other AWS service, but that doesn't provide a mechanism to specify the Neptune DB instance that I'm calling data plane APIs against. For example: Let's say I want to call GetEngineStatus against a specific Neptune DB instance. None of the input parameters accept a DB instance name. How would I get a reference to the Neptune DB instance, so I can issue that API call? Do I have to use the management plane API first, before I can use the data plane API? Which API would I call? Another example: How would I run an openCypher query against a DB instance, with ExecuteOpenCypherQuery API? This API accepts the query and query parameters, but again, it doesn't tell me how to actually connect to a specific Neptune DB server. References https://docs.aws.amazon.com/neptune/latest/userguide/data-api.html https://aws.amazon.com/about-aws/whats-new/2024/02/amazon-neptune-data-apis-sdk/ https://docs.aws.amazon.com/neptune/latest/userguide/using-neptune-apis.html https://docs.rs/aws-sdk-neptunedata/latest/aws_sdk_neptunedata/ submitted by /u/trevorstr [link] [comments]
I'm currently following Stephan maarek aws developer associate course ok udemy, it's 30+ hours long. Almost 60% completed. I do not take notes, just follow, take into my head, if I have doubts then google or ask chatgpt. But I'm starting to worry that I didn't take notes. Would that be helpful when K do recertification exam in 3 years? How do you guys handle it? It takes forver if I take notes and practicing while following a 30hour udemy course. Any tips would be really appreciated. Thanks submitted by /u/ordinary-guy-sl [link] [comments]
Passed DVA-C02, woohooo! Took about 2.5 months of prep - used a combination of stephane / TD practice exams. Honorary post for those thinking about taking it or currently studying for it. General Exam: - Holy hell S3 on steroids. SO much S3 (convinced I just got an unlucky draw of questions) - Lots of Lambda - Heavy on Cloudformation templates (i.e. resources, function refs) - A good amount on cross account IAM/security Surprises: - Didn’t get a single question on X-Ray, Beanstalk, or envelope encryption. - SUPER deep level EKS question that caught me off guard lol - Very EventBridge heavy. Was not expecting that I already have the SAA. Might go for security next? We’ll see. submitted by /u/grumpyJoaquin [link] [comments]
Hey there! I've been tinkering with AWS for a day or so, I've tried out DynamoDB, API gateway and AmazonMQ. I checked this morning and had approx 0.15$ worth of usage in VPC. I followed the recommended procedure and downloaded the CSV summary and got this: https://preview.redd.it/omzk3n9f5xoc1.png?width=922&format=png&auto=webp&s=b3586aa8a01e8c18883a7fb31f15dcd5239bd067 Why is the value that high? How could that be? And, on another note, is it normal to get a bill for 13hrs of usage for "Amazon MQ CreateBroker"? (I have a mq.t3.micro instance which should be covered by the free tier), I hadn't selected single instance broker but I'm not sure that's the issue Sorry if this has been asked before. Edit: It seems that I have EC2 network interfaces even though I haven't used any EC2 instances Edit 2: AmazonMQ does create ENIs but why? can I setup AMQ without them? submitted by /u/TheUltSawccer [link] [comments]
hi i want to get 50 pecent off on cloud practitcioner for aws certification so i am uisng aws etc . right now i caompleted all the challenges and got 2100 coins. (need 3500 for cloud prac discount), i wanted to know how to get more challenges and how long wil it take me to make it to 3500 coins submitted by /u/Born-Secretary-3681 [link] [comments]
If anyone have notes for Solutions Architect Associate (SAA CO3) exam based on Stephane Maarek's course on udemy kindly share it pls. NB: other good SAA notes are welcome too.. submitted by /u/Cardan-greenbiar [link] [comments]
I'm a first-year computer science student that's extremely interested and have been for a few years. With the state of the industry as it is, do you think it's still early to try for an AWS certification or will I be fine navigating through it? And what certification would you recommend for me? Might sound egotistical but I find myself relatively quick to learn. Feel free to ask any questions that might help! submitted by /u/AshJacob_ [link] [comments]
First off I know this is an AWS sub but wanted to see if anyone here has been in a similar experience. I have an Cloud internship coming up in about two months, and the company uses Azure. I'm feeling very nervous because I've only worked with AWS before, and I'm worried about how well I'll adapt. I don’t know if I’m just overthinking things or if I'm experiencing imposter syndrome. Some people have told me that AWS and Azure have a lot of similarities just named different and that I shouldn’t worry too much.. Has anyone else gone through a similar transition between different cloud platforms? Any advice or tips on how to handle this? Is there a really good Azure course I can look into? submitted by /u/Typical-Individuall [link] [comments]
I started with the AWS Cloud practitioner essentials on skillbuilder and passed the 30 questions at the end with a 90%. Then feeling optimistic, I went on to do an official practice question set and only got a 40%. Things came up that were not in the essentials course like Amazon Macie and Amazon Polly. It’s obvious i’ll need to study some more but i’m not sure what resources to use since there are just so many. I’m considering doing either the Stephane Maarek course or the Tutorials Dojo practice exams ? What would help me cover everything to be well prepared? submitted by /u/ReasonableStay9297 [link] [comments]
I just want to thank all of you redditors for your fantastic knowledge on these certs. By going through the advice from you guys on these forums really helped me a lot. I passed, no score yet, but can confirm that the real exam is actually very easy compared to Stephane and TD exams. This cert was basically just to tick a box for my company, but now I want to do the SAA and DVA certs, at least in my own time. Thank you again! submitted by /u/DoomDroid79 [link] [comments]
I got Stephane's Advanced Networking course on sale on Udemy. But wherever I look, I see Adrian Cantrill being recommended. Is it worth sticking to current one I have (it was $10 so I don't mind) or buying Adrian's? submitted by /u/Ambitious_Can_2691 [link] [comments]
Is it necessary to complete Solution Architect Professional before the expiry of Solution Architect Associate? My SAA is getting expired in a couple of months but I am not confident of my preparation for SAP. Wondering if I can get more time. submitted by /u/Loud_Avocado501 [link] [comments]
Do we have any cheap or free question practice website alternate to whizlabs for AWS Certified Solutions Architect - Associate C03 Any suggestions would be appreciated submitted by /u/lousydev3 [link] [comments]
Hi all, I have completed my clf 02 today paper this after noon. But I have not received the exam score card or exam badge yet. How long does it take to release the certificate. submitted by /u/the_lion_sin [link] [comments]
In Maarek's Udemy course for CCP, there is 1 free practice exam. I took that exam earlier today and got a 75 but I was wondering how does the exam provided with the course compare to the 6 practice exams. Additionally, if it's worth buying the 6 practice exams or if it's good to take the risk and just take the real one. submitted by /u/RamaNukes [link] [comments]
Hey guys, I am preparing for AWS Solutions Architect Professional, I have passed previously all associates, however due to that cert being my first profesional certificate I really want to have enough practice. Could someone please recommend any good resources which I could use to do a labs for different topics of AWS ? (I’m already preparing by Cantrill course which have really great labs, however I was also curious about other sources - any YouTube channels, blogs, websites, basically anything). Any answers are appreciated submitted by /u/RP_m_13 [link] [comments]
I'm going to take the Developer Associate Exam next Friday. I have studied using flashcards with the Anki method for months now. I took 3 practice tests from A Cloud Guru and scored 80, 85 and 80 respectively. Has anyone had experience with this platform? And if so, do you think my preparation is enough? submitted by /u/Busy_Box7781 [link] [comments]
Considering attending the AWS Cloud Institute next registration opening. Is it worth it? When I ask “is it worth it?”, I’m asking in my specific case. I’m a veteran (combat MOS), I have my undergrad in MIS (Management in Information Systems), my MBA in International Business, and a professional sales certificate. I’m in my mid 20’s. I’ve got about 2.5 years in tech sales experience, I worked at a Fortune 500/hyper growth company out of undergrad. Now I’m currently a sales rep at a smaller cybersecurity company. Feeling pretty burnt out in sales, not sure if I truly enjoy it. I’m also feeling a little dull with specific technical/hard skills. I like the idea of learning a new skill set, and pivoting into a new career out of sales. Considering the projections of cloud dev/architecture roles exponentially opening up… I know the program is very new and in its infancy, is the AWS Cloud Institute truly worth it? TLDR: veteran with an undergrad in MIS, MBA, tech sales experience. Considering my background, age & goals..is it worth paying for this institute, and is it worth pivoting into a cloud development role considering career opportunities? Any shortcuts? Pros & cons. Appreciate any feedback/advice. submitted by /u/Big-Obligation-3000 [link] [comments]
I have practise tests of both Bonso and Neal Davis, how do they compare with each other and with the real exam? Also with regards to Bonso practise tests what would be the best way to traverse them? they are made up of topic based section based review mode timed mode but the same pool of questions seem to be shared across sections. So on one side starting from timed mode reduces the risk of false result (due to memorizing answers). Conversely starting from timed might be overwhelming since they seem more difficult. Do you have any experience with this? submitted by /u/Emergency_Basket9977 [link] [comments]
Just wanted to write a post regarding on career progression after picking up my first AWS cert in 2021 to getting 12/12 at the end of 2023. The reason for this post is to motivate anyone sitting on the fence and contemplating the certification route. Post for when i cleared 12/12 https://www.reddit.com/r/AWSCertifications/comments/178c122/its_a_wrapcleared_machine_learning_specialty1212/ Professional Background https://www.reddit.com/r/AWSCertifications/comments/13nrqj0/passed_aws_advanced_networking_cloud_journey_so/ Now the journey was not easy and still to this day I have people doubting my skills. And that's fine by me. I have senior developers/tech leads in my company who think getting certs is a waste. But i have seen 3 promotions in 2 years time while they have seen none. Now i know its different from company to company. Which brings me to the first point. Joining a company which values certifications is very important. If you have a boss who thinks certs are shit then you will not make it far. How to spot companies that value certifications? See how many AWS service ready/competencies designations they have. I will give an example. For an organization to get the AWS Networking Competency they need 6-8 current employees (can't remember exact number) to be AWS Networking Specialty certified. What people forget is, AWS really incentivizes companies for pursuing certifications. To date, I have gotten my current employer close to $150,000+ through various AWS programs. Now can you make the connection for me getting multiple promotions/increments? Let me break it down. If I complete an AWS competency for my employer, they get $10,000 as MDF funds. How hard is for them to give me $1000 from that? Knowing I will be getting them more. These MDF funds are annual, meaning every year they get renewed. There was a time I was pursuing my CFA privately. People around me would say "If your employer is not paying for the certifications then you don't need one". Which brings me to my second point. Find an employer who reimburses you for the certifications. It is vital to ask this question in interviews. To me this shows two things. That the employer values personal development and is not stingy. I joined my current employer, when I had four certs. Being with them, I have completed the remaining 8. For which i got reimbursed every time and also got an incentive on top of that. The third point I would emphasize on is yes I am not the finished article. Do i get caught up in situations where I don't know where to start. But that is okay. That is how you learn. It is easy for me fill in the gaps. Sites like stackoverflow, do you think all the questions asked there are by cert tigers? I very much doubt it. It is asked my people from different domains. And one thing is common, that people do run into problems they don't know how to solve. I have encountered people at my workplace. Pro PHP senior devs. (5-8 yrs exp) who know f all about networking. You talk about VPC and basic subnetting and they look lost throughout the whole conversation. People might say that is not their domain to worry about. Same way, someone like me with no CS background, I don't need to know know what method/classes/OOP etc. are in programming. Tech leads don't know 1000s line of code by heart. So why do i need to know each minuscule detail about an AWS service. There is documentation for everything! Which brings me to my next point. To learn something there are two ways to go about it. Bottom-up or Top-down. I prefer the Top-down approach. I will try to explain this with an example. For me to drive from point A to point B, do i need to know how the engine components work? Do i need to know A-Z about how the transmissions/suspension system works? No i don't. That would make me a mechanic not a driver. Bottom-up would mean for me to learn everything about the car before attempting to drive it. So always go for top-down approach to cover more ground in the shortest period of time. I know the post is getting long and still contemplating whether I should even post it. Because there will people disagreeing. Which again is fine. This post is geared more towards folks who have doubt and are sitting on the fence. I got my first job at the age of 30. And started my cloud journey back in 2021. Not knowing that AWS even existed. My salary has 4x in the past 2.5 years. I would still not call myself an expert and maybe I never will be. But what I do have, is the will to fight the odds and keep improving everyday. After completing the AWS certs, I am currently pursuing GCP certs. Already have 2 of them and plan to get all by the end of the year. Employer is paying again for it and there is a lot of overlap. So its very easy for me. So best of luck for anyone pursuing AWS certifications. Knowledge never goes to waste. It will help you at some point in your career. Don't expect miracles. I still don't hear back from most of the companies I apply to. So don't expect recruiters to be lining up after completing 3/4 certifications. Good Luck! P.S. I know Data Engineering Associate cert is out. And yes I will be getting that as well. submitted by /u/Sm0k3rZ121 [link] [comments]
I’m looking to take 2 AWS certs SAA & cloud dev both at associate level. I’m reacting out see question people to see how these have positively effected your career? I’ve always got mixed information about how certs effect your salary, my current job dismisses them and will not increase pay or fund them. EDIT: I’ve already got 5+ years experience as a software dev using AWS + GCP. I’m hoping these certs can help me move to a new role with a better salary submitted by /u/littletane [link] [comments]
Heyy thanks to all the members of this community who gives the invaluable advice here . Was very uncertain after giving the exam about the result but cleared it with very good percentage. March milestone done ☑️ submitted by /u/No-abzorkr-9503 [link] [comments]
AWS has provided whitepapers to help you understand the technical concepts. Below are the recommended whitepapers for the AWS Certified Developer – Associate Exam.
The Cloud is the future: Get Certified now. The AWS Certified Solution Architect Average Salary is: US $149,446/year. Get Certified with the App below:
The Cloud is the future: Get Certified now. The AWS Certified Solution Architect Average Salary is: US $149,446/year. Get Certified with the App below:
The AWS Certified Developer-Associate Examination (DVA-C01) is a pass or fail exam. The examination is scored against a minimum standard established by AWS professionals guided by certification industry best practices and guidelines.
Your results for the examination are reported as a score from 100 – 1000, with a minimum passing score of 720.
Domain 1: Deployment (22%) 1.1 Deploy written code in AWS using existing CI/CD pipelines, processes, and patterns. 1.2 Deploy applications using Elastic Beanstalk. 1.3 Prepare the application deployment package to be deployed to AWS. 1.4 Deploy serverless applications
22%
Domain 2: Security (26%) 2.1 Make authenticated calls to AWS services. 2.2 Implement encryption using AWS services. 2.3 Implement application authentication and authorization.
26%
Domain 3: Development with AWS Services (30%) 3.1 Write code for serverless applications. 3.2 Translate functional requirements into application design. 3.3 Implement application design into application code. 3.4 Write code that interacts with AWS services by using APIs, SDKs, and AWS CLI.
30%
Domain 4: Refactoring 4.1 Optimize application to best use AWS services and features. 4.2 Migrate existing application code to run on AWS.
10%
Domain 5: Monitoring and Troubleshooting (10%) 5.1 Write code that can be monitored. 5.2 Perform root cause analysis on faults found in testing or production.
The Cloud is the future: Get Certified now. The AWS Certified Solution Architect Average Salary is: US $149,446/year. Get Certified with the App below:
The Cloud is the future: Get Certified now. The AWS Certified Solution Architect Average Salary is: US $149,446/year. Get Certified with the App below:
AWS has provided whitepapers to help you understand the technical concepts. Below are the recommended whitepapers for the AWS Certified Developer – Associate Exam.
The Cloud is the future: Get Certified now. The AWS Certified Solution Architect Average Salary is: US $149,446/year. Get Certified with the App below:
The Cloud is the future: Get Certified now. The AWS Certified Solution Architect Average Salary is: US $149,446/year. Get Certified with the App below:
The AWS Certified Developer-Associate Examination (DVA-C01) is a pass or fail exam. The examination is scored against a minimum standard established by AWS professionals guided by certification industry best practices and guidelines.
Your results for the examination are reported as a score from 100 – 1000, with a minimum passing score of 720.
Domain 1: Deployment (22%) 1.1 Deploy written code in AWS using existing CI/CD pipelines, processes, and patterns. 1.2 Deploy applications using Elastic Beanstalk. 1.3 Prepare the application deployment package to be deployed to AWS. 1.4 Deploy serverless applications
22%
Domain 2: Security (26%) 2.1 Make authenticated calls to AWS services. 2.2 Implement encryption using AWS services. 2.3 Implement application authentication and authorization.
26%
Domain 3: Development with AWS Services (30%) 3.1 Write code for serverless applications. 3.2 Translate functional requirements into application design. 3.3 Implement application design into application code. 3.4 Write code that interacts with AWS services by using APIs, SDKs, and AWS CLI.
30%
Domain 4: Refactoring 4.1 Optimize application to best use AWS services and features. 4.2 Migrate existing application code to run on AWS.
10%
Domain 5: Monitoring and Troubleshooting (10%) 5.1 Write code that can be monitored. 5.2 Perform root cause analysis on faults found in testing or production.
In this AWS tutorial, we are going to discuss how we can make the best use of AWS services to build a highly scalable, and fault tolerant configuration of EC2 instances. The use of Load Balancers and Auto Scaling Groups falls under a number of best practices in AWS, including Performance Efficiency, Reliability and high availability.
Before we dive into this hands-on tutorial on how exactly we can build this solution, let’s have a brief recap on what an Auto Scaling group is, and what a Load balancer is.
Autoscaling group (ASG)
An Autoscaling group (ASG) is a logical grouping of instances which can scale up and scale down depending on pre-configured settings. By setting Scaling policies of your ASG, you can choose how many EC2 instances are launched and terminated based on your application’s load. You can do this based on manual, dynamic, scheduled or predictive scaling.
Elastic Load Balancer (ELB)
An Elastic Load Balancer (ELB) is a name describing a number of services within AWS designed to distribute traffic across multiple EC2 instances in order to provide enhanced scalability, availability, security and more. The particular type of Load Balancer we will be using today is an Application Load Balancer (ALB). The ALB is a Layer 7 Load Balancer designed to distribute HTTP/HTTPS traffic across multiple nodes – with added features such as TLS termination, Sticky Sessions and Complex routing configurations.
Getting Started
First of all, we open our AWS management console and head to the EC2 management console.
We scroll down on the left-hand side and select ‘Launch Templates’. A Launch Template is a configuration template which defines the settings for EC2 instances launched by the ASG.
Under Launch Templates, we will select “Create launch template”.
We specify the name ‘MyTestTemplate’ and use the same text in the description.
Under the ‘Auto Scaling guidance’ box, tick the box which says ‘Provide guidance to help me set up a template that I can use with EC2 Auto Scaling’ and scroll down to launch template contents.
When it comes to choosing our AMI (Amazon Machine Image) we can choose the Amazon Linux 2 under ‘Quick Start’.
The Amazon Linux 2 AMI is free tier eligible, and easy to use for our demonstration purposes.
Next, we select the ‘t2.micro’ under instance types, as this is also free tier eligible.
Under Network Settings, we create a new Security Group called ExampleSG in our default VPC, allowing HTTP access to everyone. It should look like this.
AWS Certified Developer Associate exam: Additional Information for reference
Below are some useful reference links that would help you to learn about AWS Certified Developer Associate Exam.
The Cloud is the future: Get Certified now. The AWS Certified Solution Architect Average Salary is: US $149,446/year. Get Certified with the App below:
The Cloud is the future: Get Certified now. The AWS Certified Solution Architect Average Salary is: US $149,446/year. Get Certified with the App below:
Hello folks, I Just published a short blog on how to capture and analyze VPC flow logs. Hope it's useful to you. https://openobserve.ai/blog/how-to-capture-aws-vpc-flow-logs-and-analyze-them submitted by /u/the_ml_guy [link] [comments]
https://stackoverflow.com/questions/73444611/aws-lambda-filtering-criteria-not-filtering-out-events If you don't create a trigger with a filter to begin with, and instead update the trigger with a filter, the filter will be dropped and all events will go through. The UI does not signify this at all. It is a silent error and it pretends like your filter is working when in reality it lets all events through. Please AWS fix this please please please please. It's been like 2 years since this question was asked and it's still broken submitted by /u/Pumpkin-Main [link] [comments]
Hello! Can you guys recommend some materials to help build an AWS environment to host an app deployed on EKS cluster. I mainly use AWS docs for everything but I’m looking for something visual. I come from purely on prem sysadmin background. I have been administering AWS environment in the past. This is my first time architecting and implement an AWS environment from scratch. Any advice or tips are greatly appreciated!!! Thank you in advance. submitted by /u/Avocado_Infinite [link] [comments]
Hi everybody, I am currently starting the development of my new e-commerce platform where I will sell typefaces and I get lost when thinking about how to host it when everything's done. So I found it better to ask a panel of people that has already done it. First, I will describe to you the tech and functionalities so it might give you a better view of what I am trying to accomplish and what will need to be deployed. And then I will lay out (most of) the questions I have in my head. The stack I will be using: - Frontend: Next.js (TypeScript) + Tailwind - Backend: NestJS (TypeScript) + Prisma + PostgreSQL + GraphQL - Payment: Stripe Functionalities (classic for a e-commerce platform): - Few static pages - Font pages (dynamic) - Admin dashboard for orders and payments - Admin panel to add new fonts + new articles - Client dashboard to see their orders and download the font files - Emails sent with the link to download the files (I don't know how I will manage the emails yet) I don't think I will have 10 000 visitors per month, an adjusted number would be around 2 000 visitors per month (I think). And each visitor might visit 10 pages maximum. Keep in mind that I am very new to online deployment for apps like this so I am accepting every tips you have. I would like to keep my costs to a "minimum", and don't mind getting my hands into the operations if there are good documentation about it. My questions: 1) Should I host my frontend + backend + db + files (fonts / images) together? 2) At first I looked at Vercel (Pro plan for $20/month) but people were telling that AWS is better and cheaper when scaling. And some say that Vercel hosts on AWS as well... What do you think about it? 3) What AWS options would suit my needs? 4) What would be a classic CI/CD process with these hosting options? 5) What would be an approximate cost per month for hosting my platform? Thank you for taking the time to read all of this and answering! It helps a lot! PS: I am not using a CMS like Webflow / WordPress / Shopify because I want to have my hands on my code and be able to tailor my needs by coding it submitted by /u/Erforcee [link] [comments]
The application I need to deploy is build on MERN stack. I am hosting the frontend on S3 as static website, I am using cloudfront and enabled ssl on my frontend using Certificate Manager issued SSL certificate, I am using route 53 for DNS. The backend is running on an EC2 instance, and also the mongodb. The app has a feature that let's user upload a file, the backend server stores this file in another S3 bucket(not the same bucket that runs the frontend). When I directly use the S3 endpoint to access the application, I can successfully upload the files to S3. But when I access my application using the domain name (that is mapped to my cloudfront endpoint in route 53), I can access the website, but when I try to upload the file and click on the upload button I get an error, it's asking to serve the backend requests over https and not http. I want to know is there a way that I can force cloudfront to allow my frontend to connect with my backend over http only? submitted by /u/LM10AI8X6 [link] [comments]
Title states it. I passed with an 894. As others have stated, having SAP absolutely helps. Doable without? Absolutely. Resources used: Neal Davis, Stephane Marek, Tutorials Dojo, AWS Documentation. The rundown: based off of the questions I got in particular, I over studied. However, Adrian said it was breath and depth, and he did not lie. Out of the 65 questions, there were maybe 7 or 8 that went way deeper than my rabbit holes I decided to go down. A lot of questions on KMS, and when I say a lot, maybe 20-25 questions on different KMS scenarios. Luckily this was a rabbit hole I went down. However, they had a question on key rings, and I did not have a clue what this was. A good bit on organizations and reading SCPs, Resource, and IAM policies. Not too many questions on GuardDuty, out of the ones I had, none on GuardDuty malware protection. A few set up the security group and NACL configurations correctly. One random question on IoT security. Edit: Forgot, a couple questions on VPC endpoints, S2SVPN over DX. I had an opportunity to take the Skill builder official practice test, this was actually harder than the official test. Anyways, I will try to answer anything I can, on to the next! submitted by /u/Adventurous_Arm_4716 [link] [comments]
Hi all, not sure if this is the right place, but any advice would be appreciated cause I'm totally lost. At work, they want to connect PowerBI with Amazon RedShift (apparently we have few TB of data in it). Since I've never worked with ARS (Amazon RedShift) what would be typical set-up (connection with PowerBI accounts)? All of our apps use SAML/OAuth2.0 (don't know if this info is relevant). Any general idea how to connect it? What would be best practices? What are security rules regarding this? How is access managed? KR submitted by /u/DinoTheLastDinosaur [link] [comments]
Passed the certified developer associate this week.
Primary study was Stephane Maarek’s course on Udemy.
I also used the Practice Exams by Stephane Maarek and Abhishek Singh.
I used Stephane’s course and practice exams for the Solutions Architect Associate as well, and find his course does a good job preparing you to pass the exams.
The practice exams were more challenging than the actual exam, so they are a good gauge to see if you are ready for the exam.
Haven’t decided if I’ll do another associate level certification next or try for the solutions architect professional.
I cleared Developer associate exam yesterday. I scored 873. Actual Exam Exp: More questions were focused on mainly on Lambda, API, Dynamodb, cloudfront, cognito(must know proper difference between user pool and identity pool) 3 questions I found were just for redis vs memecached (so maybe you can focus more here also to know exact use case& difference.) other topic were cloudformation, beanstalk, sts, ec2. Exam was mix of too easy and too tough for me. some questions were one liner and somewhere too long.
Resources: The main resources I used was udemy. Course of Stéphane Maarek and practice exams of Neal Davis and Stéphane Maarek. These exams proved really good and they even helped me in focusing the area which I lacked. And they are up to the level to actual exam, I found 3-4 exact same questions in actual exam(This might be just luck ! ). so I feel, the course of stephane is more than sufficient and you can trust it. I have achieved solution architect associate previously so I knew basic things, so I took around 2 weeks for preparation and revised the Stephen’s course as much as possible. Parallelly I gave the mentioned exams as well, which guided me where to focus more.
Thanks to all of you and feel free to comment/DM me, if you think I can help you in anyway for achieving the same.
Passed the Developer Associate. My Notes.
There was more SNS “fan out” options. None of the Udemy or Tutorial Dojo tests had that.
They aren’t joking about the 30 min check I and expiring your exam if you don’t check in at least 15 mins before hand.
When you finish do a pass over review for multi select questions and check the number required.
Review again and look for gotcha phrases like “least operational cost”, “fastest solution”, “most secure”, and “least expensive”. Change your answers of you put on what “you” would do.
Watch out for questions that mention services that don’t really have anything to do with the problem.
Look at every service mentioned in the question. You can probably think of a better stack for the solution but just adhere to what the present.
If you are clueless of an answer start by ruling out the ones you KNOW are wrong and then guess.
Take as many practice exams like tutorial dojo as you can. On review filter out the review for “incorrect”. Open another tab on the subject and read up or book mark it.
I would get 50-60% first pass at each exam. Then 85-95% after reading the answer and the open tabs and book marks.
If taking the Pearson proctored online test down load the OnVue App as soon as you can. Installing that thing made me miss the 15 min window and I had to rebook and pay. Their checkin is confusing between all the cert portals and their own site. Just use the “Manage Pearson Exams” from the aws cert portal to force auth to theirs.
New versions of the Developer (Associate) and DevOps Engineer (Professional) exams in Feb/March 2023
Past January as usual I chose some goals to achieve during 2022, including to obtain an AWS certification. In February I started studying using the Pluralsight platform. The course for developers is a good introduction but is messy sometimes. At the end of the course I had a big picture of the main AWS services but I was really confused by all the different topics. Pluralsight offers alsl some labs that allowed me to practice with AWS services because I my work wasn’t related to cloud.
Then a senior engineer suggested me to study using ACloudGuru platform and I loved their contents. They focus only on the details necessary for the exam. During the videos they show useful list to summarize services and tables to compare them. Moreover they offer a quite unrestricted playground where to put your hands. So i could try their labs but also try my first cloudformation scripts and lambdas. There are also 4 practice exams that are very similar to real questions. Even though their platform is buggy sometimes, the subscription was worth it.
At the same time I purchased the pack of practice questions from Jon Bonso on Udemy and indeed the answer explainations are very detailed and very useful.
For practicing more, I was adding wrong questions to the Anki desktop application but I was revising them on my phone whenever I could. I ended up with 150 different questions on Anki.
In the meantime, in August I left my software engineer job because my boss told me that I was not able to work with cloud technologies. In september I started a new job as cloud engineer in a new company. Finally, in October I passed the Developer Associate exam and I scored 910.
I put a lot of effort into prepare the exam and eventually i got it! However I believe this is just my first step and I want to keep studying. My next objective is the Solutions Architect Associate certification.
The AWS Certified Cloud Practitioner Exam (CLF-C02) is an introduction to AWS services and the intention is to examine the candidates ability to define what the AWS cloud is and its global infrastructure. It provides an overview of AWS core services security aspects, pricing and support services. The main objective is to provide an overall understanding about the Amazon Web Services Cloud platform. The course helps you get the conceptual understanding of the AWS and can help you know about the basics of AWS and cloud computing, including the services, cases and benefits [Get AWS CCP Practice Exam PDF Dumps here]
To succeed with the real exam, do not memorize the answers below. It is very important that you understand why a question is right or wrong and the concepts behind it by carefully reading the reference documents in the answers.
aws cloud practitioner practice questions and answers
aws cloud practitioner practice exam questions and references
Q1:For auditing purposes, your company now wants to monitor all API activity for all regions in your AWS environment. What can you use to fulfill this new requirement?
A. For each region, enable CloudTrail and send all logs to a bucket in each region.
B. Enable CloudTrail for all regions.
C. Ensure one CloudTrail is enabled for all regions.
D. Use AWS Config to enable the trail for all regions.
Ensure one CloudTrail is enabled for all regions. Turn on CloudTrail for all regions in your environment and CloudTrail will deliver log files from all regions to one S3 bucket. AWS CloudTrail is a service that enables governance, compliance, operational auditing, and risk auditing of your AWS account. With CloudTrail, you can log, continuously monitor, and retain account activity related to actions across your AWS infrastructure. CloudTrail provides event history of your AWS account activity, including actions taken through the AWS Management Console, AWS SDKs, command line tools, and other AWS services. This event history simplifies security analysis, resource change tracking, and troubleshooting.
Use a VPC Endpoint to access S3. A VPC endpoint enables you to privately connect your VPC to supported AWS services and VPC endpoint services powered by PrivateLink without requiring an internet gateway, NAT device, VPN connection, or AWS Direct Connect connection. Instances in your VPC do not require public IP addresses to communicate with resources in the service. Traffic between your VPC and the other service does not leave the Amazon network.
AWS PrivateLink simplifies the security of data shared with cloud-based applications by eliminating the exposure of data to the public Internet.
[Get AWS CCP Practice Exam PDF Dumps here] It is AWS responsibility to secure Edge locations and decommission the data. AWS responsibility “Security of the Cloud” – AWS is responsible for protecting the infrastructure that runs all of the services offered in the AWS Cloud. This infrastructure is composed of the hardware, software, networking, and facilities that run AWS Cloud services.
Q4:You have EC2 instances running at 90% utilization and you expect this to continue for at least a year. What type of EC2 instance would you choose to ensure your cost stay at a minimum?
[Get AWS CCP Practice Exam PDF Dumps here] Reserved instances are the best choice for instances with continuous usage and offer a reduced cost because you purchase the instance for the entire year. Amazon EC2 Reserved Instances (RI) provide a significant discount (up to 75%) compared to On-Demand pricing and provide a capacity reservation when used in a specific Availability Zone.
The AWS Simple Monthly Calculator helps customers and prospects estimate their monthly AWS bill more efficiently. Using this tool, they can add, modify and remove services from their ‘bill’ and it will recalculate their estimated monthly charges automatically.
A. Sign up for the free alert under filing preferences in the AWS Management Console.
B. Set a schedule to regularly review the Billing an Cost Management dashboard each month.
C. Create an email alert in AWS Budget
D. In CloudWatch, create an alarm that triggers each time the limit is exceeded.
Answer:
Answer: iOS – Android (C) [Get AWS CCP Practice Exam PDF Dumps here] AWS Budgets gives you the ability to set custom budgets that alert you when your costs or usage exceed (or are forecasted to exceed) your budgeted amount. You can also use AWS Budgets to set reservation utilization or coverage targets and receive alerts when your utilization drops below the threshold you define. Reservation alerts are supported for Amazon EC2, Amazon RDS, Amazon Redshift, Amazon ElastiCache, and Amazon Elasticsearch reservations.
Q7:An Edge Location is a specialization AWS data centre that works with which services?
A. Lambda
B. CloudWatch
C. CloudFront
D. Route 53
Answer:
Answer: Get AWS Certified Cloud Practitioner Practice Exam CCP CLF-C02 eBook Print Book here Lambda@Edge lets you run Lambda functions to customize the content that CloudFront delivers, executing the functions in AWS locations closer to the viewer. Amazon CloudFront is a web service that speeds up distribution of your static and dynamic web content, such as .html, .css, .js, and image files, to your users. CloudFront delivers your content through a worldwide network of data centers called edge locations. When a user requests content that you’re serving with CloudFront, the user is routed to the edge location that provides the lowest latency (time delay), so that content is delivered with the best possible performance.
CloudFront speeds up the distribution of your content by routing each user request through the AWS backbone network to the edge location that can best serve your content. Typically, this is a CloudFront edge server that provides the fastest delivery to the viewer. Using the AWS network dramatically reduces the number of networks that your users’ requests must pass through, which improves performance. Users get lower latency—the time it takes to load the first byte of the file—and higher data transfer rates.
You also get increased reliability and availability because copies of your files (also known as objects) are now held (or cached) in multiple edge locations around the world.
Anser: A. Route 53 is a domain name system service by AWS. When a Disaster does occur , it can be easy to switch to secondary sites using the Route53 service. Amazon Route 53 is a highly available and scalable cloud Domain Name System (DNS) web service. It is designed to give developers and businesses an extremely reliable and cost effective way to route end users to Internet applications by translating names like www.example.com into the numeric IP addresses like 192.0.2.1 that computers use to connect to each other. Amazon Route 53 is fully compliant with IPv6 as well.
Answer: D. The below snapshot from the AWS Documentation shows the spectrum of the Disaster recovery methods. If you go to the further end of the spectrum you have the least time for downtime for the users.
Q11:Your company is planning to host resources in the AWS Cloud. They want to use services which can be used to decouple resources hosted on the cloud. Which of the following services can help fulfil this requirement?
A. AWS EBS Volumes
B. AWS EBS Snapshots
C. AWS Glacier
D. AWS SQS
Answer:
D. AWS SQS: Amazon Simple Queue Service (Amazon SQS) offers a reliable, highly-scalable hosted queue for storing messages as they travel between applications or microservices. It moves data between distributed application components and helps you decouple these components.
A. 99.999999999% Durability and 99.99% Availability S3 Standard Storage class has a rating of 99.999999999% durability (referred to as 11 nines) and 99.99% availability.
A. Redshift is a database offering that is fully-managed and used for data warehousing and analytics, including compatibility with existing business intelligence tools.
B. and C. CENTRALLY MANAGE POLICIES ACROSS MULTIPLE AWS ACCOUNTS AUTOMATE AWS ACCOUNT CREATION AND MANAGEMENT CONTROL ACCESS TO AWS SERVICES CONSOLIDATE BILLING ACROSS MULTIPLE AWS ACCOUNTS
Q17:There is a requirement hosting a set of servers in the Cloud for a short period of 3 months. Which of the following types of instances should be chosen to be cost effective.
A. Spot Instances
B. On-Demand
C. No Upfront costs Reserved
D. Partial Upfront costs Reserved
Answer:
B. Since the requirement is just for 3 months, then the best cost effective option is to use On-Demand Instances.
You can use Amazon CloudWatch Logs to monitor, store, and access your log files from Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud (Amazon EC2) instances, AWS CloudTrail, and other sources. You can then retrieve the associated log data from CloudWatch Log.
Q22:A company is deploying a new two-tier web application in AWS. The company wants to store their most frequently used data so that the response time for the application is improved. Which AWS service provides the solution for the company’s requirements?
A. MySQL Installed on two Amazon EC2 Instances in a single Availability Zone
Amazon ElastiCache is a web service that makes it easy to deploy, operate, and scale an in-memory data store or cache in the cloud. The service improves the performance of web applications by allowing you to retrieve information from fast, managed, in-memory data stores, instead of relying entirely on slower disk-based databases.
Q23:You have a distributed application that periodically processes large volumes of data across multiple Amazon EC2 Instances. The application is designed to recover gracefully from Amazon EC2 instance failures. You are required to accomplish this task in the most cost-effective way. Which of the following will meetyour requirements?
When you think of cost effectiveness, you can either have to choose Spot or Reserved instances. Now when you have a regular processing job, the best is to use spot instances and since your application is designed recover gracefully from Amazon EC2 instance failures, then even if you lose the Spot instance , there is no issue because your application can recover.
A network access control list (ACL) is an optional layer of security for your VPC that acts as a firewall for controlling traffic in and out of one or more subnets. You might set up network ACLs with rules similar to your security groups in order to add an additional layer of security to your VPC.
Q25:A company is deploying a two-tier, highly available web application to AWS. Which service provides durable storage for static content while utilizing Overall CPU resources for the web tier?
A. Amazon EBC volume.
B. Amazon S3
C. Amazon EC2 instance store
D. Amazon RDS instance
Answer:
B. Amazon S3 is the default storage service that should be considered for companies. It provides durable storage for all static content.
Q26:When working on the costing for on-demand EC2 instances , which are the following are attributes which determine the costing of the EC2 Instance. Choose 3 answers from the options given below
Q27:You have a mission-critical application which must be globally available at all times. If this is the case, which of the below deployment mechanisms would you employ
Always build components which are loosely coupled. This is so that even if one component does fail, the entire system does not fail. Also if you build with the assumption that everything will fail, then you will ensure that the right measures are taken to build a highly available and fault tolerant system.
Q29: You have 2 accounts in your AWS account. One for the Dev and the other for QA. All are part ofconsolidated billing. The master account has purchase 3 reserved instances. The Dev department is currently using 2 reserved instances. The QA team is planning on using 3 instances which of the same instance type. What is the pricing tier of the instances that can be used by the QA Team?
Since all are a part of consolidating billing, the pricing of reserved instances can be shared by All. And since 2 are already used by the Dev team , another one can be used by the QA team. The rest of the instances can be on-demand instances.
Amazon Simple Queue Service (Amazon SQS) offers a reliable, highly-scalable hosted queue for storing messages as they travel between applications or microservices. It moves data between distributed application components and helps you decouple these components.
Q32:You are exploring what services AWS has off-hand. You have a large number of data sets that need to be processed. Which of the following services can help fulfil this requirement.
A. EMR
B. S3
C. Glacier
D. Storage Gateway
Answer:
A. Amazon EMR helps you analyze and process vast amounts of data by distributing the computational work across a cluster of virtual servers running in the AWS Cloud. The cluster is managed using an open-source framework called Hadoop. Amazon EMR lets you focus on crunching or analyzing your data without having to worry about time-consuming setup, management, and tuning of Hadoop clusters or the compute capacity they rely on.
Amazon Inspector enables you to analyze the behaviour of your AWS resources and helps you to identify potential security issues. Using Amazon Inspector, you can define a collection of AWS resources that you want to include in an assessment target. You can then create an assessment template and launch a security assessment run of this target.
Q34:Your company is planning to offload some of the batch processing workloads on to AWS. These jobs can be interrupted and resumed at any time. Which of the following instance types would be the most cost effective to use for this purpose.
A. On-Demand
B. Spot
C. Full Upfront Reserved
D. Partial Upfront Reserved
Answer:
B. Spot Instances are a cost-effective choice if you can be flexible about when your applications run and if your applications can be interrupted. For example, Spot Instances are well-suited for data analysis, batch jobs, background processing, and optional tasks
Note that the AWS Console cannot be used to upload data onto Glacier. The console can only be used to create a Glacier vault which can be used to upload the data.
Snowball is a petabyte-scale data transport solution that uses secure appliances to transfer large amounts of data& into and out of the AWS cloud. Using Snowball addresses common challenges with large-scale data transfers including high network costs, long transfer times, and security concerns. Transferring data with Snowball is simple, fast, secure, and can be as little as one-fifth the cost of high-speed Internet.
Amazon Inspector enables you to analyze the behavior of your AWS resources and helps you to identify potential security issues. Using Amazon Inspector, you can define a collection of AWS resources that you want to include in an assessment target. You can then create an assessment template and launch a security assessment run of this target.
AWS Database Migration Service helps you migrate databases to AWS quickly and securely. The source database remains fully operational during the migration, minimizing downtime to applications that rely on the database. The AWS Database Migration Service can migrate your data to and from most widely used commercial and open source databases.
You can reduce the load on your source DB Instance by routing read queries from your applications to the read replica. Read replicas allow you to elastically scale out beyond the capacity constraints of a single DB instance for read-heavy database workloads.
When you create an EBS volume in an Availability Zone, it is automatically replicated within that zone to prevent data loss due to failure of any single hardware component
Q42:Your company is planning to host a large e-commerce application on the AWS Cloud. One of their major concerns is Internet attacks such as DDos attacks.
Which of the following services can help mitigate this concern. Choose 2 answers from the options given below
One of the first techniques to mitigate DDoS attacks is to minimize the surface area that can be attacked thereby limiting the options for attackers and allowing you to build protections in a single place. We want to ensure that we do not expose our application or resources to ports, protocols or applications from where they do not expect any communication. Thus, minimizing the possible points of attack and letting us concentrate our mitigation efforts. In some cases, you can do this by placing your computation resources behind Content Distribution Networks (CDNs), Load Balancers and restricting direct Internet traffic to certain parts of your infrastructure like your database servers. In other cases, you can use firewalls or Access Control Lists (ACLs) to control what traffic reaches your applications.
You can use the consolidated billing feature in AWS Organizations to consolidate payment for multiple AWS accounts or multiple AISPL accounts. With consolidated billing, you can see a combined view of AWS charges incurred by all of your accounts. You also can get a cost report for each member account that is associated with your master account. Consolidated billing is offered at no additional charge.
One of the first techniques to mitigate DDoS attacks is to minimize the surface area that can be attacked thereby limiting the options for attackers and allowing you to build protections in a single place. We want to ensure that we do not expose our application or resources to ports, protocols or applications from where they do not expect any communication. Thus, minimizing the possible points of attack and letting us concentrate our mitigation efforts. In some cases, you can do this by placing your computation resources behind; Content Distribution Networks (CDNs), Load Balancers and restricting direct Internet traffic to certain parts of your infrastructure like your database servers. In other cases, you can use firewalls or Access Control Lists (ACLs) to control what traffic reaches your applications.
If you want a self-managed database, that means you want complete control over the database engine and the underlying infrastructure. In such a case you need to host the database on an EC2 Instance
If the database is going to be used for a minimum of one year at least , then it is better to get Reserved Instances. You can save on costs , and if you use a partial upfront options , you can get a better discount
The AWS Console cannot be used to upload data onto Glacier. The console can only be used to create a Glacier vault which can be used to upload the data.
Security groups acts as a virtual firewall for your instance to control inbound and outbound traffic. Network access control list (ACL) is an optional layer of security for your VPC that acts as a firewall for controlling traffic in and out of one or more subnets.
Q52:You plan to deploy an application on AWS. This application needs to be PCI Compliant. Which of the below steps are needed to ensure the compliance? Choose 2 answers from the below list:
A. Choose AWS services which are PCI Compliant
B. Ensure the right steps are taken during application development for PCI Compliance
C. Encure the AWS Services are made PCI Compliant
D. Do an audit after the deployment of the application for PCI Compliance.
Q57:Which of the following is a factor when calculating Total Cost of Ownership (TCO) for the AWS Cloud?
A. The number of servers migrated to AWS
B. The number of users migrated to AWS
C. The number of passwords migrated to AWS
D. The number of keys migrated to AWS
Answer:
A. Running servers will incur costs. The number of running servers is one factor of Server Costs; a key component of AWS’s Total Cost of Ownership (TCO). Reference: AWS cost calculator
Q58:Which AWS Services can be used to store files? Choose 2 answers from the options given below:
A. Amazon CloudWatch
B. Amazon Simple Storage Service (Amazon S3)
C. Amazon Elastic Block Store (Amazon EBS)
D. AWS COnfig
D. AWS Amazon Athena
B. and C. Amazon S3 is a Object storage built to store and retrieve any amount of data from anywhere. Amazon Elastic Block Store is a Persistent block storage for Amazon EC2.
C: AWS is defined as a cloud services provider. They provide hundreds of services of which compute and storage are included (not not limited to). Reference: AWS
Q60: Which AWS service can be used as a global content delivery network (CDN) service?
A. Amazon SES
B. Amazon CouldTrail
C. Amazon CloudFront
D. Amazon S3
Answer:
C: Amazon CloudFront is a web service that gives businesses and web application developers an easy and cost effective way to distribute content with low latency and high data transfer speeds. Like other AWS services, Amazon CloudFront is a self-service, pay-per-use offering, requiring no long term commitments or minimum fees. With CloudFront, your files are delivered to end-users using a global network of edge locations.Reference: AWS cloudfront
Q61:What best describes the concept of fault tolerance?
Choose the correct answer:
A. The ability for a system to withstand a certain amount of failure and still remain functional.
B. The ability for a system to grow in size, capacity, and/or scope.
C. The ability for a system to be accessible when you attempt to access it.
D. The ability for a system to grow and shrink based on demand.
Answer:
A: Fault tolerance describes the concept of a system (in our case a web application) to have failure in some of its components and still remain accessible (highly available). Fault tolerant web applications will have at least two web servers (in case one fails).
Q62: The firm you work for is considering migrating to AWS. They are concerned about cost and the initial investment needed. Which of the following features of AWS pricing helps lower the initial investment amount needed?
Choose 2 answers from the options given below:
A. The ability to choose the lowest cost vendor.
B. The ability to pay as you go
C. No upfront costs
D. Discounts for upfront payments
Answer:
B and C: The best features of moving to the AWS Cloud is: No upfront cost and The ability to pay as you go where the customer only pays for the resources needed. Reference: AWS pricing
Q64: Your company has started using AWS. Your IT Security team is concerned with the security of hosting resources in the Cloud. Which AWS service provides security optimization recommendations that could help the IT Security team secure resources using AWS?
An online resource to help you reduce cost, increase performance, and improve security by optimizing your AWS environment, Trusted Advisor provides real time guidance to help you provision your resources following AWS best practices. Reference: AWS trusted advisor
Q65:What is the relationship between AWS global infrastructure and the concept of high availability?
Choose the correct answer:
A. AWS is centrally located in one location and is subject to widespread outages if something happens at that one location.
B. AWS regions and Availability Zones allow for redundant architecture to be placed in isolated parts of the world.
C. Each AWS region handles a different AWS services, and you must use all regions to fully use AWS.
As an AWS user, you can create your applications infrastructure and duplicate it. By placing duplicate infrastructure in multiple regions, high availability is created because if one region fails you have a backup (in a another region) to use.
Q66: You are hosting a number of EC2 Instances on AWS. You are looking to monitor CPU Utilization on the Instance. Which service would you use to collect and track performance metrics for AWS services?
Answer: iOS – Android C: Amazon CloudWatch is a monitoring service for AWS cloud resources and the applications you run on AWS. You can use Amazon CloudWatch to collect and track metrics, collect and monitor log files, set alarms, and automatically react to changes in your AWS resources. Reference: AWS cloudwatch
Q67: Which of the following support plans give access to all the checks in the Trusted Advisor service.
Q68: Which of the following in AWS maps to a separate geographic location?
A. AWS Region B. AWS Data Centers C. AWS Availability Zone
Answer:
Answer: iOS – Android A: Amazon cloud computing resources are hosted in multiple locations world-wide. These locations are composed of AWS Regions and Availability Zones. Each AWS Region is a separate geographic area. Reference: AWS Regions And Availability Zone
Q69:What best describes the concept of scalability?
Choose the correct answer:
A. The ability for a system to grow and shrink based on demand.
B. The ability for a system to grow in size, capacity, and/or scope.
C. The ability for a system be be accessible when you attempt to access it.
D. The ability for a system to withstand a certain amount of failure and still remain functional.
Answer
Answer: iOS – Android B: Scalability refers to the concept of a system being able to easily (and cost-effectively) scale UP. For web applications, this means the ability to easily add server capacity when demand requires.
Q70: If you wanted to monitor all events in your AWS account, which of the below services would you use?
A. AWS CloudWatch
B. AWS CloudWatch logs
C. AWS Config
D. AWS CloudTrail
Answer:
D: AWS CloudTrail is a service that enables governance, compliance, operational auditing, and risk auditing of your AWS account. With CloudTrail, you can log, continuously monitor, and retain account activity related to actions across your AWS infrastructure. CloudTrail provides event history of your AWS account activity, including actions taken through the AWS Management Console, AWS SDKs, command line tools, and other AWS services. This event history simplifies security analysis, resource change tracking, and troubleshooting. Reference: Cloudtrail
Q71:What are the four primary benefits of using the cloud/AWS?
Choose the correct answer:
A. Fault tolerance, scalability, elasticity, and high availability.
B. Elasticity, scalability, easy access, limited storage.
C. Fault tolerance, scalability, sometimes available, unlimited storage
D. Unlimited storage, limited compute capacity, fault tolerance, and high availability.
Answer:
Answer: iOS – Android Fault tolerance, scalability, elasticity, and high availability are the four primary benefits of AWS/the cloud.
Q72:What best describes a simplified definition of the “cloud”?
Choose the correct answer:
A. All the computers in your local home network.
B. Your internet service provider
C. A computer located somewhere else that you are utilizing in some capacity.
D. An on-premise data center that your company owns.
Answer
Answer: iOS – Android (D) The simplest definition of the cloud is a computer that is located somewhere else that you are utilizing in some capacity. AWS is a cloud services provider, as the provide access to computers they own (located at AWS data centers), that you use for various purposes.
Q73: Your development team is planning to host a development environment on the cloud. This consists of EC2 and RDS instances. This environment will probably only be required for 2 months.
Which types of instances would you use for this purpose?
A. On-Demand
B. Spot
C. Reserved
D. Dedicated
Answer:
Answer: iOS – Android (A) The best and cost effective option would be to use On-Demand Instances. The AWS documentation gives the following additional information on On-Demand EC2 Instances. With On-Demand instances you only pay for EC2 instances you use. The use of On-Demand instances frees you from the costs and complexities of planning, purchasing, and maintaining hardware and transforms what are commonly large fixed costs into much smaller variable costs. Reference: AWS ec2 pricing on-demand
Q74: Which of the following can be used to secure EC2 Instances?
Answer: iOS – Android security groups acts as a virtual firewall for your instance to control inbound and outbound traffic. When you launch an instance in a VPC, you can assign up to five security groups to the instance. Security groups act at the instance level, not the subnet level. Therefore, each instance in a subnet in your VPC could be assigned to a different set of security groups. If you don’t specify a particular group at launch time, the instance is automatically assigned to the default security group for the VPC. Reference: VPC Security Groups
Q75: What is the purpose of a DNS server?
Choose the correct answer:
A. To act as an internet search engine.
B. To protect you from hacking attacks.
C. To convert common language domain names to IP addresses.
Domain name system servers act as a “third party” that provides the service of converting common language domain names to IP addresses (which are required for a web browser to properly make a request for web content).
High availability refers to the concept that something will be accessible when you try to access it. An object or web application is “highly available” when it is accessible a vast majority of the time.
RDS is a SQL database service (that offers several database engine options), and DynamoDB is a NoSQL database option that only offers one NoSQL engine.
Reference:
Q78: What are two open source in-memory engines supported by ElastiCache?
Q85:If you want to have SMS or email notifications sent to various members of your department with status updates on resources in your AWS account, what service should you choose?
Choose the correct answer:
A. SNS
B. GetSMS
C. RDS
D. STS
Answer:
Answer: iOS – Android (A) Simple Notification Service (SNS) is what publishes messages to SMS and/or email endpoints.
Amazon WorkSpaces is a managed, secure Desktop-as-a-Service (DaaS) solution. You can use Amazon WorkSpaces to provision either Windows or Linux desktops in just a few minutes and quickly scale to provide thousands of desktops to workers across the globe
Q87: Your company has recently migrated large amounts of data to the AWS cloud in S3 buckets. But it is necessary to discover and protect the sensitive data in these buckets. Which AWS service can do that?
Notes:Amazon Macie is a fully managed data security and data privacy service that uses machine learning and pattern matching to discover and protect your sensitive data in AWS.
Q88: Your Finance Department has instructed you to save costs wherever possible when using the AWS Cloud. You notice that using reserved EC2 instances on a 1year contract will save money. What payment method will save the most money?
A: Deferred
B: Partial Upfront
C: All Upfront
D: No Upfront
Answer: C
Notes: With the All Upfront option, you pay for the entire Reserved Instance term with one upfront payment. This option provides you with the largest discount compared to On Demand Instance pricing.
Q89: A fantasy sports company needs to run an application for the length of a football season (5 months). They will run the application on an EC2 instance and there can be no interruption. Which purchasing option best suits this use case?
Notes: This is not a long enough term to make reserved instances the better option. Plus, the application can’t be interrupted, which rules out spot instances. Dedicated instances provide the option to bring along existing software licenses.
The scenario does not indicate a need to do this.
Q90:Your company is considering migrating its data center to the cloud. What are the advantages of the AWS cloud over an on-premises data center?
A. Replace upfront operational expenses with low variable operational expenses.
B. Maintain physical access to the new data center, but share responsibility with AWS.
C. Replace low variable costs with upfront capital expenses.
D. Replace upfront capital expenses with low variable costs.
Q91:You are leading a pilot program to try the AWS Cloud for one of your applications. You have been instructed to provide an estimate of your AWS bill. Which service will allow you to do this by manually entering your planned resources by service?
Notes: With the AWS Pricing Calculator, you can input the services you will use, and the configuration of those services, and get an estimate of the costs these services will accrue. AWS Pricing Calculator lets you explore AWS services, and create an estimate for the cost of your use cases on AWS.
Q92:Which AWS service would enable you to view the spending distribution in one of your AWS accounts?
Notes: AWS Cost Explorer is a free tool that you can use to view your costs and usage. You can view data up to the last 13 months, forecast how much you are likely to spend for the next three months, and get recommendations for what Reserved Instances to purchase. You can use AWS Cost Explorer to see patterns in how much you spend on AWS resources over time, identify areas that need further inquiry, and see trends that you can use to understand your costs. You can also specify time ranges for the data, and view time data by day or by month.
Q93:You are managing the company’s AWS account. The current support plan is Basic, but you would like to begin using Infrastructure Event Management. What support plan (that already includes Infrastructure Event Management without an additional fee) should you upgrade to?
A. Upgrade to Enterprise plan.
B. Do nothing. It is included in the Basic plan.
C. Upgrade to Developer plan.
D. Upgrade to the Business plan. No other steps are necessary.
Notes:AWS Infrastructure Event Management is a structured program available to Enterprise support customers (and Business Support customers for an additional fee) that helps you plan for large-scale events, such as product or application launches, infrastructure migrations, and marketing events.
With Infrastructure Event Management, you get strategic planning assistance before your event, as well as real-time support during these moments that matter most for your business.
Q94:You have decided to use the AWS Cost and Usage Report to track your EC2 Reserved Instance costs. To where can these reports be published?
A. Trusted Advisor
B. An S3 Bucket that you own.
C. CloudWatch
D. An AWS owned S3 Bucket.
Answer: B
Notes: The AWS Cost and Usage Reports (AWS CUR) contains the most comprehensive set of cost and usage data available. You can use Cost and Usage Reports to publish your AWS billing reports to an Amazon Simple Storage Service (Amazon S3) bucket that you own. You can receive reports that break down your costs by the hour or day, by product or product resource, or by tags that you define yourself. AWS updates the report in your bucket once a day in comma-separated value (CSV) format. You can view the reports using spreadsheet software such as Microsoft Excel or Apache OpenOffice Calc, or access them from an application using the Amazon S3 API.
Q95:What can we do in AWS to receive the benefits of volume pricing for your multiple AWS accounts?
A. Use consolidated billing in AWS Organizations.
B. Purchase services in bulk from AWS Marketplace.
Notes: You can use the consolidated billing feature in AWS Organizations to consolidate billing and payment for multiple AWS accounts or multiple Amazon Internet Services Pvt. Ltd (AISPL) accounts. You can combine the usage across all accounts in the organization to share the volume pricing discounts, Reserved Instance discounts, and Savings Plans. This can result in a lower charge for your project, department, or company than with individual standalone accounts.
Q96:A gaming company is using the AWS Developer Tool Suite to develop, build, and deploy their applications. Which AWS service can be used to trace user requests from end-to-end through the application?
Notes:AWS X-Ray helps developers analyze and debug production, distributed applications, such as those built using a microservices architecture. With X-Ray, you can understand how your application and its underlying services are performing to identify and troubleshoot the root cause of performance issues and errors. X-Ray provides an end-to-end view of requests as they travel through your application, and shows a map of your application’s underlying components.
Q97:A company needs to use a Load Balancer which can serve traffic at the TCP, and UDP layers. Additionally, it needs to handle millions of requests per second at very low latencies. Which Load Balancer should they use?
Notes:Network Load Balancer is best suited for load balancing of Transmission Control Protocol (TCP), User Datagram Protocol (UDP) and Transport Layer Security (TLS) traffic where extreme performance is required. Operating at the connection level (Layer 4), Network Load Balancer routes traffic to targets within Amazon Virtual Private Cloud (Amazon VPC) and is capable of handling millions of requests per second while maintaining ultra-low latencies.
Q98:Your company is migrating its services to the AWS cloud. The DevOps team has heard about infrastructure as code, and wants to investigate this concept. Which AWS service would they investigate?
Notes:AWS CloudFormation is a service that helps you model and set up your Amazon Web Services resources so that you can spend less time managing those resources and more time focusing on your applications that run in AWS.
Q99:You have a MySQL database that you want to migrate to the cloud, and you need it to be significantly faster there. You are looking for a speed increase up to 5 times the current performance. Which AWS offering could you use?
Notes:Amazon Aurora is a MySQL and PostgreSQL-compatible relational database built for the cloud, that combines the performance and availability of traditional enterprise databases with the simplicity and cost-effectiveness of open source databases. Amazon Aurora is up to five times faster than standard MySQL databases and three times faster than standard PostgreSQL databases.
Q100:A developer is trying to programmatically retrieve information from an EC2 instance such as public keys, ip address, and instance id. From where can this information be retrieved?
Notes: This type of data is stored in Instance metadata. Instance userdata does not retrieve the information mentioned, but can be used to help configure a new instance.
Q101: Why is AWS more economical than traditional data centers for applications with varying compute workloads?
A) Amazon EC2 costs are billed on a monthly basis. B) Users retain full administrative access to their Amazon EC2 instances. C) Amazon EC2 instances can be launched on demand when needed. D) Users can permanently run enough instances to handle peak workloads.
Answer: C Notes: The ability to launch instances on demand when needed allows users to launch and terminate instances in response to a varying workload. This is a more economical practice than purchasing enough on-premises servers to handle the peak load. Reference: Advantage of cloud computing
Q102: Which AWS service would simplify the migration of a database to AWS?
A) AWS Storage Gateway B) AWS Database Migration Service (AWS DMS) C) Amazon EC2 D) Amazon AppStream 2.0
Answer: B Notes: AWS DMS helps users migrate databases to AWS quickly and securely. The source database remains fully operational during the migration, minimizing downtime to applications that rely on the database. AWS DMS can migrate data to and from most widely used commercial and open-source databases. Reference: AWS DMS
Q103: Which AWS offering enables users to find, buy, and immediately start using software solutions in their AWS environment?
A) AWS Config B) AWS OpsWorks C) AWS SDK D) AWS Marketplace
Answer: D Notes: AWS Marketplace is a digital catalog with thousands of software listings from independent software vendors that makes it easy to find, test, buy, and deploy software that runs on AWS. Reference: AWS Markerplace
Q104: Which AWS networking service enables a company to create a virtual network within AWS?
A) AWS Config B) Amazon Route 53 C) AWS Direct Connect D) Amazon Virtual Private Cloud (Amazon VPC)
Answer: D Notes: Amazon VPC lets users provision a logically isolated section of the AWS Cloud where users can launch AWS resources in a virtual network that they define. Reference: VPC https://aws.amazon.com/vpc/
Q105: Which component of the AWS global infrastructure does Amazon CloudFront use to ensure low-latency delivery?
A) AWS Regions B) Edge locations C) Availability Zones D) Virtual Private Cloud (VPC)
Answer: B Notes: – To deliver content to users with lower latency, Amazon CloudFront uses a global network of points of presence (edge locations and regional edge caches) worldwide. Reference: Cloudfront – https://aws.amazon.com/cloudfront/
Q106: How would a system administrator add an additional layer of login security to a user’s AWS Management Console?
A) Use Amazon Cloud Directory B) Audit AWS Identity and Access Management (IAM) roles C) Enable multi-factor authentication D) Enable AWS CloudTrail
Answer: C Notes: – Multi-factor authentication (MFA) is a simple best practice that adds an extra layer of protection on top of a username and password. With MFA enabled, when a user signs in to an AWS Management Console, they will be prompted for their username and password (the first factor—what they know), as well as for an authentication code from their MFA device (the second factor—what they have). Taken together, these multiple factors provide increased security for AWS account settings and resources. Reference: MFA – https://aws.amazon.com/iam/features/mfa/
Q107: Which service can identify the user that made the API call when an Amazon EC2 instance is terminated?
A) AWS Trusted Advisor B) AWS CloudTrail C) AWS X-Ray D) AWS Identity and Access Management (AWS IAM)
Answer: B Notes: – AWS CloudTrail helps users enable governance, compliance, and operational and risk auditing of their AWS accounts. Actions taken by a user, role, or an AWS service are recorded as events in CloudTrail. Events include actions taken in the AWS Management Console, AWS Command Line Interface (CLI), and AWS SDKs and APIs. Reference: AWS CloudTrail https://docs.aws.amazon.com/awscloudtrail/latest/userguide/cloudtrail-user-guide.html
Q108: Which service would be used to send alerts based on Amazon CloudWatch alarms?
A) Amazon Simple Notification Service (Amazon SNS) B) AWS CloudTrail C) AWS Trusted Advisor D) Amazon Route 53
Answer: A Notes: Amazon SNS and Amazon CloudWatch are integrated so users can collect, view, and analyze metrics for every active SNS. Once users have configured CloudWatch for Amazon SNS, they can gain better insight into the performance of their Amazon SNS topics, push notifications, and SMS deliveries. Reference: CloudWatch for Amazon SNS https://docs.aws.amazon.com/sns/latest/dg/sns-monitoring-using-cloudwatch.html
Q109: Where can a user find information about prohibited actions on the AWS infrastructure?
A) AWS Trusted Advisor B) AWS Identity and Access Management (IAM) C) AWS Billing Console D) AWS Acceptable Use Policy
Answer: D Notes: – The AWS Acceptable Use Policy provides information regarding prohibited actions on the AWS infrastructure. Reference: AWS Acceptable Use Policy – https://aws.amazon.com/aup/
Q110: Which of the following is an AWS responsibility under the AWS shared responsibility model?
A) Configuring third-party applications B) Maintaining physical hardware C) Securing application access and data D) Managing guest operating systems
Answer: B Notes: – Maintaining physical hardware is an AWS responsibility under the AWS shared responsibility model. Reference: AWS shared responsibility model https://aws.amazon.com/compliance/shared-responsibility-model/
Q111: Which recommendations are included in the AWS Trusted Advisor checks? (Select TWO.)
A) Amazon S3 bucket permissions
B) AWS service outages for services
C) Multi-factor authentication (MFA) use on the AWS account root user
D) Available software patches for Amazon EC2 instances
Answer: A and C
Notes: Trusted Advisor checks for S3 bucket permissions in Amazon S3 with open access permissions. Bucket permissions that grant list access to everyone can result in higher than expected charges if objects in the bucket are listed by unintended users at a high frequency. Bucket permissions that grant upload and delete access to all users create potential security vulnerabilities by allowing anyone to add, modify, or remove items in a bucket. This Trusted Advisor check examines explicit bucket permissions and associated bucket policies that might override the bucket permissions.
Trusted Advisor does not provide notifications for service outages. You can use the AWS Personal Health Dashboard to learn about AWS Health events that can affect your AWS services or account.
Trusted Advisor checks the root account and warns if MFA is not enabled.
Trusted Advisor does not provide information about the number of users in an AWS account.
What is the difference between Amazon EC2 Savings Plans and Spot Instances?
Amazon EC2 Savings Plans are ideal for workloads that involve a consistent amount of compute usage over a 1-year or 3-year term. With Amazon EC2 Savings Plans, you can reduce your compute costs by up to 72% over On-Demand costs.
Spot Instances are ideal for workloads with flexible start and end times, or that can withstand interruptions. With Spot Instances, you can reduce your compute costs by up to 90% over On-Demand costs. Unlike Amazon EC2 Savings Plans, Spot Instances do not require contracts or a commitment to a consistent amount of compute usage.
Amazon EBS vs Amazon EFS
An Amazon EBS volume stores data in a single Availability Zone. To attach an Amazon EC2 instance to an EBS volume, both the Amazon EC2 instance and the EBS volume must reside within the same Availability Zone.
Amazon EFS is a regional service. It stores data in and across multiple Availability Zones. The duplicate storage enables you to access data concurrently from all the Availability Zones in the Region where a file system is located. Additionally, on-premises servers can access Amazon EFS using AWS Direct Connect.
Which cloud deployment model allows you to connect public cloud resources to on-premises infrastructure?
Applications made available through hybrid deployments connect cloud resources to on-premises infrastructure and applications. For example, you might have an application that runs in the cloud but accesses data stored in your on-premises data center.
What is the difference between Amazon EC2 Savings Plans and Spot Instances?
Amazon EC2 Savings Plans are ideal for workloads that involve a consistent amount of compute usage over a 1-year or 3-year term. With Amazon EC2 Savings Plans, you can reduce your compute costs by up to 72% over On-Demand costs.
Spot Instances are ideal for workloads with flexible start and end times, or that can withstand interruptions. With Spot Instances, you can reduce your compute costs by up to 90% over On-Demand costs. Unlike Amazon EC2 Savings Plans, Spot Instances do not require contracts or a commitment to a consistent amount of compute usage.
Which benefit of cloud computing helps you innovate and build faster?
Agility: The cloud gives you quick access to resources and services that help you build and deploy your applications faster.
Which developer tool allows you to write code within your web browser?
Cloud9 is an integrated development environment (IDE) that allows you to write code within your web browser.
Which method of accessing an EC2 instance requires both a private key and a public key?
SSH allows you to access an EC2 instance from your local laptop using a key pair, which consists of a private key and a public key.
Which service allows you to track the name of the user making changes in your AWS account?
CloudTrail tracks user activity and API calls in your account, which includes identity information (the user’s name, source IP address, etc.) about the API caller.
Which analytics service allows you to query data in Amazon S3 using Structured Query Language (SQL)?
Athena is a query service that makes it easy to analyze data in Amazon S3 using SQL.
Which machine learning service helps you build, train, and deploy models quickly?
SageMaker helps you build, train, and deploy machine learning models quickly.
Which EC2 storage mechanism is recommended when running a database on an EC2 instance?
EBS is a storage device you can attach to your instances and is a recommended storage option when you run databases on an instance.
Which storage service is a scalable file system that only works with Linux-based workloads?
EFS is an elastic file system for Linux-based workloads.
Djamgatech: AI Driven Certification Preparation: Azure AI, AWS Machine Learning Specialty, AWS Data Analytics, GCP ML, GCP PDE,
Which AWS service provides a secure and resizable compute platform with choice of processor, storage, networking, operating system, and purchase model?
Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud (Amazon EC2) is a web service that provides secure, resizable compute capacity in the cloud. Amazon EC2 offers the broadest and deepest compute platform with choice of processor, storage, networking, operating system, and purchase model. Amazon EC2.
Which services allow you to build hybrid environments by connecting on-premises infrastructure to AWS?
Site-to-site VPN allows you to establish a secure connection between your on-premises equipment and the VPCs in your AWS account.
Direct Connect allows you to establish a dedicated network connection between your on-premises network and AWS.
What service could you recommend to a developer to automate the software release process?
CodePipeline is a developer tool that allows you to continuously automate the software release process.
Which service allows you to practice infrastructure as code by provisioning your AWS resources via scripted templates?
CloudFormation allows you to provision your AWS resources via scripted templates.
Which machine learning service allows you to add image analysis to your applications?
Rekognition is a service that makes it easy to add image analysis to your applications.
Which services allow you to run containerized applications without having to manage servers or clusters?
Fargate removes the need for you to interact with servers or clusters as it provisions, configures, and scales clusters of virtual machines to run containers for you.
ECS lets you run your containerized Docker applications on both Amazon EC2 and AWS Fargate.
EKS lets you run your containerized Kubernetes applications on both Amazon EC2 and AWS Fargate.
Amazon S3 offers multiple storage classes. Which storage class is best for archiving data when you want the cheapest cost and don’t mind long retrieval times?
S3 Glacier Deep Archive offers the lowest cost and is used to archive data. You can retrieve objects within 12 hours.
In the shared responsibility model, what is the customer responsible for?
You are responsible for patching the guest OS, including updates and security patches.
You are responsible for firewall configuration and securing your application.
A company needs phone, email, and chat access 24 hours a day, 7 days a week. The response time must be less than 1 hour if a production system has a service interruption. Which AWS Support plan meets these requirements at the LOWEST cost?
The Business Support plan provides phone, email, and chat access 24 hours a day, 7 days a week. The Business Support plan has a response time of less than 1 hour if a production system has a service interruption.
Which of the following is an advantage of consolidated billing on AWS?
Consolidated billing is a feature of AWS Organizations. You can combine the usage across all accounts in your organization to share volume pricing discounts, Reserved Instance discounts, and Savings Plans. This solution can result in a lower charge compared to the use of individual standalone accounts.
A company requires physical isolation of its Amazon EC2 instances from the instances of other customers. Which instance purchasing option meets this requirement?
With Dedicated Hosts, a physical server is dedicated for your use. Dedicated Hosts provide visibility and the option to control how you place your instances on an isolated, physical server. For more information about Dedicated Hosts, see Amazon EC2 Dedicated Hosts.
A company is hosting a static website from a single Amazon S3 bucket. Which AWS service will achieve lower latency and high transfer speeds?
CloudFront is a web service that speeds up the distribution of your static and dynamic web content, such as .html, .css, .js, and image files, to your users. Content is cached in edge locations. Content that is repeatedly accessed can be served from the edge locations instead of the source S3 bucket. For more information about CloudFront, see Accelerate static website content delivery.
Which AWS service provides a simple and scalable shared file storage solution for use with Linux-based Amazon EC2 instances and on-premises servers?
Amazon EFS provides an elastic file system that lets you share file data without the need to provision and manage storage. It can be used with AWS Cloud services and on-premises resources, and is built to scale on demand to petabytes without disrupting applications. With Amazon EFS, you can grow and shrink your file systems automatically as you add and remove files, eliminating the need to provision and manage capacity to accommodate growth.
Which service allows you to generate encryption keys managed by AWS?
KMS allows you to generate and manage encryption keys. The keys generated by KMS are managed by AWS.
Which service can integrate with a Lambda function to automatically take remediation steps when it uncovers suspicious network activity when monitoring logs in your AWS account?
GuardDuty can perform automated remediation actions by leveraging Amazon CloudWatch Events and AWS Lambda. GuardDuty continuously monitors for threats and unauthorized behavior to protect your AWS accounts, workloads, and data stored in Amazon S3. GuardDuty analyzes multiple AWS data sources, such as AWS CloudTrail event logs, Amazon VPC Flow Logs, and DNS logs.
Which service allows you to create access keys for someone needing to access AWS via the command line interface (CLI)?
IAM allows you to create users and generate access keys for users needing to access AWS via the CLI.
Which service allows you to record software configuration changes within your Amazon EC2 instances over time?
Config helps with recording compliance and configuration changes over time for your AWS resources.
Which service assists with compliance and auditing by offering a downloadable report that provides the status of passwords and MFA devices in your account?
IAM provides a downloadable credential report that lists all users in your account and the status of their various credentials, including passwords, access keys, and MFA devices.
Which service allows you to locate credit card numbers stored in Amazon S3?
Macie is a data privacy service that helps you uncover and protect your sensitive data, such as personally identifiable information (PII) like credit card numbers, passport numbers, social security numbers, and more.
How do you manage permissions for multiple users at once using AWS Identity and Access Management (IAM)?
An IAM group is a collection of IAM users. When you assign an IAM policy to a group, all users in the group are granted permissions specified by the policy.
Which service protects your web application from cross-site scripting attacks?
WAF helps protect your web applications from common web attacks, like SQL injection or cross-site scripting.
Which AWS Trusted Advisor real-time guidance recommendations are available for AWS Basic Support and AWS Developer Support customers?
Basic and Developer Support customers get 50 service limit checks.
Basic and Developer Support customers get security checks for “Specific Ports Unrestricted” on Security Groups.
Basic and Developer Support customers get security checks on S3 Bucket Permissions.
Which service allows you to simplify billing by using a single payment method for all your accounts?
Organizations offers consolidated billing that provides 1 bill for all your AWS accounts. This also gives you access to volume discounts.
Which AWS service usage will always be free even after the 12-month free tier plan has expired?
One million Lambda requests are always free each month.
What is the easiest way for a customer on the AWS Basic Support plan to increase service limits?
The Basic Support plan allows 24/7 access to Customer Service via email and the ability to open service limit increase support cases.
Which types of issues are covered by AWS Support?
“How to” questions about AWS service and features
Problems detected by health checks
Djamgatech: AI Driven Certification Preparation: Azure AI, AWS Machine Learning Specialty, AWS Data Analytics, GCP ML, GCP PDE,
Which features of AWS reduce your total cost of ownership (TCO)?
Sharing servers with others allows you to save money.
Elastic computing allows you to trade capital expense for variable expense.
You pay only for the computing resources you use with no long-term commitments.
Which service allows you to select and deploy operating system and software patches automatically across large groups of Amazon EC2 instances?
Systems Manager allows you to automate operational tasks across your AWS resources.
Which service provides the easiest way to set up and govern a secure, multi-account AWS environment?
Control Tower allows you to centrally govern and enforce the best use of AWS services across your accounts.
Which cost management tool gives you the ability to be alerted when the actual or forecasted cost and usage exceed your desired threshold?
Budgets allow you to improve planning and cost control with flexible budgeting and forecasting. You can choose to be alerted when your budget threshold is exceeded.
Which tool allows you to compare your estimated service costs per Region?
The Pricing Calculator allows you to get an estimate for the cost of AWS services. Comparing service costs per Region is a common use case.
Who can assist with accelerating the migration of legacy contact center infrastructure to AWS?
Professional Services is a global team of experts that can help you realize your desired business outcomes with AWS.
The AWS Partner Network (APN) is a global community of partners that helps companies build successful solutions with AWS.
Which cost management tool allows you to view costs from the past 12 months, current detailed costs, and forecasts costs for up to 3 months?
Cost Explorer allows you to visualize, understand, and manage your AWS costs and usage over time.
Which service reduces the operational overhead of your IT organization?
Managed Services implements best practices to maintain your infrastructure and helps reduce your operational overhead and risk.
I assume it is your subscription where the VPCs are located, otherwise you can’t really discover the information you are looking for. On the EC2 server you could use AWS CLI or Powershell based scripts that query the IP information. Based on IP you can find out what instance uses the network interface, what security groups are tied to it and in which VPC the instance is hosted. Read more here…
When using AWS Lambda inside your VPC, your Lambda function will be allocated private IP addresses, and only private IP addresses, from your specified subnets. This means that you must ensure that your specified subnets have enough free address space for your Lambda function to scale up to. Each simultaneous invocation needs its own IP. Read more here…
When a Lambda “is in a VPC”, it really means that its attached Elastic Network Interface is the customer’s VPC and not the hidden VPC that AWS manages for Lambda.
The ENI is not related to the AWS Lambda management system that does the invocation (the data plane mentioned here). The AWS Step Function system can go ahead and invoke the Lambda through the API, and the network request for that can pass through the underlying VPC and host infrastructure.
Those Lambdas in turn can invoke other Lambda directly through the API, or more commonly by decoupling them, such as through Amazon SQS used as a trigger. Read more ….
How do I invoke an AWS Lambda function programmatically?
Invokes a Lambda function. You can invoke a function synchronously (and wait for the response), or asynchronously. To invoke a function asynchronously, set InvocationType to Event.
For synchronous invocation, details about the function response, including errors, are included in the response body and headers. For either invocation type, you can find more information in the execution log and trace.
When an error occurs, your function may be invoked multiple times. Retry behavior varies by error type, client, event source, and invocation type. For example, if you invoke a function asynchronously and it returns an error, Lambda executes the function up to two more times. For more information, see Retry Behavior.
For asynchronous invocation, Lambda adds events to a queue before sending them to your function. If your function does not have enough capacity to keep up with the queue, events may be lost. Occasionally, your function may receive the same event multiple times, even if no error occurs. To retain events that were not processed, configure your function with a dead-letter queue.
The status code in the API response doesn’t reflect function errors. Error codes are reserved for errors that prevent your function from executing, such as permissions errors, limit errors, or issues with your function’s code and configuration. For example, Lambda returns TooManyRequestsException if executing the function would cause you to exceed a concurrency limit at either the account level ( Concurrent Invocation Limit Exceeded) or function level ( Reserved Function Concurrent Invocation LimitExceeded).
For functions with a long timeout, your client might be disconnected during synchronous invocation while it waits for a response. Configure your HTTP client, SDK, firewall, proxy, or operating system to allow for long connections with timeout or keep-alive settings.
The subnet mask determines how many bits of the network address are relevant (and thus indirectly the size of the network block in terms of how many host addresses are available) –
192.0.2.0, subnet mask 255.255.255.0 means that 192.0.2 is the significant portion of the network number, and that there 8 bits left for host addresses (i.e. 192.0.2.0 thru 192.0.2.255)
192.0.2.0, subnet mask 255.255.255.128 means that 192.0.2.0 is the significant portion of the network number (first three octets and the most significant bit of the last octet), and that there 7 bits left for host addresses (i.e. 192.0.2.0 thru 192.0.2.127)
When in doubt, envision the network number and subnet mask in base 2 (i.e. binary) and it will become much clearer. Read more here…
Separate out the roles needed to do each job. (Assuming this is a corporate environment)
Have a role for EC2, another for Networking, another for IAM.
Everyone should not be admin. Everyone should not be able to add/remove IGW’s, NAT gateways, alter security groups and NACLS, or setup peering connections.
Also, another thing… lock down full internet access. Limit to what is needed and that’s it. Read more here….
How can we setup AWS public-private subnet in VPC without NAT server?
Within a single VPC, the subnets’ route tables need to point to each other. This will already work without additional routes because VPC sets up the local target to point to the VPC subnet.
Security groups are not used here since they are attached to instances, and not networks.
The NAT EC2 instance (server), or AWS-provided NAT gateway is necessary only if the private subnet internal addresses need to make outbound connections. The NAT will translate the private subnet internal addresses to the public subnet internal addresses, and the AWS VPC Internet Gateway will translate these to external IP addresses, which can then go out to the Internet. Read more here ….
What are the applications (or workloads) that cannot be migrated on to cloud (AWS or Azure or GCP)?
A good example of workloads that currently are not in public clouds are mobile and fixed core telecom networks for tier 1 service providers. This is despite the fact that these core networks are increasingly software based and have largely been decoupled from the hardware. There are a number of reasons for this such as the public cloud providers such as Azure and AWS do not offer the guaranteed availability required by telecom networks. These networks require 99.999% availability and is typically referred to as telecom grade.
The regulatory environment frequently restricts hosting of subscriber data outside the of the operators data centers or in another country and key network functions such as lawful interception cannot contractually be hosted off-prem. Read more here….
How many CIDRs can we add to my own created VPC?
You can add up to 5 IPv4 CIDR blocks, or 1 IPv6 block per VPC. You can further segment the network by utilizing up to 200 subnets per VPC. Amazon VPC Limits. Read more …
Why can’t a subnet’s CIDR be changed once it has been assigned?
Sure it can, but you’ll need to coordinate with the neighbors. You can merge two /25’s into a single /24 quite effortlessly if you control the entire range it covers. In practice you’ll see many tiny allocations in public IPv4 space, like /29’s and even smaller. Those are all assigned to different people. If you want to do a big shuffle there, you have a lot of coordinating to do.. or accept the fallout from the breakage you cause. Read more…
Can one VPC talk to another VPC?
Yes, but a Virtual Private Cloud is usually built for the express purpose of being isolated from unwanted external traffic. I can think of several good reasons to encourage that sort of communication, so the idea is not without merit. Read more..
Good knowledge about the AWS services, and how to leverage them to solve simple to complex problems.
As your question is related to the deployment Pod, you will probably be asked about deployment methods (A/B testing like blue-green deployment) as well as pipelining strategies. You might be asked during this interview to reason about a simple task and to code it (like parsing a log file). Also review the TCP/IP stack in-depth as well as the tools to troubleshoot it for the networking round. You will eventually have some Linux questions, the range of questions can vary from common CLI tools to Linux internals like signals / syscalls / file descriptors and so on.
Last but not least the Leadership principles, I can only suggest you to prepare a story for each of them. You will quickly find what LP they are looking for and would be able to give the right signal to your interviewer.
Finally, remember that theres a debrief after the (usually 5) stages of your on site interview, and more senior and convincing interviewers tend to defend their vote so don’t screw up with them.
Be natural, focus on the question details and ask for confirmation, be cool but not too much. At the end of the day, remember that your job will be to understand customer issues and provide a solution, so treat your interviewers as if they were customers and they will see a successful CSE in you, be reassured and give you the job.
Expect questions on cloudformations, Teraform, Aws ec2/rds and stack related questions.
It also depends on the support team you are being hired for. Networking or compute teams (Ec2) have different interview patterns vs database or big data support.
In any case, basics of OS, networking are critical to the interview. If you have a phone screen, we will be looking for basic/semi advance skills of these and your speciality. For example if you mention Oracle in your resume and you are interviewing for the database team, expect a flurry of those questions.
Other important aspect is the Amazon leadership principles. Half of your interview is based on LPs. If you fail to have scenarios where you do not demonstrate our LPs, you cannot expect to work here even though your technical skills are above average (Having extraordinary skills is a different thing).
The overall interview itself will have 1 phone screen if you are interviewing in the US and 1–2 if outside US. The onsite loop will be 4 rounds , 2 of which are technical (again divided into OS and networking and the specific speciality of the team you are interviewing for ) and 2 of them are leadership principles where we test your soft skills and management skills as they are very important in this job. You need to have a strong view point, disagree if it seems valid to do so, empathy and be a team player while showing the ability to pull off things individually as well. These skills will be critical for cracking LP interviews.
You will NOT be asked to code or write queries as its not part of the job, so you can concentrate on the theoretical part of the subject and also your resume. We will grill you on topics mentioned on your resume to start with.
Monolithic architecture is something that build from single piece of material, historically from rock. Monolith term normally use for object made from single large piece of material.” – Non-Technical Definition. “Monolithic application has single code base with multiple modules.
Large Monolithic code-base (often spaghetti code) puts immense cognitive complexity on the developer’s head. As a result, the development velocity is poor. Granular scaling (i.e., scaling part of the application) is not possible. Polyglot programming or polyglot database is challenging.
Drawbacks of Monolithic Architecture
This simple approach has a limitation in size and complexity. Application is too large and complex to fully understand and made changes fast and correctly. The size of the application can slow down the start-up time. You must redeploy the entire application on each update.
Sticky sessions, also known as session affinity, allow you to route a site user to the particular web server that is managing that individual user’s session. The session’s validity can be determined by a number of methods, including a client-side cookies or via configurable duration parameters that can be set at the load balancer which routes requests to the web servers.
Some advantages with utilizing sticky sessions are that it’s cost effective due to the fact you are storing sessions on the same web servers running your applications and that retrieval of those sessions is generally fast because it eliminates network latency. A drawback for using storing sessions on an individual node is that in the event of a failure, you are likely to lose the sessions that were resident on the failed node. In addition, in the event the number of your web servers change, for example a scale-up scenario, it’s possible that the traffic may be unequally spread across the web servers as active sessions may exist on particular servers. If not mitigated properly, this can hinder the scalability of your applications. Read more here …
After you terminate an instance, it remains visible in the console for a short while, and then the entry is automatically deleted. You cannot delete the terminated instance entry yourself. After an instance is terminated, resources such as tags and volumes are gradually disassociated from the instance, therefore may no longer be visible on the terminated instance after a short while.
When an instance terminates, the data on any instance store volumes associated with that instance is deleted.
By default, Amazon EBS root device volumes are automatically deleted when the instance terminates. However, by default, any additional EBS volumes that you attach at launch, or any EBS volumes that you attach to an existing instance persist even after the instance terminates. This behavior is controlled by the volume’s DeleteOnTermination attribute, which you can modify
When you first launch an instance with gp2 volumes attached, you get an initial burst credit allowing for up to 30 minutes of 3,000 iops/sec.
After the first 30 minutes, your volume will accrue credits as follows (taken directly from AWS documentation):
Within the General Purpose (SSD) implementation is a Token Bucket model that works as follows
Each token represents an “I/O credit” that pays for one read or one write.
A bucket is associated with each General Purpose (SSD) volume, and can hold up to 5.4 million tokens.
Tokens accumulate at a rate of 3 per configured GB per second, up to the capacity of the bucket.
Tokens can be spent at up to 3000 per second per volume.
The baseline performance of the volume is equal to the rate at which tokens are accumulated — 3 IOPS per GB per second.
In addition to this, gp2 volumes provide baseline performance of 3 iops per Gb, up to 1Tb (3000 iops). Volumes larger than 1Tb no longer work on the credit system, as they already provide a baseline of 3000 iops. Gp2 volumes have a cap of 10,000 iops regardless of the volume size (so the iops max out for volumes larger than 3.3Tb)
Elastic IP addresses are free when you have them assigned to an instance, feel free to use one! Elastic IPs get disassociated when you stop an instance, so you will get charged in the mean time. The benefit is that you get to keep that IP allocated to your account though, instead of losing it like any other. Once you start the instance you just re-associate it back and you have your old IP again.
Here are the changes associated with the use of Elastic IP addresses
No cost for Elastic IP addresses while in use
* $0.01 per non-attached Elastic IP address per complete hour
* $0.00 per Elastic IP address remap – first 100 remaps / month
* $0.10 per Elastic IP address remap – additional remap / month over 100
If you require any additional information about pricing please reference the link below
The short answer to reducing your AWS EC2 costs – turn off your instances when you don’t need them.
Your AWS bill is just like any other utility bill, you get charged for however much you used that month. Don’t make the mistake of leaving your instances on 24/7 if you’re only using them during certain days and times (ex. Monday – Friday, 9 to 5).
To automatically start and stop your instances, AWS offers an “EC2 scheduler” solution. A better option would be a cloud cost management tool that not only stops and starts your instances automatically, but also tracks your usage and makes sizing recommendations to optimize your cloud costs and maximize your time and savings.
You could potentially save money using Reserved Instances. But, in non-production environments such as dev, test, QA, and training, Reserved Instances are not your best bet. Why is this the case? These environments are less predictable; you may not know how many instances you need and when you will need them, so it’s better to not waste spend on these usage charges. Instead, schedule such instances (preferably using ParkMyCloud). Scheduling instances to be only up 12 hours per day on weekdays will save you 65% – better than all but the most restrictive 3-year RIs!
Well AWS is a web service provider which offers a set of services related to compute, storage, database, network and more to help the business scale and grow
All your concerns are related to AWS EC2 instance, so let me start with an instance
Instance:
An EC2 instance is similar to a server where you can host your websites or applications to make it available Globally
It is highly scalable and works on the pay-as-you-go model
You can increase or decrease the capacity of these instances as per the requirement
AMI:
AMI provides the information required to launch the EC2 instance
AMI includes the pre-configured templates of the operating system that runs on the AWS
Users can launch multiple instances with the same configuration from a single AMI
Snapshot:
Snapshots are the incremental backups for the Amazon EBS
Data in the EBS are stored in S3 by taking point-to-time snapshots
Unique data are only deleted when a snapshot is deleted
They are definitely all chalk and cheese to one another.
A VPN (Virtual Private Network) is essentially an encrypted “channel” connecting two networks, or a machine to a network, generally over the public internet.
A VPS (Virtual Private Server) is a rented virtual machine running on someone else’s hardware. AWS EC2 can be thought of as a VPS, but the term is usually used to describe low-cost products offered by lots of other hosting companies.
A VPC (Virtual Private Cloud) is a virtual network in AWS (Amazon Web Services). It can be divided into private and public subnets, have custom routing rules, have internal connections to other VPCs, etc. EC2 instances and other resources are placed in VPCs similarly to how physical data centers have operated for a very long time.
Elastic IP address is basically the static IP (IPv4) address that you can allocate to your resources.
Now, in case that you allocate IP to the resource (and the resource is running), you are not charged anything. On the other hand, if you create Elastic IP, but you do not allocate it to the resource (or the resource is not running), then you are charged some amount (should be around $0.005 per hour if I remember correctly)
Additional info about these:
You are limited to 5 Elastic IP addresses per region. If you require more than that, you can contact AWS support with a request for additional addresses. You need to have a good reason in order to be approved because IPv4 addresses are becoming a scarce resource.
In general, you should be good without Elastic IPs for most of the use-cases (as every EC2 instance has its own public IP, and you can use load balancers, as well as map most of the resources via Route 53).
One of the use-cases that I’ve seen where my client is using Elastic IP is to make it easier for him to access specific EC2 instance via RDP, as well as do deployment through Visual Studio, as he targets the Elastic IP, and thus does not have to watch for any changes in public IP (in case of stopping or rebooting).
At this time, AWS Transit Gateway does not support inter region attachments. The transit gateway and the attached VPCs must be in the same region. VPC peering supports inter region peering.
The EC2 instance is server instance whilst a Workspace is windows desktop instance
Both Windows Server and Windows workstation editions have desktops. Windows Server Core doesn’t not (and AWS doesn’t have an AMI for Windows Server Core that I could find).
It is possible to SSH into a Windows instance – this is done on port 22. You would not see a desktop when using SSH if you had enabled it. It is not enabled by default.
If you are seeing a desktop, I believe you’re “RDPing” to the Windows instance. This is done with the RDP protocol on port 3389.
Two different protocols and two different ports.
Workspaces doesn’t allow terminal or ssh services by default. You need to use Workspace client. You still can enable RDP or/and SSH but this is not recommended.
Workspaces is a managed desktop service. AWS is taking care of pre-build AMIs, software licenses, joining to domain, scaling etc.
What is Amazon EC2?Scalable, pay-as-you-go compute capacity in the cloud. Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud (Amazon EC2) is a web service that provides resizable compute capacity in the cloud. It is designed to make web-scale computing easier for developers.
What is Amazon WorkSpaces?Easily provision cloud-based desktops that allow end-users to access applications and resources. With a few clicks in the AWS Management Console, customers can provision a high-quality desktop experience for any number of users at a cost that is highly competitive with traditional desktops and half the cost of most virtual desktop infrastructure (VDI) solutions. End-users can access the documents, applications and resources they need with the device of their choice, including laptops, iPad, Kindle Fire, or Android tablets.
Elastic – Amazon EC2 enables you to increase or decrease capacity within minutes, not hours or days. You can commission one, hundreds or even thousands of server instances simultaneously.
Completely Controlled – You have complete control of your instances. You have root access to each one, and you can interact with them as you would any machine.
Flexible – You have the choice of multiple instance types, operating systems, and software packages. Amazon EC2 allows you to select a configuration of memory, CPU, instance storage, and the boot partition size that is optimal for your choice of operating system and application.
On the other hand, Amazon WorkSpaces provides the following key features:
Support Multiple Devices- Users can access their Amazon WorkSpaces using their choice of device, such as a laptop computer (Mac OS or Windows), iPad, Kindle Fire, or Android tablet.
Keep Your Data Secure and Available- Amazon WorkSpaces provides each user with access to persistent storage in the AWS cloud. When users access their desktops using Amazon WorkSpaces, you control whether your corporate data is stored on multiple client devices, helping you keep your data secure.
Choose the Hardware and Software you need- Amazon WorkSpaces offers a choice of bundles providing different amounts of CPU, memory, and storage so you can match your Amazon WorkSpaces to your requirements. Amazon WorkSpaces offers preinstalled applications (including Microsoft Office) or you can bring your own licensed software.
Amazon EBS vs Amazon EFS
An Amazon EBS volume stores data in a single Availability Zone. To attach an Amazon EC2 instance to an EBS volume, both the Amazon EC2 instance and the EBS volume must reside within the same Availability Zone.
Amazon EFS is a regional service. It stores data in and across multiple Availability Zones. The duplicate storage enables you to access data concurrently from all the Availability Zones in the Region where a file system is located. Additionally, on-premises servers can access Amazon EFS using AWS Direct Connect.
Provides secure, resizable compute capacity in the cloud. It makes web-scale cloud computing easier for developers. EC2
EC2 Spot
Run fault-tolerant workloads for up to 90% off. EC2Spot
EC2 Autoscaling
Automatically add or remove compute capacity to meet changes in demand. EC2_AustoScaling
Lightsail
Designed to be the easiest way to launch & manage a virtual private server with AWS. An easy-to-use cloud platform that offers everything need to build an application or website. Lightsail
Batch
Enables developers, scientists, & engineers to easily & efficiently run hundreds of thousands of batch computing jobs on AWS. Fully managed batch processing at any scale. Batch
Containers
Elastic Container Service (ECS)
Highly secure, reliable, & scalable way to run containers. ECS
Run code without thinking about servers. Pay only for the compute time you consume. Lamda
Edge and hybrid
Outposts
Run AWS infrastructure & services on premises for a truly consistent hybrid experience. Outposts
Snow Family
Collect and process data in rugged or disconnected edge environments. SnowFamily
Wavelength
Deliver ultra-low latency application for 5G devices. Wavelenth
VMware Cloud on AWS
Innovate faster, rapidly transition to the cloud, & work securely from any location. VMware_On_AWS
Local Zones
Run latency sensitive applications closer to end-users. LocalZones
Networking and Content Delivery
Use cases
Functionality
Service
Description
Build a cloud network
Define and provision a logically isolated network for your AWS resources
VPC
VPC lets you provision a logically isolated section of the AWS Cloud where you can launch AWS resources in a virtual network that you define. VPC
Connect VPCs and on-premises networks through a central hub
Transit Gateway
Transit Gateway connects VPCs & on-premises networks through a central hub. This simplifies network & puts an end to complex peering relationships. TransitGateway
Provide private connectivity between VPCs, services, and on-premises applications
PrivateLink
PrivateLink provides private connectivity between VPCs & services hosted on AWS or on-premises, securely on the Amazon network. PrivateLink
Route users to Internet applications with a managed DNS service
Route 53
Route 53 is a highly available & scalable cloud DNS web service. Route53
Scale your network design
Automatically distribute traffic across a pool of resources, such as instances, containers, IP addresses, and Lambda functions
Elastic Load Balancing
Elastic Load Balancing automatically distributes incoming application traffic across multiple targets, such as EC2’s, containers, IP addresses, & Lambda functions. ElasticLoadBalancing
Direct traffic through the AWS Global network to improve global application performance
Global Accelerator
Global Accelerator is a networking service that sends user’s traffic through AWS’s global network infrastructure, improving internet user performance by up to 60%. GlobalAccelerator
Secure your network traffic
Safeguard applications running on AWS against DDoS attacks
Shield
Shield is a managed Distributed Denial of Service (DDoS) protection service that safeguards applications running on AWS. Shield
Protect your web applications from common web exploits
WAF
WAF is a web application firewall that helps protect your web applications or APIs against common web exploits that may affect availability, compromise security, or consume excessive resources. WAF
Centrally configure and manage firewall rules
Firewall Manager
Firewall Manager is a security management service which allows to centrally configure & manage firewall rules across accounts & apps in AWS Organization. link text
Build a hybrid IT network
Connect your users to AWS or on-premises resources using a Virtual Private Network
(VPN) – Client
VPN solutions establish secure connections between on-premises networks, remote offices, client devices, & the AWS global network. VPN
Create an encrypted connection between your network and your Amazon VPCs or AWS Transit Gateways
(VPN) – Site to Site
Site-to-Site VPN creates a secure connection between data center or branch office & AWS cloud resources. site_to_site
Establish a private, dedicated connection between AWS and your datacenter, office, or colocation environment
Direct Connect
Direct Connect is a cloud service solution that makes it easy to establish a dedicated network connection from your premises to AWS. DirectConnect
Content delivery networks
Securely deliver data, videos, applications, and APIs to customers globally with low latency, and high transfer speeds
CloudFront
CloudFront expedites distribution of static & dynamic web content. CloudFront
Build a network for microservices architectures
Provide application-level networking for containers and microservices
App Mesh
App Mesh makes it accessible to guide & control microservices operating on AWS. AppMesh
Create, maintain, and secure APIs at any scale
API Gateway
API Gateway allows the user to design & expand their own REST and WebSocket APIs at any scale. APIGateway
Discover AWS services connected to your applications
Cloud Map
Cloud Map permits the name & handles the cloud resources. CloudMap
S3 is the storehouse for the internet i.e. object storage built to store & retrieve any amount of data from anywhere S3
AWS Backup
AWS Backup is an externally-accessible backup provider that makes it easier to align & optimize the backup of data across AWS services in the cloud. AWS_Backup
Amazon EBS
Amazon Elastic Block Store is a web service that provides block-level storage volumes. EBS
Amazon EFS Storage
EFS offers file storage for the user’s Amazon EC2 instances. It’s kind of blob Storage. EFS
Amazon FSx
FSx supply fully managed 3rd-party file systems with the native compatibility & characteristic sets for workloads. It’s available as FSx for Windows server (Fully managed file storage built on Windows Server) & Lustre (Fully managed high-performance file system integrated with S3). FSx_WindowsFSx_Lustre
AWS Storage Gateway
Storage Gateway is a service which connects an on-premises software appliance with cloud-based storage. Storage_Gateway
AWS DataSync
DataSync makes it simple & fast to move large amounts of data online between on-premises storage & S3, EFS, or FSx for Windows File Server. DataSync
AWS Transfer Family
The Transfer Family provides fully managed support for file transfers directly into & out of S3. Transfer_Family
AWS Snow Family
Highly-secure, portable devices to collect & process data at the edge, and migrate data into and out of AWS. Snow_Family
Classification: Object storage: S3 File storage services: Elastic File System, FSx for Windows Servers & FSx for Lustre Block storage: EBS Backup: AWS Backup Data transfer: Storage gateway –> 3 types: Tape, File, Volume. Transfer Family –> SFTP, FTPS, FTP. Edge computing and storage and Snow Family –> Snowcone, Snowball, Snowmobile
Databases
Database type
Use cases
Service
Description
Relational
Traditional applications, ERP, CRM, e-commerce
Aurora, RDS, Redshift
RDS is a web service that makes it easier to set up, control, and scale a relational database in the cloud. AuroraRDSRedshift
Key-value
High-traffic web apps, e-commerce systems, gaming applications
DynamoDB
DynamoDB is a fully administered NoSQL database service that offers quick and reliable performance with integrated scalability. DynamoDB
ElastiCache helps in setting up, managing, and scaling in-memory cache conditions. MemcachedRedis
Document
Content management, catalogs, user profiles
DocumentDB
DocumentDB (with MongoDB compatibility) is a quick, dependable, and fully-managed database service that makes it easy for you to set up, operate, and scale MongoDB-compatible databases.DocumentDB
Wide column
High scale industrial apps for equipment maintenance, fleet management, and route optimization
Keyspaces (for Apache Cassandra)
Keyspaces is a scalable, highly available, and managed Apache Cassandra–compatible database service. Keyspaces
Graph
Fraud detection, social networking, recommendation engines
Neptune
Neptune is a fast, reliable, fully managed graph database service that makes it easy to build and run applications that work with highly connected datasets. Neptune
Time series
IoT applications, DevOps, industrial telemetry
Timestream
Timestream is a fast, scalable, and serverless time series database service for IoT and operational applications that makes it easy to store and analyze trillions of events per day. Timestream
Ledger
Systems of record, supply chain, registrations, banking transactions
Quantum Ledger Database (QLDB)
QLDB is a fully managed ledger database that provides a transparent, immutable, and cryptographically verifiable transaction log owned by a central trusted authority. QLDB
Developer Tools
Service
Description
Cloud9
Cloud9 is a cloud-based IDE that enables the user to write, run, and debug code. Cloud9
CodeArtifact
CodeArtifact is a fully managed artifact repository service that makes it easy for organizations of any size to securely store, publish, & share software packages used in their software development process. CodeArtifact
CodeBuild
CodeBuild is a fully managed service that assembles source code, runs unit tests, & also generates artefacts ready to deploy. CodeBuild
CodeGuru
CodeGuru is a developer tool powered by machine learning that provides intelligent recommendations for improving code quality & identifying an application’s most expensive lines of code. CodeGuru
Cloud Development Kit
Cloud Development Kit (AWS CDK) is an open source software development framework to define cloud application resources using familiar programming languages. CDK
CodeCommit
CodeCommit is a version control service that enables the user to personally store & manage Git archives in the AWS cloud. CodeCommit
CodeDeploy
CodeDeploy is a fully managed deployment service that automates software deployments to a variety of compute services such as EC2, Fargate, Lambda, & on-premises servers. CodeDeploy
CodePipeline
CodePipeline is a fully managed continuous delivery service that helps automate release pipelines for fast & reliable app & infra updates. CodePipeline
CodeStar
CodeStar enables to quickly develop, build, & deploy applications on AWS. CodeStar
CLI
AWS CLI is a unified tool to manage AWS services & control multiple services from the command line & automate them through scripts. CLI
X-Ray
X-Ray helps developers analyze & debug production, distributed applications, such as those built using a microservices architecture. X-Ray
CDK uses the familiarity & expressive power of programming languages for modeling apps. CDK
Corretto
Corretto is a no-cost, multiplatform, production-ready distribution of the OpenJDK. Corretto
Crypto Tools
Cryptography is hard to do safely & correctly. The AWS Crypto Tools libraries are designed to help everyone do cryptography right, even without special expertise. Crypto Tools
Serverless Application Model (SAM)
SAM is an open-source framework for building serverless applications. It provides shorthand syntax to express functions, APIs, databases, & event source mappings. SAM
Tools for developing and managing applications on AWS
Security, Identity, & Compliance
Category
Use cases
Service
Description
Identity & access management
Securely manage access to services and resources
Identity & Access Management (IAM)
IAM is a web service for safely controlling access to AWS services. IAM
Securely manage access to services and resources
Single Sign-On
SSO helps in simplifying, managing SSO access to AWS accounts & business applications. SSO
Identity management for apps
Cognito
Cognito lets you add user sign-up, sign-in, & access control to web & mobile apps quickly and easily. Cognito
Managed Microsoft Active Directory
Directory Service
AWS Managed Microsoft Active Directory (AD) enables your directory-aware workloads & AWS resources to use managed Active Directory (AD) in AWS. DirectoryService
Simple, secure service to share AWS resources
Resource Access Manager
Resource Access Manager (RAM) is a service that enables you to easily & securely share AWS resources with any AWS account or within AWS Organization. RAM
Central governance and management across AWS accounts
Organizations
Organizations helps you centrally govern your environment as you grow and scale your workloads on AWS. Orgs
Detection
Unified security and compliance center
Security Hub
Security Hub gives a comprehensive view of security alerts & security posture across AWS accounts. SecurityHub
Managed threat detection service
GuardDuty
GuardDuty is a threat detection service that continuously monitors for malicious activity & unauthorized behavior to protect AWS accounts, workloads, & data stored in S3. GuardDuty
Analyze application security
Inspector
Inspector is a security vulnerability assessment service improves the security & compliance of the AWS resources. Inspector
Record and evaluate configurations of your AWS resources
Config
Config is a service that enables to assess, audit, & evaluate the configurations of AWS resources. Config
Track user activity and API usage
CloudTrail
CloudTrail is a service that enables governance, compliance, operational auditing, & risk auditing of AWS account. CloudTrail
Security management for IoT devices
IoT Device Defender
IoT Device Defender is a fully managed service that helps secure fleet of IoT devices. IoTDD
Infrastructure protection
DDoS protection
Shield
Shield is a managed DDoS protection service that safeguards apps running. It provides always-on detection & automatic inline mitigations that minimize application downtime & latency. Shield
Filter malicious web traffic
Web Application Firewall (WAF)
WAF is a web application firewall that helps protect web apps or APIs against common web exploits that may affect availability, compromise security, or consume excessive resources. WAF
Central management of firewall rules
Firewall Manager
Firewall Manager eases the user AWS WAF administration & maintenance activities over multiple accounts & resources. FirewallManager
Data protection
Discover and protect your sensitive data at scale
Macie
Macie is a fully managed data (security & privacy) service that uses ML & pattern matching to discover & protect sensitive data. Macie
Key storage and management
Key Management Service (KMS)
KMS makes it easy for to create & manage cryptographic keys & control their use across a wide range of AWS services & in your applications. KMS
Hardware based key storage for regulatory compliance
CloudHSM
CloudHSM is a cloud-based hardware security module (HSM) that enables you to easily generate & use your own encryption keys. CloudHSM
Provision, manage, and deploy public and private SSL/TLS certificates
Certificate Manager
Certificate Manager is a service that easily provision, manage, & deploy public and private SSL/TLS certs for use with AWS services & internal connected resources. ACM
Rotate, manage, and retrieve secrets
Secrets Manager
Secrets Manager assist the user to safely encode, store, & recover credentials for any user’s database & other services. SecretsManager
Incident response
Investigate potential security issues
Detective
Detective makes it easy to analyze, investigate, & quickly identify the root cause of potential security issues or suspicious activities. Detective
Provides scalable, cost-effective business continuity for physical, virtual, & cloud servers. CloudEndure
Compliance
No cost, self-service portal for on-demand access to AWS’ compliance reports
Artifact
Artifact is a web service that enables the user to download AWS security & compliance records. Artifact
Data Lakes & Analytics
Category
Use cases
Service
Description
Analytics
Interactive analytics
Athena
Athena is an interactive query service that makes it easy to analyze data in S3 using standard SQL. Athena
Big data processing
EMR
EMR is the industry-leading cloud big data platform for processing vast amounts of data using open source tools such as Apache Spark, Hive, HBase,Flink, Hudi, & Presto. EMR
Data warehousing
Redshift
The most popular & fastest cloud data warehouse. Redshift
Real-time analytics
Kinesis
Kinesis makes it easy to collect, process, & analyze real-time, streaming data so one can get timely insights. Kinesis
Operational analytics
Elasticsearch Service
Elasticsearch Service is a fully managed service that makes it easy to deploy, secure, & run Elasticsearch cost effectively at scale. ES
Dashboards & visualizations
Quicksight
QuickSight is a fast, cloud-powered business intelligence service that makes it easy to deliver insights to everyone in organization. QuickSight
Data movement
Real-time data movement
1) Amazon Managed Streaming for Apache Kafka (MSK) 2) Kinesis Data Streams 3) Kinesis Data Firehose 4) Kinesis Data Analytics 5) Kinesis Video Streams 6) Glue
MSK is a fully managed service that makes it easy to build & run applications that use Apache Kafka to process streaming data. MSKKDSKDFKDAKVSGlue
Data lake
Object storage
1) S3 2) Lake Formation
Lake Formation is a service that makes it easy to set up a secure data lake in days. A data lake is a centralized, curated, & secured repository that stores all data, both in its original form & prepared for analysis. S3LakeFormation
Backup & archive
1) S3 Glacier 2) Backup
S3 Glacier & S3 Glacier Deep Archive are a secure, durable, & extremely low-cost S3 cloud storage classes for data archiving & long-term backup. S3Glacier
Data catalog
1) Glue 2)) Lake Formation
Refer as above.
Third-party data
Data Exchange
Data Exchange makes it easy to find, subscribe to, & use third-party data in the cloud. DataExchange
Predictive analytics && machine learning
Frameworks & interfaces
Deep Learning AMIs
Deep Learning AMIs provide machine learning practitioners & researchers with the infrastructure & tools to accelerate deep learning in the cloud, at any scale. DeepLearningAMIs
Platform services
SageMaker
SageMaker is a fully managed service that provides every developer & data scientist with the ability to build, train, & deploy machine learning (ML) models quickly. SageMaker
Containers
Use cases
Service
Description
Store, encrypt, and manage container images
ECR
Refer compute section
Run containerized applications or build microservices
ECS
Refer compute section
Manage containers with Kubernetes
EKS
Refer compute section
Run containers without managing servers
Fargate
Fargate is a serverless compute engine for containers that works with both ECS & EKS. Fargate
Run containers with server-level control
EC2
Refer compute section
Containerize and migrate existing applications
App2Container
App2Container (A2C) is a command-line tool for modernizing .NET & Java applications into containerized applications. App2Container
Quickly launch and manage containerized applications
Copilot
Copilot is a command line interface (CLI) that enables customers to quickly launch & easily manage containerized applications on AWS. Copilot
Lambda@Edge is a feature of Amazon CloudFront that lets you run code closer to users of your application, which improves performance & reduces latency.
Aurora Serverless is an on-demand, auto-scaling configuration for Amazon Aurora (MySQL & PostgreSQL-compatible editions), where the database will automatically start up, shut down, & scale capacity up or down based on your application’s needs.
RDS Proxy is a fully managed, highly available database proxy for RDS that makes applications more scalable, resilient to database failures, & more secure.
AppSync is a fully managed service that makes it easy to develop GraphQL APIs by handling the heavy lifting of securely connecting to data sources like AWS DynamoDB, Lambda.
EventBridge is a serverless event bus that makes it easy to connect applications together using data from apps, integrated SaaS apps, & AWS services.
Step Functions is a serverless function orchestrator that makes it easy to sequence Lambda functions & multiple AWS services into business-critical applications.
The easiest way to set up and govern a new, secure multi-account AWS environment. ControlTower
Organizations
Organizations helps centrally govern environment as you grow & scale workloads on AWS Organizations
Well-Architected Tool
Well-Architected Tool helps review the state of workloads & compares them to the latest AWS architectural best practices. WATool
Budgets
Budgets allows to set custom budgets to track cost & usage from the simplest to the most complex use cases. Budgets
License Manager
License Manager makes it easier to manage software licenses from software vendors such as Microsoft, SAP, Oracle, & IBM across AWS & on-premises environments. LicenseManager
Provision
CloudFormation
CloudFormation enables the user to design & provision AWS infrastructure deployments predictably & repeatedly. CloudFormation
Service Catalog
Service Catalog allows organizations to create & manage catalogs of IT services that are approved for use on AWS. ServiceCatalog
OpsWorks
OpsWorks presents a simple and flexible way to create and maintain stacks and applications. OpsWorks
Marketplace
Marketplace is a digital catalog with thousands of software listings from independent software vendors that make it easy to find, test, buy, & deploy software that runs on AWS. Marketplace
Operate
CloudWatch
CloudWatch offers a reliable, scalable, & flexible monitoring solution that can easily start. CloudWatch
CloudTrail
CloudTrail is a service that enables governance, compliance, operational auditing, & risk auditing of AWS account. CloudTrail
Read For Me launched at the 2021 AWS re:Invent Builders’ Fair in Las Vegas. A web application which helps the visually impaired ‘hear documents. With the help of AI services such as Amazon Textract, Amazon Comprehend, Amazon Translate and Amazon Polly utilizing an event-driven architecture and serverless technology, users upload a picture of a document, or anything with text, and within a few seconds “hear” that document in their chosen language.
AWS read for me
2- Delivering code and architectures through AWS Proton and Git
Infrastructure operators are looking for ways to centrally define and manage the architecture of their services, while developers need to find a way to quickly and safely deploy their code. In this session, learn how to use AWS Proton to define architectural templates and make them available to development teams in a collaborative manner. Also, learn how to enable development teams to customize their templates so that they fit the needs of their services.
3- Accelerate front-end web and mobile development with AWS Amplify
User-facing web and mobile applications are the primary touchpoint between organizations and their customers. To meet the ever-rising bar for customer experience, developers must deliver high-quality apps with both foundational and differentiating features. AWS Amplify helps front-end web and mobile developers build faster front to back. In this session, review Amplify’s core capabilities like authentication, data, and file storage and explore new capabilities, such as Amplify Geo and extensibility features for easier app customization with AWS services and better integration with existing deployment pipelines. Also learn how customers have been successful using Amplify to innovate in their businesses.
3- Train ML models at scale with Amazon SageMaker, featuring Aurora
Today, AWS customers use Amazon SageMaker to train and tune millions of machine learning (ML) models with billions of parameters. In this session, learn about advanced SageMaker capabilities that can help you manage large-scale model training and tuning, such as distributed training, automatic model tuning, optimizations for deep learning algorithms, debugging, profiling, and model checkpointing, so that even the largest ML models can be trained in record time for the lowest cost. Then, hear from Aurora, a self-driving vehicle technology company, on how they use SageMaker training capabilities to train large perception models for autonomous driving using massive amounts of images, video, and 3D point cloud data.
AWS RE:INVENT 2020 – LATEST PRODUCTS AND SERVICES ANNOUNCED:
Amazon Elasticsearch Service is uniquely positioned to handle log analytics workloads. With a multitude of open-source and AWS-native service options, users can assemble effective log data ingestion pipelines and couple these with Amazon Elasticsearch Service to build a robust, cost-effective log analytics solution. This session reviews patterns and frameworks leveraged by companies such as Capital One to build an end-to-end log analytics solution using Amazon Elasticsearch Service.
Many companies in regulated industries have achieved compliance requirements using AWS Config. They also need a record of the incidents generated by AWS Config in tools such as ServiceNow for audits and remediation. In this session, learn how you can achieve compliance as code using AWS Config. Through the creation of a noncompliant Amazon EC2 machine, this demo shows how AWS Config triggers an incident into a governance, risk, and compliance system for audit recording and remediation. The session also covers best practices for how to automate the setup process with AWS CloudFormation to support many teams.
3- Cost-optimize your enterprise workloads with Amazon EBS – Compute
Recent times have underscored the need to enable agility while maintaining the lowest total cost of ownership (TCO). In this session, learn about the latest volume types that further optimize your performance and cost, while enabling you to run newer applications on AWS with high availability. Dive deep into the latest AWS volume launches and cost-optimization strategies for workloads such as databases, virtual desktop infrastructure, and low-latency interactive applications.
Location data is a vital ingredient in today’s applications, enabling use cases from asset tracking to geomarketing. Now, developers can use the new Amazon Location Service to add maps, tracking, places, geocoding, and geofences to applications, easily, securely, and affordably. Join this session to see how to get started with the service and integrate high-quality location data from geospatial data providers Esri and HERE. Learn how to move from experimentation to production quickly with location capabilities. This session can help developers who require simple location data and those building sophisticated asset tracking, customer engagement, fleet management, and delivery applications.
In this session, learn how Amazon Connect Tasks makes it easy for you to prioritize, assign, and track all the tasks that agents need to complete, including work in external applications needed to resolve customer issues (such as emails, cases, and social posts). Tasks provides a single place for agents to be assigned calls, chats, and tasks, ensuring agents are focused on the highest-priority work. Also, learn how you can also use Tasks with Amazon Connect’s workflow capabilities to automate task-related actions that don’t require agent interaction. Come see how you can use Amazon Connect Tasks to increase customer satisfaction while improving agent productivity.
New agent-assist capabilities from Amazon Connect Wisdom make it easier and faster for agents to find the information they need to solve customer issues in real time. In this session, see how agents can use simple ML-powered search to find information stored across knowledge bases, wikis, and FAQs, like Salesforce and ServiceNow. Join the session to hear Traeger Pellet Grills discuss how it’s using these new features, along with Contact Lens for Amazon Connect, to deliver real-time recommendations to agents based on issues automatically detected during calls.
Grafana is a popular, open-source data visualization tool that enables you to centrally query and analyze observability data across multiple data sources. Learn how the new Amazon Managed Service for Grafana, announced with Grafana’s parent company Grafana Labs, solves common observability challenges. With the new fully managed service, you can monitor, analyze, and alarm on metrics, logs, and traces while offloading the operational management of security patching, upgrading, and resource scaling to AWS. This session also covers new Grafana capabilities such as advanced security features and native AWS service integrations to simplify configuration and onboarding of data sources.
Prometheus is a popular open-source monitoring and alerting solution optimized for container environments. Customers love Prometheus for its active open-source community and flexible query language, using it to monitor containers across AWS and on-premises environments. Amazon Managed Service for Prometheus is a fully managed Prometheus-compatible monitoring service. In this session, learn how you can use the same open-source Prometheus data model, existing instrumentation, and query language to monitor performance with improved scalability, availability, and security without having to manage the underlying infrastructure.
Today, enterprises use low-power, long-range wide-area network (LoRaWAN) connectivity to transmit data over long ranges, through walls and floors of buildings, and in commercial and industrial use cases. However, this requires companies to operate their own LoRa network server (LNS). In this session, learn how you can use LoRaWAN for AWS IoT Core to avoid time-consuming and undifferentiated development work, operational overhead of managing infrastructure, or commitment to costly subscription-based pricing from third-party service providers.
10-AWS CloudShell: The fastest way to get started with AWS CLI
AWS CloudShell is a free, browser-based shell available from the AWS console that provides a simple way to interact with AWS resources through the AWS command-line interface (CLI). In this session, see an overview of both AWS CloudShell and the AWS CLI, which when used together are the fastest and easiest ways to automate tasks, write scripts, and explore new AWS services. Also, see a demo of both services and how to quickly and easily get started with each.
Industrial organizations use AWS IoT SiteWise to liberate their industrial equipment data in order to make data-driven decisions. Now with AWS IoT SiteWise Edge, you can collect, organize, process, and monitor your equipment data on premises before sending it to local or AWS Cloud destinations—all while using the same asset models, APIs, and functionality. Learn how you can extend the capabilities of AWS IoT SiteWise to the edge with AWS IoT SiteWise Edge.
AWS Fault Injection Simulator is a fully managed chaos engineering service that helps you improve application resiliency by making it easy and safe to perform controlled chaos engineering experiments on AWS. In this session, see an overview of chaos engineering and AWS Fault Injection Simulator, and then see a demo of how to use AWS Fault Injection Simulator to make applications more resilient to failure.
Organizations are breaking down data silos and building petabyte-scale data lakes on AWS to democratize access to thousands of end users. Since its launch, AWS Lake Formation has accelerated data lake adoption by making it easy to build and secure data lakes. In this session, AWS Lake Formation GM Mehul A. Shah showcases recent innovations enabling modern data lake use cases. He also introduces a new capability of AWS Lake Formation that enables fine-grained, row-level security and near-real-time analytics in data lakes.
Machine learning (ML) models may generate predictions that are not fair, whether because of biased data, a model that contains bias, or bias that emerges over time as real-world conditions change. Likewise, closed-box ML models are opaque, making it difficult to explain to internal stakeholders, auditors, external regulators, and customers alike why models make predictions both overall and for individual inferences. In this session, learn how Amazon SageMaker Clarify is providing built-in tools to detect bias across the ML workflow including during data prep, after training, and over time in your deployed model.
Amazon EMR on Amazon EKS introduces a new deployment option in Amazon EMR that allows you to run open-source big data frameworks on Amazon EKS. This session digs into the technical details of Amazon EMR on Amazon EKS, helps you understand benefits for customers using Amazon EMR or running open-source Spark on Amazon EKS, and discusses performance considerations.
Finding unexpected anomalies in metrics can be challenging. Some organizations look for data that falls outside of arbitrary ranges; if the range is too narrow, they miss important alerts, and if it is too broad, they receive too many false alerts. In this session, learn about Amazon Lookout for Metrics, a fully managed anomaly detection service that is powered by machine learning and over 20 years of anomaly detection expertise at Amazon to quickly help organizations detect anomalies and understand what caused them. This session guides you through setting up your own solution to monitor for anomalies and showcases how to deliver notifications via various integrations with the service.
17- Improve application availability with ML-powered insights using Amazon DevOps Guru
As applications become increasingly distributed and complex, developers and IT operations teams need more automated practices to maintain application availability and reduce the time and effort spent detecting, debugging, and resolving operational issues manually. In this session, discover Amazon DevOps Guru, an ML-powered cloud operations service, informed by years of Amazon.com and AWS operational excellence, that provides an easy and automated way to improve an application’s operational performance and availability. See how you can transform your IT operations and reduce mean time to recovery (MTTR) with contextual insights.
Amazon Connect Voice ID provides real-time caller authentication that makes voice interactions in contact centers more secure and efficient. Voice ID uses machine learning to verify the identity of genuine customers by analyzing a caller’s unique voice characteristics. This allows contact centers to use an additional security layer that doesn’t rely on the caller answering multiple security questions, and it makes it easy to enroll and verify customers without disrupting the natural flow of the conversation. Join this session to see how fast and secure ML-based voice authentication can power your contact center.
G4ad instances feature the latest AMD Radeon Pro V520 GPUs and second-generation AMD EPYC processors. These new instances deliver the best price performance in Amazon EC2 for graphics-intensive applications such as virtual workstations, game streaming, and graphics rendering. This session dives deep into these instances, ideal use cases, and performance benchmarks, and it provides a demo.
new capability that enables deployment of Amazon ECS tasks on customer-managed infrastructure. This session covers the evolution of Amazon ECS over time, including new on-premises capabilities to manage your hybrid footprint using a common fully managed control plane and API. You learn some foundational technical details and important tenets that AWS is using to design these capabilities, and the session ends with a short demo of Amazon ECS Anywhere.
Amazon Aurora Serverless is an on-demand, auto scaling configuration of Amazon Aurora that automatically adjusts database capacity based on application demand. With Amazon Aurora Serverless v2, you can now scale database workloads instantly from hundreds to hundreds of thousands of transactions per second and adjust capacity in fine-grained increments to provide just the right amount of database resources. This session dives deep into Aurora Serverless v2 and shows how it can help you operate even the most demanding database workloads worry-free.
Apple delights its customers with stunning devices like iPhones, iPads, MacBooks, Apple Watches, and Apple TVs, and developers want to create applications that run on iOS, macOS, iPadOS, tvOS, watchOS, and Safari. In this session, learn how Amazon is innovating to improve the development experience for Apple applications. Come learn how AWS now enables you to develop, build, test, and sign Apple applications with the flexibility, scalability, reliability, and cost benefits of Amazon EC2.
When industrial equipment breaks down, this means costly downtime. To avoid this, you perform maintenance at regular intervals, which is inefficient and increases your maintenance costs. Predictive maintenance allows you to plan the required repair at an optimal time before a breakdown occurs. However, predictive maintenance solutions can be challenging and costly to implement given the high costs and complexity of sensors and infrastructure. You also have to deal with the challenges of interpreting sensor data and accurately detecting faults in order to send alerts. Come learn how Amazon Monitron helps you solve these challenges by offering an out-of-the-box, end-to-end, cost-effective system.
As data grows, we need innovative approaches to get insight from all the information at scale and speed. AQUA is a new hardware-accelerated cache that uses purpose-built analytics processors to deliver up to 10 times better query performance than other cloud data warehouses by automatically boosting certain types of queries. It’s available in preview on Amazon Redshift RA3 nodes in select regions at no extra cost and without any code changes. Attend this session to understand how AQUA works and which analytic workloads will benefit the most from AQUA.
Figuring out if a part has been manufactured correctly, or if machine part is damaged, is vitally important. Making this determination usually requires people to inspect objects, which can be slow and error-prone. Some companies have applied automated image analysis—machine vision—to detect anomalies. While useful, these systems can be very difficult and expensive to maintain. In this session, learn how Amazon Lookout for Vision can automate visual inspection across your production lines in few days. Get started in minutes, and perform visual inspection and identify product defects using as few as 30 images, with no machine learning (ML) expertise required.
AWS Proton is a new service that enables infrastructure operators to create and manage common container-based and serverless application stacks and automate provisioning and code deployments through a self-service interface for their developers. Learn how infrastructure teams can empower their developers to use serverless and container technologies without them first having to learn, configure, and maintain the underlying resources.
Migrating applications from SQL Server to an open-source compatible database can be time-consuming and resource-intensive. Solutions such as the AWS Database Migration Service (AWS DMS) automate data and database schema migration, but there is often more work to do to migrate application code. This session introduces Babelfish for Aurora PostgreSQL, a new translation layer for Amazon Aurora PostgreSQL that enables Amazon Aurora to understand commands from applications designed to run on Microsoft SQL Server. Learn how Babelfish for Aurora PostgreSQL works to reduce the time, risk, and effort of migrating Microsoft SQL Server-based applications to Aurora, and see some of the capabilities that make this possible.
Over the past decade, we’ve witnessed a digital transformation in healthcare, with organizations capturing huge volumes of patient information. But this data is often unstructured and difficult to extract, with information trapped in clinical notes, insurance claims, recorded conversations, and more. In this session, explore how the new Amazon HealthLake service removes the heavy lifting of organizing, indexing, and structuring patient information to provide a complete view of each patient’s health record in the FHIR standard format. Come learn how to use prebuilt machine learning models to analyze and understand relationships in the data, identify trends, and make predictions, ultimately delivering better care for patients.
When business users want to ask new data questions that are not answered by existing business intelligence (BI) dashboards, they rely on BI teams to create or update data models and dashboards, which can take several weeks to complete. In this session, learn how Merlin lets users simply enter their questions on the Merlin search bar and get answers in seconds. Merlin uses natural language processing and semantic data understanding to make sense of the data. It extracts business terminologies and intent from users’ questions, retrieves the corresponding data from the source, and returns the answer in the form of a number, chart, or table in Amazon QuickSight.
When developers publish images publicly for anyone to find and use—whether for free or under license—they must make copies of common images and upload them to public websites and registries that do not offer the same availability commitment as Amazon ECR. This session explores a new Amazon public registry, Amazon ECR Public, built with AWS experience operating Amazon ECR. Here, developers can share georeplicated container software worldwide for anyone to discover and download. Developers can quickly publish public container images with a single command. Learn how anyone can browse and pull container software for use in their own applications.
Industrial companies are constantly working to avoid unplanned downtime due to equipment failure and to improve operational efficiency. Over the years, they have invested in physical sensors, data connectivity, data storage, and dashboarding to monitor equipment and get real-time alerts. Current data analytics methods include single-variable thresholds and physics-based modeling approaches, which are not effective at detecting certain failure types and operating conditions. In this session, learn how Amazon Lookout for Equipment uses data from your sensors to detect abnormal equipment behavior so that you can take action before machine failures occur and avoid unplanned downtime.
In this session, learn how Contact Lens for Amazon Connect enables your contact center supervisors to understand the sentiment of customer conversations, identify call drivers, evaluate compliance with company guidelines, and analyze trends. This can help supervisors train agents, replicate successful interactions, and identify crucial company and product feedback. Your supervisors can conduct fast full-text search on all transcripts to quickly troubleshoot customer issues. With real-time capabilities, you can get alerted to issues during live customer calls and deliver proactive assistance to agents while calls are in progress, improving customer satisfaction. Join this session to see how real-time ML-powered analytics can power your contact center.
AWS Local Zones places compute, storage, database, and other select services closer to locations where no AWS Region exists today. Last year, AWS launched the first two Local Zones in Los Angeles, and organizations are using Local Zones to deliver applications requiring ultra-low-latency compute. AWS is launching Local Zones in 15 metro areas to extend access across the contiguous US. In this session, learn how you can run latency-sensitive portions of applications local to end users and resources in a specific geography, delivering single-digit millisecond latency for use cases such as media and entertainment content creation, real-time gaming, reservoir simulations, electronic design automation, and machine learning.
Your customers expect a fast, frictionless, and personalized customer service experience. In this session, learn about Amazon Connect Customer Profiles—a new unified customer profile capability to allow agents to provide more personalized service during a call. Customer Profiles automatically brings together customer information from multiple applications, such as Salesforce, Marketo, Zendesk, ServiceNow, and Amazon Connect contact history, into a unified customer profile. With Customer Profiles, agents have the information they need, when they need it, directly in their agent application, resulting in improved customer satisfaction and reduced call resolution times (by up to 15%).
Preparing training data can be tedious. Amazon SageMaker Data Wrangler provides a faster, visual way to aggregate and prepare data for machine learning. In this session, learn how to use SageMaker Data Wrangler to connect to data sources and use prebuilt visualization templates and built-in data transforms to streamline the process of cleaning, verifying, and exploring data without having to write a single line of code. See a demonstration of how SageMaker Data Wrangler can be used to perform simple tasks as well as more advanced use cases. Finally, see how you can take your data preparation workflows into production with a single click.
To provide access to critical resources when needed and also limit the potential financial impact of an application outage, a highly available application design is critical. In this session, learn how you can use Amazon CloudWatch and AWS X-Ray to increase the availability of your applications. Join this session to learn how AWS observability solutions can help you proactively detect, efficiently investigate, and quickly resolve operational issues. All of which help you manage and improve your application’s availability.
Security is critical for your Kubernetes-based applications. Join this session to learn about the security features and best practices for Amazon EKS. This session covers encryption and other configurations and policies to keep your containers safe.
Don’t miss the AWS Partner Keynote with Doug Yeum, head of Global Partner Organization; Sandy Carter, vice president, Global Public Sector Partners and Programs; and Dave McCann, vice president, AWS Migration, Marketplace, and Control Services, to learn how AWS is helping partners modernize their businesses to help their customers transform.
Join Swami Sivasubramanian for the first-ever Machine Learning Keynote, live at re:Invent. Hear how AWS is freeing builders to innovate on machine learning with the latest developments in AWS machine learning, demos of new technology, and insights from customers.
Join Peter DeSantis, senior vice president of Global Infrastructure and Customer Support, to learn how AWS has optimized its cloud infrastructure to run some of the world’s most demanding womath.ceilrkloads and give your business a competitive edge.
Join Dr. Werner Vogels at 8:00AM (PST) as he goes behind the scenes to show how Amazon is solving today’s hardest technology problems. Based on his experience working with some of the largest and most successful applications in the world, Dr. Vogels shares his insights on building truly resilient architectures and what that means for the future of software development.
Cloud architecture has evolved over the years as the nature of adoption has changed and the level of maturity in our thinking continues to develop. In this session, Rudy Valdez, VP of Solutions Architecture and Training & Certification, walks
Organizations around the world are minimizing operations and maximizing agility by developing with serverless building blocks. Join David Richardson, VP of Serverless, for a closer look at the serverless programming model, including event-dri
AWS edge computing solutions provide infrastructure and software that move data processing and analysis as close to the endpoint where data is generated as required by customers. In this session, learn about new edge computing capabilities announced at re:Invent and how customers are using purpose-built edge solutions to extend the cloud to the edge.
Topics on simplifying container deployment, legacy workload migration using containers, optimizing costs for containerized applications, container architectural choices, and more.
Do you need to know what’s happening with your applications that run on Amazon EKS? In this session, learn how you can combine open-source tools, such as Prometheus and Grafana, with Amazon CloudWatch using CloudWatch Container Insights. Come to this session for a demo of Prometheus metrics with Container Insights.
The hard part is done. You and your team have spent weeks poring over pull requests, building microservices and containerizing them. Congrats! But what do you do now? How do you get those services on AWS? How do you manage multiple environments? How do you automate deployments? AWS Copilot is a new command line tool that makes building, developing, and operating containerized applications on AWS a breeze. In this session, learn how AWS Copilot can help you and your team manage your services and deploy them to production, safely and delightfully.
Five years ago, if you talked about containers, the assumption was that you were running them on a Linux VM. Fast forward to today, and now that assumption is challenged—in a good way. Come to this session to explore the best data plane option to meet your needs. This session covers the advantages of different abstraction models (Amazon EC2 or AWS Fargate), the operating system (Linux or Windows), the CPU architecture (x86 or Arm), and the commercial model (Spot or On-Demand Instances.)
Security is critical for your Kubernetes-based applications. Join this session to learn about the security features and best practices for Amazon EKS. This session covers encryption and other configurations and policies to keep your containers safe.
In this session, learn how the Commonwealth Bank of Australia (CommBank) built a platform to run containerized applications in a regulated environment and then replicated it across multiple departments using Amazon EKS, AWS CDK, and GitOps. This session covers how to manage multiple multi-team Amazon EKS clusters across multiple AWS accounts while ensuring compliance and observability requirements and integrating Amazon EKS with AWS Identity and Access Management, Amazon CloudWatch, AWS Secrets Manager, Application Load Balancer, Amazon Route 53, and AWS Certificate Manager.
Amazon EKS is a fully managed service that makes it easy to deploy, manage, and scale containerized applications using Kubernetes on AWS. Join this session to learn about how Verizon runs its core applications on Amazon EKS at scale. Verizon also discusses how it worked with AWS to overcome several post-Amazon EKS migration challenges and ensured that the platform was robust.
Containers have helped revolutionize modern application architecture. While managed container services have enabled greater agility in application development, coordinating safe deployments and maintainable infrastructure has become more important than ever. This session outlines how to integrate CI/CD best practices into deployments of your Amazon ECS and AWS Fargate services using pipelines and the latest in AWS developer tooling.
With Amazon ECS, you can run your containerized workloads securely and with ease. In this session, learn how to utilize the full spectrum of Amazon ECS security features and its tight integrations with AWS security features to help you build highly secure applications.
Do you have to budget your spend for container workloads? Do you need to be able to optimize your spend in multiple services to reduce waste? If so, this session is for you. It walks you through how you can use AWS services and configurations to improve your cost visibility. You learn how you can select the best compute options for your containers to maximize utilization and reduce duplication. This combined with various AWS purchase options helps you ensure that you’re using the best options for your services and your budget.
You have a choice of approach when it comes to provisioning compute for your containers. Some users prefer to have more direct control of their instances, while others could do away with the operational heavy lifting. AWS Fargate removes the need to provision and manage servers, lets you specify and pay for resources per application, and improves security through application isolation by design. This session explores the benefits and considerations of running on Fargate or directly on Amazon EC2 instances. You hear about new and upcoming features and learn how Amenity Analytics benefits from the serverless operational model.
Are you confused by the many choices of containers services that you can run on AWS? This session explores all your options and the advantages of each. Whether you are just beginning to learn Docker or are an expert with Kubernetes, join this session to learn how to pick the right services that would work best for you.
Leading containers migration and modernization initiatives can be daunting, but AWS is making it easier. This session explores architectural choices and common patterns, and it provides real-world customer examples. Learn about core technologies to help you build and operate container environments at scale. Discover how abstractions can reduce the pain for infrastructure teams, operators, and developers. Finally, hear the AWS vision for how to bring it all together with improved usability for more business agility.
As the number of services grow within an application, it becomes difficult to pinpoint the exact location of errors, reroute traffic after failures, and safely deploy code changes. In this session, learn how to integrate AWS App Mesh with Amazon ECS to export monitoring data and implement consistent communications control logic across your application. This makes it easy to quickly pinpoint the exact locations of errors and automatically reroute network traffic, keeping your container applications highly available and performing well.
Enterprises are continually looking to develop new applications using container technologies and leveraging modern CI/CD tools to automate their software delivery lifecycles. This session highlights the types of applications and associated factors that make a candidate suitable to be containerized. It also covers best practices that can be considered as you embark on your modernization journey.
Because of its security, reliability, and scalability capabilities, Amazon Elastic Kubernetes Service (Amazon EKS) is used by organization in their most sensitive and mission-critical applications. This session focuses on how Amazon EKS networking works with an Amazon VPC and how to expose your Kubernetes application using Elastic Load Balancing load balancers. It also looks at options for more efficient IP address utilization.
Network design is a critical component in your large-scale migration journey. This session covers some of the real-world networking challenges faced when migrating to the cloud. You learn how to overcome these challenges by diving deep into topics such as establishing private connectivity to your on-premises data center and accelerating data migrations using AWS Direct Connect/Direct Connect gateway, centralizing and simplifying your networking with AWS Transit Gateway, and extending your private DNS into the cloud. The session also includes a discussion of related best practices.
5G will be the catalyst for the next industrial revolution. In this session, come learn about key technical use cases for different industry segments that will be enabled by 5G and related technologies, and hear about the architectural patterns that will support these use cases. You also learn about AWS-enabled 5G reference architectures that incorporate AWS services.
AWS offers a breadth and depth of machine learning (ML) infrastructure you can use through either a do-it-yourself approach or a fully managed approach with Amazon SageMaker. In this session, explore how to choose the proper instance for ML inference based on latency and throughput requirements, model size and complexity, framework choice, and portability. Join this session to compare and contrast compute-optimized CPU-only instances, such as Amazon EC2 C4 and C5; high-performance GPU instances, such as Amazon EC2 G4 and P3; cost-effective variable-size GPU acceleration with Amazon Elastic Inference; and highest performance/cost with Amazon EC2 Inf1 instances powered by custom-designed AWS Inferentia chips.
When it comes to architecting your workloads on VMware Cloud on AWS, it is important to understand design patterns and best practices. Come join this session to learn how you can build well-architected cloud-based solutions for your VMware workloads. This session covers infrastructure designs with native AWS service integrations across compute, networking, storage, security, and operations. It also covers the latest announcements for VMware Cloud on AWS and how you can use these new features in your current architecture.
One of the most critical phases of executing a migration is moving traffic from your existing endpoints to your newly deployed resources in the cloud. This session discusses practices and patterns that can be leveraged to ensure a successful cutover to the cloud. The session covers preparation, tools and services, cutover techniques, rollback strategies, and engagement mechanisms to ensure a successful cutover.
AWS DeepRacer is the fastest way to get rolling with machine learning. Developers of all skill levels can get hands-on, learning how to train reinforcement learning models in a cloud based 3D racing simulator. Attend a session to get started, and then test your skills by competing for prizes and glory in an exciting autonomous car racing experience throughout re:Invent!
AWS DeepRacer gives you an interesting and fun way to get started with reinforcement learning (RL). RL is an advanced machine learning (ML) technique that takes a very different approach to training models than other ML methods. Its super power is that it learns very complex behaviors without requiring any labeled training data, and it can make short-term decisions while optimizing for a longer-term goal. AWS DeepRacer makes it fast and easy to build models in Amazon SageMaker and train, test, and iterate quickly and easily on the track in the AWS DeepRacer 3D racing simulator.
As more organizations are looking to migrate to the cloud, Red Hat OpenShift Service offers a proven, reliable, and consistent platform across the hybrid cloud. Red Hat and AWS recently announced a fully managed joint service that can be deployed directly from the AWS Management Console and can integrate with other AWS Cloud-native services. In this session, you learn about this new service, which delivers production-ready Kubernetes that many enterprises use on premises today, enhancing your ability to shift workloads to the AWS Cloud and making it easier to adopt containers and deploy applications faster. This presentation is brought to you by Red Hat, an AWS Partner.
Event-driven architecture can help you decouple services and simplify dependencies as your applications grow. In this session, you learn how Amazon EventBridge provides new options for developers who are looking to gain the benefits of this approach.
Amazon Timestream is a fast, scalable, and serverless time series database service for IoT and operational applications that makes it easy to store and analyze trillions of events per day at as little as one-tenth the cost of relational databases. In this session, dive deep on Amazon Timestream features and capabilities, including its serverless automatic scaling architecture, its storage tiering that simplifies your data lifecycle management, its purpose-built query engine that lets you access and analyze recent and historical data together, and its built-in time series analytics functions that help you identify trends and patterns in your data in near-real time.
Savings Plans is a flexible pricing model that allows you to save up to 72 percent on Amazon EC2, AWS Fargate, and AWS Lambda. Many AWS users have adopted Savings Plans since its launch in November 2019 for the simplicity, savings, ease of use, and flexibility. In this session, learn how many organizations use Savings Plans to drive more migrations and business outcomes. Hear from Comcast on their compute transformation journey to the cloud and how it started with RIs. As their cloud usage evolved, they adopted Savings Plans to drive business outcomes such as new architecture patterns.
The ability to deploy only configuration changes, separate from code, means you do not have to restart the applications or services that use the configuration and changes take effect immediately. In this session, learn best practices used by teams within Amazon to rapidly release features at scale. Learn about a pattern that uses AWS CodePipeline and AWS AppConfig that will allow you to roll out application configurations without taking applications out of service. This will help you ship features faster across complex environments or regions.
I watched (binged) the A Cloud Guru course in two days and did the 6 practice exams over a week. I originally was only getting 70%’s on the exams, but continued doing them on my free time (to the point where I’d have 15 minutes and knock one out on my phone lol) and started getting 90%’s. – A mix of knowledge vs memorization tbh. Just make sure you read why your answers are wrong.
I don’t really have a huge IT background, although will note I work in a DevOps (1 1/2 years) environment; so I do use AWS to host our infrastructure. However, the exam is very high level compared to what I do/services I use. I’m fairly certain with zero knowledge/experience, someone could pass this within two weeks. AWS is also currently promoting a “get certified” challenge and is offering 50% off.
Went through the entire CloudAcademy course. Most of the info went out the other ear. Got a 67% on their final exam. Took the ExamPro free exam, got 69%.
Was going to take it last Saturday, but I bought TutorialDojo’s exams on Udemy. Did one Friday night, got a 50% and rescheduled it a week later to today Sunday.
Took 4 total TD exams. Got a 50%, 54%, 67%, and 64%. Even up until last night I hated the TD exams with a passion, I thought they were covering way too much stuff that didn’t even pop up in study guides I read. Their wording for some problems were also atrocious. But looking back, the bulk of my “studying” was going through their pretty well written explanations, and their links to the white papers allowed me to know what and where to read.
Not sure what score I got yet on the exam. As someone who always hated testing, I’m pretty proud of myself. I also had to take a dump really bad starting at around question 25. Thanks to TutorialsDojo Jon Bonso for completely destroying my confidence before the exam, forcing me to up my game. It’s better to walk in way over prepared than underprepared.
I would like to thank this community for recommendations about exam preparation. It was wayyyy easier than I expected (also way easier than TD practice exams scenario-based questions-a lot less wordy on real exam). I felt so unready before the exam that I rescheduled the exam twice. Quick tip: if you have limited time to prepare for this exam, I would recommend scheduling the exam beforehand so that you don’t procrastinate fully.
Resources:
-Stephane’s course on Udemy (I have seen people saying to skip hands-on videos but I found them extremely helpful to understand most of the concepts-so try to not skip those hands-on)
-Tutorials Dojo practice exams (I did only 3.5 practice tests out of 5 and already got 8-10 EXACTLY worded questions on my real exam)
Previous Aws knowledge:
-Very little to no experience (deployed my group’s app to cloud via Elastic beanstalk in college-had 0 clue at the time about what I was doing-had clear guidelines)
Preparation duration: -2 weeks (honestly watched videos for 12 days and then went over summary and practice tests on the last two days)
I used Stephane Maarek on Udemy. Purchased his course and the 6 Practice Exams. Also got Neal Davis’ 500 practice questions on Udemy. I took Stephane’s class over 2 days, then spent the next 2 weeks going over the tests (3~4 per day) till I was constantly getting over 80% – passed my exam with a 882.
What an adventure, I’ve never really gieven though to getting a cert until one day it just dawned on me that it’s one of the few resources that are globally accepted. So you can approach any company and basically prove you know what’s up on AWS 😀
Passed with two weeks of prep (after work and weekends)
This was just a nice structured presentation that also gives you the powerpoint slides plus cheatsheets and a nice overview of what is said in each video lecture.
Udemy – AWS Certified Cloud Practitioner Practice Exams, created by Jon Bonso**, Tutorials Dojo**
These are some good prep exams, they ask the questions in a way that actually make you think about the related AWS Service. With only a few “Bullshit! That was asked in a confusing way” questions that popped up.
I took CCP 2 days ago and got the pass notification right after submitting the answers. In about the next 3 hours I got an email from Credly for the badge. This morning I got an official email from AWS congratulating me on passing, the score is much higher than I expected. I took Stephane Maarek’s CCP course and his 6 demo exams, then Neal Davis’ 500 questions also. On all the demo exams, I took 1 fail and all passes with about 700-800. But in the real exam, I got 860. The questions in the real exam are kind of less verbose IMO, but I don’t truly agree with some people I see on this sub saying that they are easier. Just a little bit of sharing, now I’ll find something to continue ^^
Passed the exam! Spent 25 minutes answering all the questions. Another 10 to review. I might come back and update this post with my actual score.
Background
– A year of experience working with AWS (e.g., EC2, Elastic Beanstalk, Route 53, and Amplify).
– Cloud development on AWS is not my strong suit. I just Google everything, so my knowledge is very spotty. Less so now since I studied for this exam.
Study stats
– Spent three weeks studying for the exam.
– Studied an hour to two every day.
– Solved 800-1000 practice questions.
– Took 450 screenshots of practice questions and technology/service descriptions as reference notes to quickly swift through on my phone and computer for review. Screenshots were of questions that I either didn’t know, knew but was iffy on, or those I believed I’d easily forget.
– Made 15-20 pages of notes. Chill. Nothing crazy. This is on A4 paper. Free-form note taking. With big diagrams. Around 60-80 words per page.
– I was getting low-to-mid 70%s on Neal Davis’s and Stephane Maarek’s practice exams. Highest score I got was an 80%.
– I got a 67(?)% on one of Stephane Maarek’s exams. The only sub-70% I ever got on any practice test. I got slightly anxious. But given how much harder Maarek’s exams are compared to the actual exam, the anxiety was undue.
– Finishing the practice exams on time was never a problem for me. I would finish all of them comfortably within 35 minutes.
Resources used
– AWS Cloud Practitioner Essentials on the AWS Training and Certification Portal
– AWS Certified Cloud Practitioner Practice Tests (Book) by Neal Davis
– 6 Practice Exams | AWS Certified Cloud Practitioner CLF-C01 by Stephane Maarek*
– Certified Cloud Practitioner Course by Exam Pro (Paid Version)**
– One or two free practice exams found by a quick Google search
*Regarding Exam Pro: I went through about 40% of the video lectures. I went through all the videos in the first few sections but felt that watching the lectures was too slow and laborious even at 1.5-2x speed. (The creator, for the most part, reads off of the slides, adding brief comments here and there.) So, I decided to only watch the video lectures for sections I didn’t have a good grasp on. (I believe the video lectures provided in the course are just split versions of the full length course available for free on YouTube under the freeCodeCamp channel, here.) The online course provides five practice exams. I did not take any of them.
**Regarding Stephane Maarek: I only took his practice exams. I did not take his study guide course.
Notes
– My study regimen (i.e., an hour to two every day for three weeks) was overkill.
– The questions on the practice exams created by Neal Davis and Stephane Maarek were significantly harder than those on the actual exam. I believe I could’ve passed without touching any of these resources.
– I retook one or two practice exams out of the 10+ I’ve taken. I don’t think there’s a need to retake the exams as long as you are diligent about studying the questions and underlying concepts you got wrong. I reviewed all the questions I missed on every practice exam the day before.
What would I do differently?
– Focus on practice tests only. No video lectures.
– Focus on the technologies domain. You can intuit your way through questions in the other domains.
I thank you all for helping me through this process! Couldn’t have done it without all of the recommendations and guidance on this page.
Background: I am a back-end developer that works 12 hours a day for corporate America, so no time to study (or do anything) but I made it work.
Could I have probably gone for SAA first? Yeah, but I wanted to prove to myself that I could do it. I studied for about a month. I used Maarek’s Udemy course at 1.5x speed and I couldn’t recommend it more. I also used his practice exams. I’ll be honest, I took 5 practice exams and got somehow managed to fail every single one in the mid 60’s lol. Cleared the exam with an 800. Practice exams WAY harder.
My 2 cents on must knows:
AWS Shared Security Model (who owns what)
Everything Billing (EC2 instance, S3, different support plans)
I had a few ML questions that caught me off guard
VPC concepts – i.e. subnets, NACL, Transit Gateway
I studied solidly for two weeks, starting with Tutorials Dojo (which was recommended somewhere on here). I turned all of their vocabulary words and end of module questions into note cards. I did the same with their final assessment and one free exam.
During my second week, I studied the cards for anywhere from one to two hours a day, and I’d randomly watch videos on common exam questions.
The last thing I did was watch a 3 hr long video this morning that walks you through setting up AWS Instances. The visual of setting things up filled in a lot of holes.
I had some PSI software problems, and ended up getting started late. I was pretty dejected towards the end of the exam, and was honestly (and pleasantly) surprised to see that I passed.
Hopefully this helps someone. Keep studying and pushing through – if you know it, you know it. Even if you have a bad start. Cheers 🍻
Title states it. I passed with an 894. As others have stated, having SAP absolutely helps. Doable without? Absolutely. Resources used: Neal Davis, Stephane Marek, Tutorials Dojo, AWS Documentation. The rundown: based off of the questions I got in particular, I over studied. However, Adrian said it was breath and depth, and he did not lie. Out of the 65 questions, there were maybe 7 or 8 that went way deeper than my rabbit holes I decided to go down. A lot of questions on KMS, and when I say a lot, maybe 20-25 questions on different KMS scenarios. Luckily this was a rabbit hole I went down. However, they had a question on key rings, and I did not have a clue what this was. A good bit on organizations and reading SCPs, Resource, and IAM policies. Not too many questions on GuardDuty, out of the ones I had, none on GuardDuty malware protection. A few set up the security group and NACL configurations correctly. One random question on IoT security. Edit: Forgot, a couple questions on VPC endpoints, S2SVPN over DX. I had an opportunity to take the Skill builder official practice test, this was actually harder than the official test. Anyways, I will try to answer anything I can, on to the next! submitted by /u/Adventurous_Arm_4716 [link] [comments]
Hey I just passed with score 780/1000 I've decided to share about my path since I used this reddit and other's people stories to learn, so maybe that helps someone. I've started preparing around 5 weeks ago. I decided to go with the most popular combo: Stephane Maareks course and TD practice exams. I started with learning around 2-3h per day just watching the course. I finished it, but I felt like I didin't pick up some of the stuff so I read the pdfs and documentation from the topics I wasn't confident in. That took me around 3 weeks and I started with the practice tests. From that moment I spent around 4h daily and more on the weekends. I did test from the course and two TD practice tests and I got around 66% in each. Then I went through every single question (failed or passed) and I took notes trying to understand why every answer was correct or wrong. Then I did the rest of the exams getting around 72% each. WIth that I started feeling confident so I did the same for the rest of the tests (notes and check each question). After doing that I re-did the tests getting around 90% in each. Unfortunetly I've remembered some of the questions I've failed, so I wasnt sure if understand the concept or just remember the answer, but it is what it is. I wanted to take exam next week, but I decided to take it today as I was getting burned out from learning and I didin't want to stress out anymore. Exam felt hard, some of the questions were really hard to understand as I'm not native speaker. Some of them were really easy. I had like 3 questions about improving lambda performance with the same answers lol. Overall I feel like some of the harder questions were one of the 15 test questions, but you never know. Mostly questions about lambda, dynamodb, api gateway, some s3 questions and I was suprised how many cloud formations questions I had. Also you need to trully understand the KMS and security. Many questions around that. Thanks everyone for guidance in the past. Reading this subreddit helped me a ton. submitted by /u/thomas111331 [link] [comments]
It's Monday in Australia so a little self-promotion is allowed. I've had a few people message me recently asking about discounts/coupons. I normally don't do discounts, in 4+ years of business operations I've done one period for non members. For the next week, I'm offering 25% off all my content at https://learn.cantrill.io using the coupon "INVEST-IN-YOU-2024" at checkout. If you're a current student of mine, you can upgrade to a bigger bundle by paying the difference (at any time) - but the 25% OFF applies to this upgrade cost for the next week (just log a support ticket using the site). Lastly, for anyone who wants to learn about bitcoin .. or has some bitcoin, you can get ANY of my content at any time for 50% off if you're willing to pay with bitcoin https://btcpay.cantrill-infra.net/ That's it ... thanks for reading /Adrian submitted by /u/acantril [link] [comments]
I'm currently following Stephan maarek aws developer associate course ok udemy, it's 30+ hours long. Almost 60% completed. I do not take notes, just follow, take into my head, if I have doubts then google or ask chatgpt. But I'm starting to worry that I didn't take notes. Would that be helpful when K do recertification exam in 3 years? How do you guys handle it? It takes forver if I take notes and practicing while following a 30hour udemy course. Any tips would be really appreciated. Thanks submitted by /u/ordinary-guy-sl [link] [comments]
Passed DVA-C02, woohooo! Took about 2.5 months of prep - used a combination of stephane / TD practice exams. Honorary post for those thinking about taking it or currently studying for it. General Exam: - Holy hell S3 on steroids. SO much S3 (convinced I just got an unlucky draw of questions) - Lots of Lambda - Heavy on Cloudformation templates (i.e. resources, function refs) - A good amount on cross account IAM/security Surprises: - Didn’t get a single question on X-Ray, Beanstalk, or envelope encryption. - SUPER deep level EKS question that caught me off guard lol - Very EventBridge heavy. Was not expecting that I already have the SAA. Might go for security next? We’ll see. submitted by /u/grumpyJoaquin [link] [comments]
hi i want to get 50 pecent off on cloud practitcioner for aws certification so i am uisng aws etc . right now i caompleted all the challenges and got 2100 coins. (need 3500 for cloud prac discount), i wanted to know how to get more challenges and how long wil it take me to make it to 3500 coins submitted by /u/Born-Secretary-3681 [link] [comments]
If anyone have notes for Solutions Architect Associate (SAA CO3) exam based on Stephane Maarek's course on udemy kindly share it pls. NB: other good SAA notes are welcome too.. submitted by /u/Cardan-greenbiar [link] [comments]
I'm a first-year computer science student that's extremely interested and have been for a few years. With the state of the industry as it is, do you think it's still early to try for an AWS certification or will I be fine navigating through it? And what certification would you recommend for me? Might sound egotistical but I find myself relatively quick to learn. Feel free to ask any questions that might help! submitted by /u/AshJacob_ [link] [comments]
First off I know this is an AWS sub but wanted to see if anyone here has been in a similar experience. I have an Cloud internship coming up in about two months, and the company uses Azure. I'm feeling very nervous because I've only worked with AWS before, and I'm worried about how well I'll adapt. I don’t know if I’m just overthinking things or if I'm experiencing imposter syndrome. Some people have told me that AWS and Azure have a lot of similarities just named different and that I shouldn’t worry too much.. Has anyone else gone through a similar transition between different cloud platforms? Any advice or tips on how to handle this? Is there a really good Azure course I can look into? submitted by /u/Typical-Individuall [link] [comments]
I started with the AWS Cloud practitioner essentials on skillbuilder and passed the 30 questions at the end with a 90%. Then feeling optimistic, I went on to do an official practice question set and only got a 40%. Things came up that were not in the essentials course like Amazon Macie and Amazon Polly. It’s obvious i’ll need to study some more but i’m not sure what resources to use since there are just so many. I’m considering doing either the Stephane Maarek course or the Tutorials Dojo practice exams ? What would help me cover everything to be well prepared? submitted by /u/ReasonableStay9297 [link] [comments]
I just want to thank all of you redditors for your fantastic knowledge on these certs. By going through the advice from you guys on these forums really helped me a lot. I passed, no score yet, but can confirm that the real exam is actually very easy compared to Stephane and TD exams. This cert was basically just to tick a box for my company, but now I want to do the SAA and DVA certs, at least in my own time. Thank you again! submitted by /u/DoomDroid79 [link] [comments]
I got Stephane's Advanced Networking course on sale on Udemy. But wherever I look, I see Adrian Cantrill being recommended. Is it worth sticking to current one I have (it was $10 so I don't mind) or buying Adrian's? submitted by /u/Ambitious_Can_2691 [link] [comments]
Is it necessary to complete Solution Architect Professional before the expiry of Solution Architect Associate? My SAA is getting expired in a couple of months but I am not confident of my preparation for SAP. Wondering if I can get more time. submitted by /u/Loud_Avocado501 [link] [comments]
Do we have any cheap or free question practice website alternate to whizlabs for AWS Certified Solutions Architect - Associate C03 Any suggestions would be appreciated submitted by /u/lousydev3 [link] [comments]
Hi all, I have completed my clf 02 today paper this after noon. But I have not received the exam score card or exam badge yet. How long does it take to release the certificate. submitted by /u/the_lion_sin [link] [comments]
In Maarek's Udemy course for CCP, there is 1 free practice exam. I took that exam earlier today and got a 75 but I was wondering how does the exam provided with the course compare to the 6 practice exams. Additionally, if it's worth buying the 6 practice exams or if it's good to take the risk and just take the real one. submitted by /u/RamaNukes [link] [comments]
Hey guys, I am preparing for AWS Solutions Architect Professional, I have passed previously all associates, however due to that cert being my first profesional certificate I really want to have enough practice. Could someone please recommend any good resources which I could use to do a labs for different topics of AWS ? (I’m already preparing by Cantrill course which have really great labs, however I was also curious about other sources - any YouTube channels, blogs, websites, basically anything). Any answers are appreciated submitted by /u/RP_m_13 [link] [comments]
I'm going to take the Developer Associate Exam next Friday. I have studied using flashcards with the Anki method for months now. I took 3 practice tests from A Cloud Guru and scored 80, 85 and 80 respectively. Has anyone had experience with this platform? And if so, do you think my preparation is enough? submitted by /u/Busy_Box7781 [link] [comments]
Considering attending the AWS Cloud Institute next registration opening. Is it worth it? When I ask “is it worth it?”, I’m asking in my specific case. I’m a veteran (combat MOS), I have my undergrad in MIS (Management in Information Systems), my MBA in International Business, and a professional sales certificate. I’m in my mid 20’s. I’ve got about 2.5 years in tech sales experience, I worked at a Fortune 500/hyper growth company out of undergrad. Now I’m currently a sales rep at a smaller cybersecurity company. Feeling pretty burnt out in sales, not sure if I truly enjoy it. I’m also feeling a little dull with specific technical/hard skills. I like the idea of learning a new skill set, and pivoting into a new career out of sales. Considering the projections of cloud dev/architecture roles exponentially opening up… I know the program is very new and in its infancy, is the AWS Cloud Institute truly worth it? TLDR: veteran with an undergrad in MIS, MBA, tech sales experience. Considering my background, age & goals..is it worth paying for this institute, and is it worth pivoting into a cloud development role considering career opportunities? Any shortcuts? Pros & cons. Appreciate any feedback/advice. submitted by /u/Big-Obligation-3000 [link] [comments]
Considering attending the AWS Cloud Institute next registration opening. Is it worth it? When I ask “is it worth it?”, I’m asking in my specific case. I’m a veteran (combat MOS), I have my undergrad in MIS (Management in Information Systems), my MBA in International Business, and a professional sales certificate. I’m in my mid 20’s. I’ve got about 2.5 years in tech sales experience, I worked at a Fortune 500/hyper growth company out of undergrad. Now I’m currently a sales rep at a smaller cybersecurity company. Feeling pretty burnt out in sales, not sure if I truly enjoy it. I’m also feeling a little dull with specific technical/hard skills. I like the idea of learning a new skill set, and pivoting into a new career out of sales. Considering the projections of cloud dev/architecture roles exponentially opening up… I know the program is very new and in its infancy, is the AWS Cloud Institute truly worth it? TLDR: veteran with an undergrad in MIS, MBA, tech sales experience. Considering my background, age & goals..is it worth paying for this institute, and is it worth pivoting into a cloud development role considering career opportunities? Any shortcuts? Pros & cons. Appreciate any feedback/advice. submitted by /u/Big-Obligation-3000 [link] [comments]
Today, AWS Marketplace launched service-linked role for AWS Marketplace Resale Authorization that allows AWS Marketplace sellers such as Independent Software Vendors (ISV), Consulting Partners and Channel Partners to share and accept resale authorizations.
There are about 20 instances out of 100 we have (I believe most are amazon linux 2 but not sure) - most are custom Amis from Marketplace with NIST or CIS benchmarks , all of them show up in SSM / Fleet manager but none of these 20 are delivering logs to cloud watch.. They all have the same instance profile and I can confirm cloud watch agent is running by using SSM or SSH, it also says it is "configured" and If I SSH into the etc/opt files I see the its set to deliver to cloud watch but the logs never get there. I have stopped and started, we have the cloudwatch configuration in parameter store as a text string and I have tried to pass the file over and over using sudo /opt/aws/amazon-cloudwatch-agent/bin/amazon-cloudwatch-agent-ctl -a fetch-config -m ec2 -s -c ssm:MyCloudwatchAgent start and the process is successful according to the CLI and even through "Run Command" in system manager.. Anything else to check why these handful of instances aren't delivering? All of them are marketplace AMIs but only these ~20 are having issues - only thing that seems to be a theme is most of them are Amazon Linux 2. submitted by /u/breakingd4d [link] [comments]
Amazon CloudWatch Synthetics, an outside-in monitoring capability to continually verify your customers’ experience using snippets of code called canaries, is extending historical data for canary runs that pass or fail from 7-days to 30-days. Canary run troubleshooting artifacts such as screenshots from the canary run, HAR files, and log files for historical runs can be viewed for up to 30 days to easily pin point persistent versus intermittent canary run failure patterns on the CloudWatch console.
Today Amazon Simple Email Service (SES) launched an update to its guided onboarding wizard to help customers meet the authentication requirements introduced by Gmail and Yahoo Mail in 2024. The SES onboarding wizard now guides customers through the steps of verifying their sending identities, establishing custom mail from domains, and publishing a DMARC record if they don’t already have one. This makes it even easier for customers to begin sending authenticated email with SES.
Today, AWS announces the general availability of Amazon Timestream for InfluxDB, a new time-series database engine. Timestream for InfluxDB makes it easy for application developers and DevOps teams to run fully managed InfluxDB databases on AWS for real-time time-series applications using open-source APIs.
I have practise tests of both Bonso and Neal Davis, how do they compare with each other and with the real exam? Also with regards to Bonso practise tests what would be the best way to traverse them? they are made up of topic based section based review mode timed mode but the same pool of questions seem to be shared across sections. So on one side starting from timed mode reduces the risk of false result (due to memorizing answers). Conversely starting from timed might be overwhelming since they seem more difficult. Do you have any experience with this? submitted by /u/Emergency_Basket9977 [link] [comments]
Just wanted to write a post regarding on career progression after picking up my first AWS cert in 2021 to getting 12/12 at the end of 2023. The reason for this post is to motivate anyone sitting on the fence and contemplating the certification route. Post for when i cleared 12/12 https://www.reddit.com/r/AWSCertifications/comments/178c122/its_a_wrapcleared_machine_learning_specialty1212/ Professional Background https://www.reddit.com/r/AWSCertifications/comments/13nrqj0/passed_aws_advanced_networking_cloud_journey_so/ Now the journey was not easy and still to this day I have people doubting my skills. And that's fine by me. I have senior developers/tech leads in my company who think getting certs is a waste. But i have seen 3 promotions in 2 years time while they have seen none. Now i know its different from company to company. Which brings me to the first point. Joining a company which values certifications is very important. If you have a boss who thinks certs are shit then you will not make it far. How to spot companies that value certifications? See how many AWS service ready/competencies designations they have. I will give an example. For an organization to get the AWS Networking Competency they need 6-8 current employees (can't remember exact number) to be AWS Networking Specialty certified. What people forget is, AWS really incentivizes companies for pursuing certifications. To date, I have gotten my current employer close to $150,000+ through various AWS programs. Now can you make the connection for me getting multiple promotions/increments? Let me break it down. If I complete an AWS competency for my employer, they get $10,000 as MDF funds. How hard is for them to give me $1000 from that? Knowing I will be getting them more. These MDF funds are annual, meaning every year they get renewed. There was a time I was pursuing my CFA privately. People around me would say "If your employer is not paying for the certifications then you don't need one". Which brings me to my second point. Find an employer who reimburses you for the certifications. It is vital to ask this question in interviews. To me this shows two things. That the employer values personal development and is not stingy. I joined my current employer, when I had four certs. Being with them, I have completed the remaining 8. For which i got reimbursed every time and also got an incentive on top of that. The third point I would emphasize on is yes I am not the finished article. Do i get caught up in situations where I don't know where to start. But that is okay. That is how you learn. It is easy for me fill in the gaps. Sites like stackoverflow, do you think all the questions asked there are by cert tigers? I very much doubt it. It is asked my people from different domains. And one thing is common, that people do run into problems they don't know how to solve. I have encountered people at my workplace. Pro PHP senior devs. (5-8 yrs exp) who know f all about networking. You talk about VPC and basic subnetting and they look lost throughout the whole conversation. People might say that is not their domain to worry about. Same way, someone like me with no CS background, I don't need to know know what method/classes/OOP etc. are in programming. Tech leads don't know 1000s line of code by heart. So why do i need to know each minuscule detail about an AWS service. There is documentation for everything! Which brings me to my next point. To learn something there are two ways to go about it. Bottom-up or Top-down. I prefer the Top-down approach. I will try to explain this with an example. For me to drive from point A to point B, do i need to know how the engine components work? Do i need to know A-Z about how the transmissions/suspension system works? No i don't. That would make me a mechanic not a driver. Bottom-up would mean for me to learn everything about the car before attempting to drive it. So always go for top-down approach to cover more ground in the shortest period of time. I know the post is getting long and still contemplating whether I should even post it. Because there will people disagreeing. Which again is fine. This post is geared more towards folks who have doubt and are sitting on the fence. I got my first job at the age of 30. And started my cloud journey back in 2021. Not knowing that AWS even existed. My salary has 4x in the past 2.5 years. I would still not call myself an expert and maybe I never will be. But what I do have, is the will to fight the odds and keep improving everyday. After completing the AWS certs, I am currently pursuing GCP certs. Already have 2 of them and plan to get all by the end of the year. Employer is paying again for it and there is a lot of overlap. So its very easy for me. So best of luck for anyone pursuing AWS certifications. Knowledge never goes to waste. It will help you at some point in your career. Don't expect miracles. I still don't hear back from most of the companies I apply to. So don't expect recruiters to be lining up after completing 3/4 certifications. Good Luck! P.S. I know Data Engineering Associate cert is out. And yes I will be getting that as well. submitted by /u/Sm0k3rZ121 [link] [comments]
I’m looking to take 2 AWS certs SAA & cloud dev both at associate level. I’m reacting out see question people to see how these have positively effected your career? I’ve always got mixed information about how certs effect your salary, my current job dismisses them and will not increase pay or fund them. EDIT: I’ve already got 5+ years experience as a software dev using AWS + GCP. I’m hoping these certs can help me move to a new role with a better salary submitted by /u/littletane [link] [comments]
Heyy thanks to all the members of this community who gives the invaluable advice here . Was very uncertain after giving the exam about the result but cleared it with very good percentage. March milestone done ☑️ submitted by /u/No-abzorkr-9503 [link] [comments]
Today, we are announcing the availability of AWS Backup in the Canada West (Calgary) Region. AWS Backup is a fully-managed, policy-driven service that allows you to centrally automate data protection across multiple AWS services spanning compute, storage, and databases. Using AWS Backup, you can centrally create and manage backups of your application data, protect your data from inadvertent or malicious actions with immutable recovery points and vaults, and restore your data in the event of a data loss incident.
Amazon MSK Replicator now supports replicating existing data on your topics across Amazon Managed Streaming for Apache Kafka (Amazon MSK) clusters. With this new configuration, you can now start replication from earliest position in your source cluster's topics in addition to latest position.
Application Load Balancer (ALB) now provides flexibility that allows you to configure HTTP client keepalive duration for communication between clients and load balancer. With this feature, you can configure keepalive values to optimize client experience.
Starting today, AWS Signer container image signing and verification is available in the AWS GovCloud (US) Regions. You can now use AWS Signer, a managed signing service, to sign images in registries, such as Amazon Elastic Container Registry (ECR). You can validate that only approved images are deployed to Amazon Elastic Kubernetes Service (EKS) clusters or are in use in Amazon Elastic Container Service (ECS) clusters.
Amazon EC2 now enables you to tag your Amazon Machine Images (AMIs) when you create an AMI from an EBS snapshot, or when you copy an AMI within the same or different AWS Regions. Tags are simple key-value pairs that you can assign to AWS resources such as AMIs to easily organize, search, and identify resources, create cost allocation reports, and control access.
Amazon Cognito is now available in Europe (Zurich) Region. Amazon Cognito makes it easy to add authentication, authorization, and user management to your web and mobile apps. Amazon Cognito scales to millions of users and supports sign-in with social identity providers such as Apple, Facebook, Google, and Amazon, and enterprise identity providers via standards such as SAML 2.0 and OpenID Connect.
Starting today, AWS Batch now supports a Batch Job Queue Blocked CloudWatch Event for jobs stuck in RUNNABLE state. Customers can automate actions using EventBridge to be able to take an action on these stuck jobs. Additionally, customers can configure jobStateTimeLimitActions parameter from the CreateJobQueue and UpdateJobQueue APIs to terminate the stuck job unblocking the jobs behind it within the queue.
Today, we are excited to announce that DynamoDB local for Amazon DynamoDB upgrades to Jetty 12 and JDK 17. We recommend that you run the latest version of DynamoDB local to utilize the most recent updates and features of DynamoDB local for your development and testing use cases.
AWS CloudFormation improves its deployment experience to validate customer stack operation upfront for invalid resource property errors. Customers get early feedback that their stack operation will fail due to issues such as spelling errors in their template. With this launch, customers will be able to fail fast and minimize the steps required for a successful stack operation.
Amazon Neptune Analytics is now available in the AWS Europe (London) Region. Neptune Analytics is an analytics database engine that makes it faster for data scientists and application developers to get insights and find trends by analyzing graph data with tens of billions of connections in seconds. Neptune Analytics adds to existing Neptune tools and services such as Amazon Neptune Database, Amazon Neptune ML, and visualization tools. Neptune is a fast, reliable, and fully managed graph database service for building and running applications with highly connected datasets, such as knowledge graphs, fraud graphs, identity graphs, and security graphs. With Neptune Analytics, you can find insights in graph data up to 80x faster by analyzing your existing Neptune graph database or graph data from Amazon S3.
Anthropic’s Claude 3 Haiku foundation model is now generally available on Amazon Bedrock. The Claude 3 family of models (Claude 3 Opus, Claude 3 Sonnet, and Claude 3 Haiku) is the next generation of state-of-the-art models from Anthropic. Claude 3 Haiku is one of the most affordable and fastest options on the market for its intelligence category.
Starting today, customers can use Amazon Managed Service for Apache Flink in Canada West (Calgary) Region to build real-time stream processing applications.
You can now obtain an aggregated picture of the performance and health of your WorkSpaces instances using the Amazon CloudWatch Automatic dashboard. This enables WorkSpaces administrators to quickly start monitoring WorkSpaces metrics and identify issues and their potential causes. You can also use CloudWatch Automatic dashboard as a starting point and create your own custom dashboards to meet your monitoring needs.
AWS Fault Injection Service (FIS) now allows you to preview targets resources before you start an FIS experiment to verify that your experiment is properly configured. In addition to target preview, FIS APIs now also return the ARNs of experiments, experiment templates, and actions in the response so that you have the information you need to uniquely identify these resources.
The Mountpoint for Amazon S3 Container Storage Interface (CSI) driver now supports Bottlerocket, a Linux-based operating system that is purpose-built for containers. With this integration, your Kubernetes applications benefit from Bottlerocket’s immutable root file system, low management overhead, and integration with AWS services, while achieving high aggregate throughput to read and write data in Amazon S3.
AWS Launch Wizard now allows you to automate deployment of SAP S/4HANA Foundation applications and SAP S/4HANA 2023. This launch expands on existing Launch Wizard capabilities that allow you to automate deployment of SAP HANA, SAP NetWeaver, SAP BW/4HANA, and SAP S/4HANA 2020, 2021 and 2022 using APIs or a console-based approach.
Amazon Elastic File System (Amazon EFS) has increased the throughput per file system to up to 20 GiB/s of read throughput and up to 5 GiB/s of write throughput.
The Amazon S3 Connector for PyTorch now supports saving PyTorch Lightning model checkpoints directly to Amazon S3, improving the cost and performance of your machine learning training jobs. PyTorch Lightning is an open source framework that provides a high-level interface for training with PyTorch. The Amazon S3 Connector for PyTorch automatically optimizes S3 requests to improve data loading and checkpoint performance for your training workloads. Saving PyTorch Lightning model checkpoints is up to 40% faster with the Amazon S3 Connector for PyTorch than writing to Amazon EC2 instance storage.
Amazon S3 on Outposts now caches AWS IAM permissions locally, improving the performance of applications running on AWS Outposts. This local cache eliminates the variability in first-byte latencies that comes from authentication and authorization operations in the parent AWS Region, which improves the performance of your object API requests.
Today I Learned (TIL) You learn something new every day; what did you learn today? Submit interesting and specific facts about something that you just found out here.
Reddit Science This community is a place to share and discuss new scientific research. Read about the latest advances in astronomy, biology, medicine, physics, social science, and more. Find and submit new publications and popular science coverage of current research.